Pagan & Christian Creeds:
Their Origin and Meaning
By Edward Carpenter
“The different religions being lame attempts to represent under various guises
this one root-fact of the central universal life, men have at all times clung
to the religious creeds and rituals and ceremonials as symbolising in some rude
way the redemption and fulfilment of their own most intimate natures—and
this whether consciously understanding the interpretations, or whether (as most
often) only doing so in an unconscious or quite subconscious way.”
The Drama of Love and Death, p. 96.
CONTENTS
I.
INTRODUCTORY
The subject of Religious Origins is a fascinating one, as the great
multitude of books upon it, published in late years, tends to show. Indeed
the great difficulty to-day in dealing with the subject, lies in the very
mass of the material to hand—and that not only on account of the
labor involved in sorting the material, but because the abundance itself
of facts opens up temptation to a student in this department of
Anthropology (as happens also in other branches of general Science) to
rush in too hastily with what seems a plausible theory. The more facts,
statistics, and so forth, there are available in any investigation, the
easier it is to pick out a considerable number which will fit a given
theory. The other facts being neglected or ignored, the views put forward
enjoy for a time a great vogue. Then inevitably, and at a later time, new
or neglected facts alter the outlook, and a new perspective is
established.
There is also in these matters of Science (though many scientific men
would doubtless deny this) a great deal of “Fashion”. Such has been
notoriously the case in Political Economy, Medicine, Geology, and even in
such definite studies as Physics and Chemistry. In a comparatively recent
science, like that with which we are now concerned, one would naturally
expect variations. A hundred and fifty years ago, and since the time of
Rousseau, the “Noble Savage” was extremely popular; and he lingers still
in the story books of our children. Then the reaction from this extreme
view set in, and of late years it has been the popular cue (largely, it
must be said, among “armchair” travelers and explorers) to represent the
religious rites and customs of primitive folk as a senseless mass of
superstitions, and the early man as quite devoid of decent feeling and
intelligence. Again, when the study of religious origins first began in
modern times to be seriously taken up—say in the earlier part of
last century—there was a great boom in Sungods. Every divinity in
the Pantheon was an impersonation of the Sun—unless indeed (if
feminine) of the Moon. Apollo was a sungod, of course; Hercules was a
sungod; Samson was a sungod; Indra and Krishna, and even Christ, the same.
C. F. Dupuis in France (Origine de tous les Cultes, 1795), F. Nork in
Germany (Biblische Mythologie, 1842), Richard Taylor in England (The
Devil’s Pulpit, (1) 1830), were among the first in modern times to put
forward this view. A little later the PHALLIC explanation of everything
came into fashion. The deities were all polite names for the organs and
powers of procreation. R. P. Knight (Ancient Art and Mythology, 1818) and
Dr. Thomas Inman (Ancient Faiths and Ancient Names, 1868) popularized this
idea in England; so did Nork in Germany. Then again there was a period of
what is sometimes called Euhemerism—the theory that the gods and
goddesses had actually once been men and women, historical characters
round whom a halo of romance and remoteness had gathered. Later still, a
school has arisen which thinks little of sungods, and pays more attention
to Earth and Nature spirits, to gnomes and demons and vegetation-sprites,
and to the processes of Magic by which these (so it was supposed) could be
enlisted in man’s service if friendly, or exorcised if hostile.
(1) This extraordinary book, though carelessly composed and
containing many unproven statements, was on the whole on the right
lines. But it raised a storm of opposition—the more so because its
author was a clergyman! He was ejected from the ministry, of course, and
was sent to prison twice.
It is easy to see of course that there is some truth in ALL these
explanations; but naturally each school for the time being makes the most
of its own contention. Mr. J. M. Robertson (Pagan Christs and Christianity
and Mythology), who has done such fine work in this field, (1) relies
chiefly on the solar and astronomical origins, though he does not
altogether deny the others; Dr. Frazer, on the other hand—whose
great work, The Golden Bough, is a monumental collection of primitive
customs, and will be an inexhaustible quarry for all future students—is
apparently very little concerned with theories about the Sun and the
stars, but concentrates his attention on the collection of innumerable
details (2) of rites, chiefly magical, connected with food and vegetation.
Still later writers, like S. Reinach, Jane Harrison and E. A. Crowley,
being mainly occupied with customs of very primitive peoples, like the
Pelasgian Greeks or the Australian aborigines, have confined themselves
(necessarily) even more to Magic and Witchcraft.
(1) If only he did not waste so much time, and so needlessly, in
slaughtering opponents!
(2) To such a degree, indeed, that sometimes the connecting clue
of the argument seems to be lost.
Meanwhile the Christian Church from these speculations has kept itself
severely apart—as of course representing a unique and divine
revelation little concerned or interested in such heathenisms; and
moreover (in this country at any rate) has managed to persuade the general
public of its own divine uniqueness to such a degree that few people, even
nowadays, realize that it has sprung from just the same root as Paganism,
and that it shares by far the most part of its doctrines and rites with
the latter. Till quite lately it was thought (in Britain) that only
secularists and unfashionable people took any interest in sungods; and
while it was true that learned professors might point to a belief in Magic
as one of the first sources of Religion, it was easy in reply to say that
this obviously had nothing to do with Christianity! The Secularists, too,
rather spoilt their case by assuming, in their wrath against the Church,
that all priests since the beginning of the world have been frauds and
charlatans, and that all the rites of religion were merely devil’s devices
invented by them for the purpose of preying upon the superstitions of the
ignorant, to their own enrichment. They (the Secularists) overleaped
themselves by grossly exaggerating a thing that no doubt is partially
true.
Thus the subject of religious origins is somewhat complex, and yields many
aspects for consideration. It is only, I think, by keeping a broad course
and admitting contributions to the truth from various sides, that valuable
results can be obtained. It is absurd to suppose that in this or any other
science neat systems can be found which will cover all the facts. Nature
and History do not deal in such things, or supply them for a sop to Man’s
vanity.
It is clear that there have been three main lines, so far, along which
human speculation and study have run. One connecting religious rites and
observations with the movements of the Sun and the planets in the sky, and
leading to the invention of and belief in Olympian and remote gods
dwelling in heaven and ruling the Earth from a distance; the second
connecting religion with the changes of the season, on the Earth and with
such practical things as the growth of vegetation and food, and leading to
or mingled with a vague belief in earth-spirits and magical methods of
influencing such spirits; and the third connecting religion with man’s own
body and the tremendous force of sex residing in it—emblem of
undying life and all fertility and power. It is clear also—and all
investigation confirms it—that the second-mentioned phase of
religion arose on the whole BEFORE the first-mentioned—that is, that
men naturally thought about the very practical questions of food and
vegetation, and the magical or other methods of encouraging the same,
before they worried themselves about the heavenly bodies and the laws of
THEIR movements, or about the sinister or favorable influences the stars
might exert. And again it is extremely probable that the third-mentioned
aspect—that which connected religion with the procreative desires
and phenomena of human physiology—really came FIRST. These desires
and physiological phenomena must have loomed large on the primitive mind
long before the changes of the seasons or of the sky had been at all
definitely observed or considered. Thus we find it probable that, in order
to understand the sequence of the actual and historical phases of
religious worship, we must approximately reverse the order above-given in
which they have been STUDIED, and conclude that in general the Phallic
cults came first, the cult of Magic and the propitiation of
earth-divinities and spirits came second, and only last came the belief in
definite God-figures residing in heaven.
At the base of the whole process by which divinities and demons were
created, and rites for their propitiation and placation established, lay
Fear—fear stimulating the imagination to fantastic activity. Primus
in orbe deos fecit Timor. And fear, as we shall see, only became a mental
stimulus at the time of, or after, the evolution of self-consciousness.
Before that time, in the period of SIMPLE consciousness, when the human
mind resembled that of the animals, fear indeed existed, but its nature
was more that of a mechanical protective instinct. There being no figure
or image of SELF in the animal mind, there were correspondingly no figures
or images of beings who might threaten or destroy that self. So it was
that the imaginative power of fear began with Self-consciousness, and from
that imaginative power was unrolled the whole panorama of the gods and
rites and creeds of Religion down the centuries.
The immense force and domination of Fear in the first self-conscious
stages of the human mind is a thing which can hardly be exaggerated, and
which is even difficult for some of us moderns to realize. But naturally
as soon as Man began to think about himself—a frail phantom and waif
in the midst of tremendous forces of whose nature and mode of operation he
was entirely ignorant—he was BESET with terrors; dangers loomed upon
him on all sides. Even to-day it is noticed by doctors that one of the
chief obstacles to the cure of illness among some black or native races is
sheer superstitious terror; and Thanatomania is the recognized word for a
state of mind (“obsession of death”) which will often cause a savage to
perish from a mere scratch hardly to be called a wound. The natural
defence against this state of mind was the creation of an enormous number
of taboos—such as we find among all races and on every conceivable
subject—and these taboos constituted practically a great body of
warnings which regulated the lives and thoughts of the community, and
ultimately, after they had been weeded out and to some degree simplified,
hardened down into very stringent Customs and Laws. Such taboos naturally
in the beginning tended to include the avoidance not only of acts which
might reasonably be considered dangerous, like touching a corpse, but also
things much more remote and fanciful in their relation to danger, like
merely looking at a mother-in-law, or passing a lightning-struck tree; and
(what is especially to be noticed) they tended to include acts which
offered any special PLEASURE or temptation—like sex or marriage or
the enjoyment of a meal. Taboos surrounded these things too, and the
psychological connection is easy to divine: but I shall deal with this
general subject later.
It may be guessed that so complex a system of regulations made life
anything but easy to early peoples; but, preposterous and unreasonable as
some of the taboos were, they undoubtedly had the effect of compelling the
growth of self-control. Fear does not seem a very worthy motive, but in
the beginning it curbed the violence of the purely animal passions, and
introduced order and restraint among them. Simultaneously it became
itself, through the gradual increase of knowledge and observation,
transmuted and etherealized into something more like wonder and awe and
(when the gods rose above the horizon) into reverence. Anyhow we seem to
perceive that from the early beginnings (in the Stone Age) of
self-consciousness in Man there has been a gradual development—from
crass superstition, senseless and accidental, to rudimentary observation,
and so to belief in Magic; thence to Animism and personification of
nature-powers in more or less human form, as earth-divinities or sky-gods
or embodiments of the tribe; and to placation of these powers by rites
like Sacrifice and the Eucharist, which in their turn became the
foundation of Morality. Graphic representations made for the encouragement
of fertility—as on the walls of Bushmen’s rock-dwellings or the
ceilings of the caverns of Altamira—became the nurse of pictorial
Art; observations of plants or of the weather or the stars, carried on by
tribal medicine-men for purposes of witchcraft or prophecy, supplied some
of the material of Science; and humanity emerged by faltering and
hesitating steps on the borderland of those finer perceptions and
reasonings which are supposed to be characteristic of Civilization.
The process of the evolution of religious rites and ceremonies has in its
main outlines been the same all over the world, as the reader will
presently see—and this whether in connection with the numerous
creeds of Paganism or the supposedly unique case of Christianity; and now
the continuity and close intermixture of these great streams can no longer
be denied—nor IS it indeed denied by those who have really studied
the subject. It is seen that religious evolution through the ages has been
practically One thing—that there has been in fact a World-religion,
though with various phases and branches.
And so in the present day a new problem arises, namely how to account for
the appearance of this great Phenomenon, with its orderly phases of
evolution, and its own spontaneous (1) growths in all corners of the globe—this
phenomenon which has had such a strange sway over the hearts of men, which
has attracted them with so weird a charm, which has drawn out their
devotion, love and tenderness, which has consoled them in sorrow and
affliction, and yet which has stained their history with such horrible
sacrifices and persecutions and cruelties. What has been the instigating
cause of it?
(1) For the question of spontaneity see chap. x and elsewhere.
The answer which I propose to this question, and which is developed to
some extent in the following chapters, is a psychological one. It is that
the phenomenon proceeds from, and is a necessary accompaniment of, the
growth of human Consciousness itself—its growth, namely, through the
three great stages of its unfoldment. These stages are (1) that of the
simple or animal consciousness, (2) that of SELF-consciousness, and (3)
that of a third stage of consciousness which has not as yet been
effectively named, but whose indications and precursive signs we here and
there perceive in the rites and prophecies and mysteries of the early
religions, and in the poetry and art and literature generally of the later
civilizations. Though I do not expect or wish to catch Nature and History
in the careful net of a phrase, yet I think that in the sequence from the
above-mentioned first stage to the second, and then again in the sequence
from the second to the third, there will be found a helpful explanation of
the rites and aspirations of human religion. It is this idea, illustrated
by details of ceremonial and so forth, which forms the main thesis of the
present book. In this sequence of growth, Christianity enters as an
episode, but no more than an episode. It does not amount to a disruption
or dislocation of evolution. If it did, or if it stood as an unique or
unclassifiable phenomenon (as some of its votaries contend), this would
seem to be a misfortune—as it would obviously rob us of at any rate
one promise of progress in the future. And the promise of something better
than Paganism and better than Christianity is very precious. It is surely
time that it should be fulfilled.
The tracing, therefore, of the part that human self-consciousness has
played, psychologically, in the evolution of religion, runs like a thread
through the following chapters, and seeks illustration in a variety of
details. The idea has been repeated under different aspects; sometimes,
possibly, it has been repeated too often; but different aspects in such a
case do help, as in a stereoscope, to give solidity to the thing seen.
Though the worship of Sun-gods and divine figures in the sky came
comparatively late in religious evolution, 1 have put this subject early
in the book (chapters ii and iii), partly because (as I have already
explained) it was the phase first studied in modern times, and therefore
is the one most familiar to present-day readers, and partly because its
astronomical data give great definiteness and “proveability” to it, in
rebuttal to the common accusation that the whole study of religious
origins is too vague and uncertain to have much value. Going backwards in
Time, the two next chapters (iv and v) deal with Totem-sacraments and
Magic, perhaps the earliest forms of religion. And these four lead on (in
chapters vi to xi) to the consideration of rites and creeds common to
Paganism and Christianity. XII and xiii deal especially with the evolution
of Christianity itself; xiv and xv explain the inner Meaning of the whole
process from the beginning; and xvi and xvii look to the Future.
The appendix on the doctrines of the Upanishads may, I hope, serve to give
an idea, intimate even though inadequate, of the third Stage—that
which follows on the stage of self-consciousness; and to portray the
mental attitudes which are characteristic of that stage. Here in this
third stage, it would seem, one comes upon the real FACTS of the inner
life—in contradistinction to the fancies and figments of the second
stage; and so one reaches the final point of conjunction between Science
and Religion.
II.
SOLAR MYTHS AND CHRISTIAN FESTIVALS
To the ordinary public—notwithstanding the immense amount of work
which has of late been done on this subject—the connection between
Paganism and Christianity still seems rather remote. Indeed the common
notion is that Christianity was really a miraculous interposition into and
dislocation of the old order of the world; and that the pagan gods (as in
Milton’s Hymn on the Nativity) fled away in dismay before the sign of the
Cross, and at the sound of the name of Jesus. Doubtless this was a view
much encouraged by the early Church itself—if only to enhance its
own authority and importance; yet, as is well known to every student, it
is quite misleading and contrary to fact. The main Christian doctrines and
festivals, besides a great mass of affiliated legend and ceremonial, are
really quite directly derived from, and related to, preceding Nature
worships; and it has only been by a good deal of deliberate mystification
and falsification that this derivation has been kept out of sight.
In these Nature-worships there may be discerned three fairly independent
streams of religious or quasi-religious enthusiasm: (1) that connected
with the phenomena of the heavens, the movements of the Sun, planets and
stars, and the awe and wonderment they excited; (2) that connected with
the seasons and the very important matter of the growth of vegetation and
food on the Earth; and (3) that connected with the mysteries of Sex and
reproduction. It is obvious that these three streams would mingle and
interfuse with each other a good deal; but as far as they were separable
the first would tend to create Solar heroes and Sun-myths; the second
Vegetation-gods and personifications of Nature and the earth-life; while
the third would throw its glamour over the other two and contribute to the
projection of deities or demons worshipped with all sorts of sexual and
phallic rites. All three systems of course have their special rites and
times and ceremonies; but, as, I say, the rites and ceremonies of one
system would rarely be found pure and unmixed with those belonging to the
two others. The whole subject is a very large one; but for reasons given
in the Introduction I shall in this and the following chapter—while
not ignoring phases (2) and (3)—lay most stress on phase (1) of the
question before us.
At the time of the life or recorded appearance of Jesus of Nazareth, and
for some centuries before, the Mediterranean and neighboring world had
been the scene of a vast number of pagan creeds and rituals. There were
Temples without end dedicated to gods like Apollo or Dionysus among the
Greeks, Hercules among the Romans, Mithra among the Persians, Adonis and
Attis in Syria and Phrygia, Osiris and Isis and Horus in Egypt, Baal and
Astarte among the Babylonians and Carthaginians, and so forth. Societies,
large or small, united believers and the devout in the service or
ceremonials connected with their respective deities, and in the creeds
which they confessed concerning these deities. And an extraordinarily
interesting fact, for us, is that notwithstanding great geographical
distances and racial differences between the adherents of these various
cults, as well as differences in the details of their services, the
general outlines of their creeds and ceremonials were—if not
identical—so markedly similar as we find them.
I cannot of course go at length into these different cults, but I may say
roughly that of all or nearly all the deities above-mentioned it was said
and believed that:
(1) They were born on or very near our Christmas Day.
(2) They were born of a Virgin-Mother.
(3) And in a Cave or Underground Chamber.
(4) They led a life of toil for Mankind.
(5) And were called by the names of Light-bringer, Healer, Mediator,
Savior, Deliverer.
(6) They were however vanquished by the Powers of Darkness.
(7) And descended into Hell or the Underworld.
(8) They rose again from the dead, and became the pioneers of mankind to
the Heavenly world.
(9) They founded Communions of Saints, and Churches into which disciples
were received by Baptism.
(10) And they were commemorated by Eucharistic meals.
Let me give a few brief examples.
Mithra was born in a cave, and on the 25th December. (1) He was born of a
Virgin. (2) He traveled far and wide as a teacher and illuminator of men.
He slew the Bull (symbol of the gross Earth which the sunlight
fructifies). His great festivals were the winter solstice and the Spring
equinox (Christmas and Easter). He had twelve companions or disciples (the
twelve months). He was buried in a tomb, from which however he rose again;
and his resurrection was celebrated yearly with great rejoicings. He was
called Savior and Mediator, and sometimes figured as a Lamb; and
sacramental feasts in remembrance of him were held by his followers. This
legend is apparently partly astronomical and partly vegetational; and the
same may be said of the following about Osiris.
(1) The birthfeast of Mithra was held in Rome on the 8th day
before the Kalends of January, being also the day of the Circassian
games, which were sacred to the Sun. (See F. Nork, Der Mystagog,
Leipzig.)
(2) This at any rate was reported by his later disciples (see
Robertson’s Pagan Christs, p. 338).
Osiris was born (Plutarch tells us) on the 361st day of the year, say the
27th December. He too, like Mithra and Dionysus, was a great traveler. As
King of Egypt he taught men civil arts, and “tamed them by music and
gentleness, not by force of arms”; (1) he was the discoverer of corn and
wine. But he was betrayed by Typhon, the power of darkness, and slain and
dismembered. “This happened,” says Plutarch, “on the 17th of the month
Athyr, when the sun enters into the Scorpion” (the sign of the Zodiac
which indicates the oncoming of Winter). His body was placed in a box, but
afterwards, on the 19th, came again to life, and, as in the cults of
Mithra, Dionysus, Adonis and others, so in the cult of Osiris, an image
placed in a coffin was brought out before the worshipers and saluted with
glad cries of “Osiris is risen.” (1) “His sufferings, his death and his
resurrection were enacted year by year in a great mystery-play at Abydos.”
(2)
(1) See Plutarch on Isis and Osiris.
(2) Ancient Art and Ritual, by Jane E. Harrison, chap. i.
The two following legends have more distinctly the character of Vegetation
myths.
Adonis or Tammuz, the Syrian god of vegetation, was a very beautiful
youth, born of a Virgin (Nature), and so beautiful that Venus and
Proserpine (the goddesses of the Upper and Underworlds) both fell in love
with him. To reconcile their claims it was agreed that he should spend
half the year (summer) in the upper world, and the winter half with
Proserpine below. He was killed by a boar (Typhon) in the autumn. And
every year the maidens “wept for Adonis” (see Ezekiel viii. 14). In the
spring a festival of his resurrection was held—the women set out to
seek him, and having found the supposed corpse placed it (a wooden image)
in a coffin or hollow tree, and performed wild rites and lamentations,
followed by even wilder rejoicings over his supposed resurrection. At
Aphaca in the North of Syria, and halfway between Byblus and Baalbec,
there was a famous grove and temple of Astarte, near which was a wild
romantic gorge full of trees, the birthplace of a certain river Adonis—the
water rushing from a Cavern, under lofty cliffs. Here (it was said) every
year the youth Adonis was again wounded to death, and the river ran red
with his blood, (1) while the scarlet anemone bloomed among the cedars and
walnuts.
(1) A discoloration caused by red earth washed by rain from the
mountains, and which has been observed by modern travelers. For the
whole story of Adonis and of Attis see Frazer’s Golden Bough, part iv.
The story of Attis is very similar. He was a fair young shepherd or
herdsman of Phrygia, beloved by Cybele (or Demeter), the Mother of the
gods. He was born of a Virgin—Nana—who conceived by putting a
ripe almond or pomegranate in her bosom. He died, either killed by a boar,
the symbol of winter, like Adonis, or self-castrated (like his own
priests); and he bled to death at the foot of a pine tree (the pine and
pine-cone being symbols of fertility). The sacrifice of his blood renewed
the fertility of the earth, and in the ritual celebration of his death and
resurrection his image was fastened to the trunk of a pine-tree (compare
the Crucifixion). But I shall return to this legend presently. The worship
of Attis became very widespread and much honored, and was ultimately
incorporated with the established religion at Rome somewhere about the
commencement of our Era.
The following two legends (dealing with Hercules and with Krishna) have
rather more of the character of the solar, and less of the vegetational
myth about them. Both heroes were regarded as great benefactors of
humanity; but the former more on the material plane, and the latter on the
spiritual.
Hercules or Heracles was, like other Sun-gods and benefactors of mankind,
a great Traveler. He was known in many lands, and everywhere he was
invoked as Saviour. He was miraculously conceived from a divine Father;
even in the cradle he strangled two serpents sent to destroy him. His many
labors for the good of the world were ultimately epitomized into twelve,
symbolized by the signs of the Zodiac. He slew the Nemxan Lion and the
Hydra (offspring of Typhon) and the Boar. He overcame the Cretan Bull, and
cleaned out the Stables of Augeas; he conquered Death and, descending into
Hades, brought Cerberus thence and ascended into Heaven. On all sides he
was followed by the gratitude and the prayers of mortals.
As to Krishna, the Indian god, the points of agreement with the general
divine career indicated above are too salient to be overlooked, and too
numerous to be fully recorded. He also was born of a Virgin (Devaki) and
in a Cave, (1) and his birth announced by a Star. It was sought to destroy
him, and for that purpose a massacre of infants was ordered. Everywhere he
performed miracles, raising the dead, healing lepers, and the deaf and the
blind, and championing the poor and oppressed. He had a beloved disciple,
Arjuna, (cf. John) before whom he was transfigured. (2) His death is
differently related—as being shot by an arrow, or crucified on a
tree. He descended into hell; and rose again from the dead, ascending into
heaven in the sight of many people. He will return at the last day to be
the judge of the quick and the dead.
(1) Cox’s Myths of the Aryan Nations, p. 107.
(2) Bhagavat Gita, ch. xi.
Such are some of the legends concerning the pagan and pre-Christian
deities—only briefly sketched now, in order that we may get
something like a true perspective of the whole subject; but to most of
them, and more in detail, I shall return as the argument proceeds.
What we chiefly notice so far are two points; on the one hand the general
similarity of these stories with that of Jesus Christ; on the other their
analogy with the yearly phenomena of Nature as illustrated by the course
of the Sun in heaven and the changes of Vegetation on the earth.
(1) The similarity of these ancient pagan legends and beliefs with
Christian traditions was indeed so great that it excited the attention and
the undisguised wrath of the early Christian fathers. They felt no doubt
about the similarity, but not knowing how to explain it fell back upon the
innocent theory that the Devil—in order to confound the Christians—had,
CENTURIES BEFORE, caused the pagans to adopt certain beliefs and
practices! (Very crafty, we may say, of the Devil, but also very innocent
of the Fathers to believe it!) Justin Martyr for instance describes (1)
the institution of the Lord’s Supper as narrated in the Gospels, and then
goes on to say: “Which the wicked devils have IMITATED in the mysteries of
Mithra, commanding the same thing to be done. For, that bread and a cup of
water are placed with certain incantations in the mystic rites of one who
is being initiated you either know or can learn.” Tertullian also says (2)
that “the devil by the mysteries of his idols imitates even the main part
of the divine mysteries.”… “He baptizes his worshippers in water and
makes them believe that this purifies them from their crimes.”… “Mithra
sets his mark on the forehead of his soldiers; he celebrates the oblation
of bread; he offers an image of the resurrection, and presents at once the
crown and the sword; he limits his chief priest to a single marriage; he
even has his virgins and ascetics.” (3) Cortez, too, it will be remembered
complained that the Devil had positively taught to the Mexicans the same
things which God had taught to Christendom.
(1) I Apol. c. 66.
(2) De Praescriptione Hereticorum, c. 40; De Bapt. c. 3; De
Corona, c. 15.
(3) For reference to both these examples see J. M. Robertson’s
Pagan Christs, pp. 321, 322.
Justin Martyr again, in the Dialogue with Trypho says that the Birth in
the Stable was the prototype (!) of the birth of Mithra in the Cave of
Zoroastrianism; and boasts that Christ was born when the Sun takes its
birth in the Augean Stable, (1) coming as a second Hercules to cleanse a
foul world; and St. Augustine says “we hold this (Christmas) day holy, not
like the pagans because of the birth of the Sun, but because of the birth
of him who made it.” There are plenty of other instances in the Early
Fathers of their indignant ascription of these similarities to the work of
devils; but we need not dwell over them. There is no need for US to be
indignant. On the contrary we can now see that these animadversions of the
Christian writers are the evidence of how and to what extent in the spread
of Christianity over the world it had become fused with the Pagan cults
previously existing.
(1) The Zodiacal sign of Capricornus, iii.
It was not till the year A.D. 530 or so—five centuries after the
supposed birth of Christ—that a Scythian Monk, Dionysius Exiguus, an
abbot and astronomer of Rome, was commissioned to fix the day and the year
of that birth. A nice problem, considering the historical science of the
period! For year he assigned the date which we now adopt, (2) and for day
and month he adopted the 25th December—a date which had been in
popular use since about 350 B.C., and the very date, within a day or two,
of the supposed birth of the previous Sungods. (3) From that fact alone we
may fairly conclude that by the year 530 or earlier the existing
Nature-worships had become largely fused into Christianity. In fact the
dates of the main pagan religious festivals had by that time become so
popular that Christianity was OBLIGED to accommodate itself to them. (1)
(1) As, for instance, the festival of John the Baptist in June
took the place of the pagan midsummer festival of water and bathing;
the Assumption of the Virgin in August the place of that of Diana in the
same month; and the festival of All Souls early in November, that of the
world-wide pagan feasts of the dead and their ghosts at the same season.
(2) See Encycl. Brit. art. “Chronology.”
(3) “There is however a difficulty in accepting the 25th December
as the real date of the Nativity, December being the height of the rainy
season in Judaea, when neither flocks nor shepherds could have been at
night in the fields of Bethlehem” (!). Encycl. Brit. art. “Christmas
Day.” According to Hastings’s Encyclopaedia, art. “Christmas,” “Usener
says that the Feast of the Nativity was held originally on the 6th
January (the Epiphany), but in 353-4 the Pope Liberius displaced it to
the 25th December… but there is no evidence of a Feast of the Nativity
taking place at all, before the fourth century A.D.” It was not till 534
A.D. that Christmas Day and Epiphany were reckoned by the law-courts as
dies non.
This brings us to the second point mentioned a few pages back—the
analogy between the Christian festivals and the yearly phenomena of Nature
in the Sun and the Vegetation.
Let us take Christmas Day first. Mithra, as we have seen, was reported to
have been born on the 25th December (which in the Julian Calendar was
reckoned as the day of the Winter Solstice AND of the Nativity of the
Sun); Plutarch says (Isis and Osiris, c. 12) that Osiris was born on the
361st day of the year, when a Voice rang out proclaiming the Lord of All.
Horus, he says, was born on the 362nd day. Apollo on the same.
Why was all this? Why did the Druids at Yule Tide light roaring fires? Why
was the cock supposed to crow all Christmas Eve (“The bird of dawning
singeth all night long”)? Why was Apollo born with only one hair (the
young Sun with only one feeble ray)? Why did Samson (name derived from
Shemesh, the sun) lose all his strength when he lost his hair? Why were so
many of these gods—Mithra, Apollo, Krishna, Jesus, and others, born
in caves or underground chambers? (1) Why, at the Easter Eve festival of
the Holy Sepulchre at Jerusalem is a light brought from the grave and
communicated to the candles of thousands who wait outside, and who rush
forth rejoicing to carry the new glory over the world? (2) Why indeed?
except that older than all history and all written records has been the
fear and wonderment of the children of men over the failure of the Sun’s
strength in Autumn—the decay of their God; and the anxiety lest by
any means he should not revive or reappear?
(1) This same legend of gods (or idols) being born in caves has,
curiously enough, been reported from Mexico, Guatemala, the Antilles,
and other places in Central America. See C. F. P. von Martius,
Etknographie Amerika, etc. (Leipzig, 1867), vol. i, p. 758.
(2) Compare the Aztec ceremonial of lighting a holy fire and
communicating it to the multitude from the wounded breast of a human
victim, celebrated every 52 years at the end of one cycle and the
beginning of another—the constellation of the Pleiades being in the
Zenith (Prescott’s Conquest of Mexico, Bk. I, ch. 4).
Think for a moment of a time far back when there were absolutely NO
Almanacs or Calendars, either nicely printed or otherwise, when all that
timid mortals could see was that their great source of Light and Warmth
was daily failing, daily sinking lower in the sky. As everyone now knows
there are about three weeks at the fag end of the year when the days are
at their shortest and there is very little change. What was happening?
Evidently the god had fallen upon evil times. Typhon, the prince of
darkness, had betrayed him; Delilah, the queen of Night, had shorn his
hair; the dreadful Boar had wounded him; Hercules was struggling with
Death itself; he had fallen under the influence of those malign
constellations—the Serpent and the Scorpion. Would the god grow
weaker and weaker, and finally succumb, or would he conquer after all? We
can imagine the anxiety with which those early men and women watched for
the first indication of a lengthening day; and the universal joy when the
Priest (the representative of primitive science) having made some simple
observations, announced from the Temple steps that the day WAS lengthening—that
the Sun was really born again to a new and glorious career. (1)
(1) It was such things as these which doubtless gave the
Priesthood its power.
Let us look at the elementary science of those days a little closer. How
without Almanacs or Calendars could the day, or probable day, of the Sun’s
rebirth be fixed? Go out next Christmas Evening, and at midnight you will
see the brightest of the fixed stars, Sirius, blazing in the southern sky—not
however due south from you, but somewhat to the left of the Meridian line.
Some three thousand years ago (owing to the Precession of the Equinoxes)
that star at the winter solstice did not stand at midnight where you now
see it, but almost exactly ON the meridian line. The coming of Sirius
therefore to the meridian at midnight became the sign and assurance of the
Sun having reached the very lowest point of his course, and therefore of
having arrived at the moment of his re-birth. Where then was the Sun at
that moment? Obviously in the underworld beneath our feet. Whatever views
the ancients may have had about the shape of the earth, it was evident to
the mass of people that the Sungod, after illuminating the world during
the day, plunged down in the West, and remained there during the hours of
darkness in some cavern under the earth. Here he rested and after bathing
in the great ocean renewed his garments before reappearing in the East
next morning.
But in this long night of his greatest winter weakness, when all the world
was hoping and praying for the renewal of his strength, it is evident that
the new birth would come—if it came at all—at midnight. This
then was the sacred hour when in the underworld (the Stable or the Cave or
whatever it might be called) the child was born who was destined to be the
Savior of men. At that moment Sirius stood on the southern meridian (and
in more southern lands than ours this would be more nearly overhead); and
that star—there is little doubt—is the Star in the East
mentioned in the Gospels.
To the right, as the supposed observer looks at Sirius on the midnight of
Christmas Eve, stands the magnificent Orion, the mighty hunter. There are
three stars in his belt which, as is well known, lie in a straight line
pointing to Sirius. They are not so bright as Sirius, but they are
sufficiently bright to attract attention. A long tradition gives them the
name of the Three Kings. Dupuis (1) says: “Orion a trois belles etoiles
vers le milieu, qui sont de seconde grandeur et posees en ligne droite,
l’une pres de l’autre, le peuple les appelle les trois rois. On donne aux
trois rois Magis les noms de Magalat, Galgalat, Saraim; et Athos, Satos,
Paratoras. Les Catholiques les appellent Gaspard, Melchior, et Balthasar.”
The last-mentioned group of names comes in the Catholic Calendar in
connection with the feast of the Epiphany (6th January); and the name
“Trois Rois” is commonly to-day given to these stars by the French and
Swiss peasants.
(1) Charles F. Dupuis (Origine de Tous les Cultes, Paris, 1822)
was one of the earliest modern writers on these subjects.
Immediately after Midnight then, on the 25th December, the Beloved Son (or
Sun-god) is born. If we go back in thought to the period, some three
thousand years ago, when at that moment of the heavenly birth Sirius,
coming from the East, did actually stand on the Meridian, we shall come
into touch with another curious astronomical coincidence. For at the same
moment we shall see the Zodiacal constellation of the Virgin in the act of
rising, and becoming visible in the East divided through the middle by the
line of the horizon.
The constellation Virgo is a Y-shaped group, of which [gr a], the star at
the foot, is the well-known Spica, a star of the first magnitude. The
other principal stars, [gr g] at the centre, and [gr b] and [gr e] at the
extremities, are of the second magnitude. The whole resembles more a cup
than the human figure; but when we remember the symbolic meaning of the
cup, that seems to be an obvious explanation of the name Virgo, which the
constellation has borne since the earliest times. (The three stars [gr b],
[gr g] and [gr a], lie very nearly on the Ecliptic, that is, the Sun’s
path—a fact to which we shall return presently.)
At the moment then when Sirius, the star from the East, by coming to the
Meridian at midnight signalled the Sun’s new birth, the Virgin was seen
just rising on the Eastern sky—the horizon line passing through her
centre. And many people think that this astronomical fact is the
explanation of the very widespread legend of the Virgin-birth. I do not
think that it is the sole explanation—for indeed in all or nearly
all these cases the acceptance of a myth seems to depend not upon a single
argument but upon the convergence of a number of meanings and reasons in
the same symbol. But certainly the fact mentioned above is curious, and
its importance is accentuated by the following considerations.
In the Temple of Denderah in Egypt, and on the inside of the dome, there
is or WAS an elaborate circular representation of the Northern hemisphere
of the sky and the Zodiac. (1) Here Virgo the constellation is
represented, as in our star-maps, by a woman with a spike of corn in her
hand (Spica). But on the margin close by there is an annotating and
explicatory figure—a figure of Isis with the infant Horus in her
arms, and quite resembling in style the Christian Madonna and Child,
except that she is sitting and the child is on her knee. This seems to
show that—whatever other nations may have done in associating Virgo
with Demeter, Ceres, Diana (2) etc.—the Egyptians made no doubt of
the constellation’s connection with Isis and Horus. But it is well known
as a matter of history that the worship of Isis and Horus descended in the
early Christian centuries to Alexandria, where it took the form of the
worship of the Virgin Mary and the infant Savior, and so passed into the
European ceremonial. We have therefore the Virgin Mary connected by linear
succession and descent with that remote Zodiacal cluster in the sky! Also
it may be mentioned that on the Arabian and Persian globes of Abenezra and
Abuazar a Virgin and Child are figured in connection with the same
constellation. (3)
(1) Carefully described and mapped by Dupuis, see op. cit.
(2) For the harvest-festival of Diana, the Virgin, and her
parallelism with the Virgin Mary, see The Golden Bough, vol. i, 14 and
ii, 121.
(3) See F. Nork, Der Mystagog (Leipzig, 1838).
A curious confirmation of the same astronomical connection is afforded by
the Roman Catholic Calendar. For if this be consulted it will be found
that the festival of the Assumption of the Virgin is placed on the 15th
August, while the festival of the Birth of the Virgin is dated the 8th
September. I have already pointed out that the stars, [gr a], [gr b] and
[gr g] of Virgo are almost exactly on the Ecliptic, or Sun’s path through
the sky; and a brief reference to the Zodiacal signs and the star-maps
will show that the Sun each year enters the sign of Virgo about the
first-mentioned date, and leaves it about the second date. At the present
day the Zodiacal signs (owing to precession) have shifted some distance
from the constellations of the same name. But at the time when the Zodiac
was constituted and these names were given, the first date obviously would
signalize the actual disappearance of the cluster Virgo in the Sun’s rays—i.
e. the Assumption of the Virgin into the glory of the God—while the
second date would signalize the reappearance of the constellation or the
Birth of the Virgin. The Church of Notre Dame at Paris is supposed to be
on the original site of a Temple of Isis; and it is said (but I have not
been able to verify this myself) that one of the side entrances—that,
namely, on the left in entering from the North (cloister) side—is
figured with the signs of the Zodiac EXCEPT that the sign Virgo is
replaced by the figure of the Madonna and Child.
So strange is the scripture of the sky! Innumerable legends and customs
connect the rebirth of the Sun with a Virgin parturition. Dr. J. G. Frazer
in his Part IV of The Golden Bough (1) says: “If we may trust the evidence
of an obscure scholiast the Greeks (in the worship of Mithras at Rome)
used to celebrate the birth of the luminary by a midnight service, coming
out of the inner shrines and crying, ‘The Virgin has brought forth! The
light is waxing!’ ([gr ‘H parhenos tetoken, auzei pws].)” In Elie Reclus’
little book Primitive Folk (2) it is said of the Esquimaux that “On the
longest night of the year two angakout (priests), of whom one is disguised
as a WOMAN, go from hut to hut extinguishing all the lights, rekindling
them from a vestal flame, and crying out, ‘From the new sun cometh a new
light!’”
(1) Book II, ch. vi.
(2) In the Contemporary Science Series, I. 92.
All this above-written on the Solar or Astronomical origins of the myths
does not of course imply that the Vegetational origins must be denied or
ignored. These latter were doubtless the earliest, but there is no reason—as
said in the Introduction (ch. i)—why the two elements should not to
some extent have run side by side, or been fused with each other. In fact
it is quite clear that they must have done so; and to separate them out
too rigidly, or treat them as antagonistic, is a mistake. The Cave or
Underworld in which the New Year is born is not only the place of the
Sun’s winter retirement, but also the hidden chamber beneath the Earth to
which the dying Vegetation goes, and from which it re-arises in Spring.
The amours of Adonis with Venus and Proserpine, the lovely goddesses of
the upper and under worlds, or of Attis with Cybele, the blooming
Earth-mother, are obvious vegetation-symbols; but they do not exclude the
interpretation that Adonis (Adonai) may also figure as a Sun-god. The
Zodiacal constellations of Aries and Taurus (to which I shall return
presently) rule in heaven just when the Lamb and the Bull are in evidence
on the earth; and the yearly sacrifice of those two animals and of the
growing Corn for the good of mankind runs parallel with the drama of the
sky, as it affects not only the said constellations but also Virgo (the
Earth-mother who bears the sheaf of corn in her hand).
I shall therefore continue (in the next chapter) to point out these
astronomical references—which are full of significance and poetry;
but with a recommendation at the same time to the reader not to forget the
poetry and significance of the terrestrial interpretations.
Between Christmas Day and Easter there are several minor festivals or holy
days—such as the 28th December (the Massacre of the Innocents), the
6th January (the Epiphany), the 2nd February (Candlemas (1) Day), the
period of Lent (German Lenz, the Spring), the Annunciation of the Blessed
Virgin, and so forth—which have been commonly celebrated in the
pagan cults before Christianity, and in which elements of Star and Nature
worship can be traced; but to dwell on all these would take too long; so
let us pass at once to the period of Easter itself.
(1) This festival of the Purification of the Virgin corresponds
with the old Roman festival of Juno Februata (i. e. purified) which was
held in the last month (February) of the Roman year, and which included
a candle procession of Ceres, searching for Proserpine. (F. Nork, Der
Mystagog.)
III.
THE SYMBOLISM OF THE ZODIAC
The Vernal Equinox has all over the ancient world, and from the earliest
times, been a period of rejoicing and of festivals in honor of the Sungod.
It is needless to labor a point which is so well known. Everyone
understands and appreciates the joy of finding that the long darkness is
giving way, that the Sun is growing in strength, and that the days are
winning a victory over the nights. The birds and flowers reappear, and the
promise of Spring is in the air. But it may be worth while to give an
elementary explanation of the ASTRONOMICAL meaning of this period, because
this is not always understood, and yet it is very important in its bearing
on the rites and creeds of the early religions. The priests who were, as I
have said, the early students and inquirers, had worked out this
astronomical side, and in that way were able to fix dates and to frame for
the benefit of the populace myths and legends, which were in a certain
sense explanations of the order of Nature, and a kind of “popular
science.”
The Equator, as everyone knows, is an imaginary line or circle girdling
the Earth half-way between the North and South poles. If you imagine a
transparent Earth with a light at its very centre, and also imagine the
SHADOW of this equatorial line to be thrown on the vast concave of the
Sky, this shadow would in astronomical parlance coincide with the Equator
of the Sky—forming an imaginary circle half-way between the North
and South celestial poles.
The Equator, then, may be pictured as cutting across the sky either by day
or by night, and always at the same elevation—that is, as seen from
any one place. But the Ecliptic (the other important great circle of the
heavens) can only be thought of as a line traversing the constellations as
they are seen at NIGHT. It is in fact the Sun’s path among the fixed
stars. For (really owing to the Earth’s motion in its orbit) the Sun
appears to move round the heavens once a year—travelling, always to
the left, from constellation to constellation. The exact path of the sun
is called the Ecliptic; and the band of sky on either side of the Ecliptic
which may be supposed to include the said constellations is called the
Zodiac. How then—it will of course be asked—seeing that the
Sun and the Stars can never be seen together—were the Priests ABLE
to map out the path of the former among the latter? Into that question we
need not go. Sufficient to say that they succeeded; and their success—even
with the very primitive instruments they had—shows that their
astronomical knowledge and acuteness of reasoning were of no mean order.
To return to our Vernal Equinox. Let us suppose that the Equator and
Ecliptic of the sky, at the Spring season, are represented by two lines
Eq. and Ecl. crossing each other at the point P. The Sun, represented by
the small circle, is moving slowly and in its annual course along the
Ecliptic to the left. When it reaches the point P (the dotted circle) it
stands on the Equator of the sky, and then for a day or two, being neither
North nor South, it shines on the two terrestrial hemispheres alike, and
day and night are equal. BEFORE that time, when the sun is low down in the
heavens, night has the advantage, and the days are short; AFTERWARDS, when
the Sun has travelled more to the left, the days triumph over the nights.
It will be seen then that this point P where the Sun’s path crosses the
Equator is a very critical point. It is the astronomical location of the
triumph of the Sungod and of the arrival of Spring.
How was this location defined? Among what stars was the Sun moving at that
critical moment? (For of course it was understood, or supposed, that the
Sun was deeply influenced by the constellation through which it was, or
appeared to be, moving.) It seems then that at the period when these
questions were occupying men’s minds—say about three thousand years
ago—the point where the Ecliptic crossed the Equator was, as a
matter of fact, in the region of the constellation Aries or the he-Lamb.
The triumph of the Sungod was therefore, and quite naturally, ascribed to
the influence of Aries. THE LAMB BECAME THE SYMBOL OF THE RISEN SAVIOR,
AND OF HIS PASSAGE FROM THE UNDERWORLD INTO THE HEIGHT OF HEAVEN. At first
such an explanation sounds hazardous; but a thousand texts and references
confirm it; and it is only by the accumulation of evidence in these cases
that the student becomes convinced of a theory’s correctness. It must also
be remembered (what I have mentioned before) that these myths and legends
were commonly adopted not only for one strict reason but because they
represented in a general way the convergence of various symbols and
inferences.
Let me enumerate a few points with regard to the Vernal Equinox. In the
Bible the festival is called the Passover, and its supposed institution by
Moses is related in Exodus, ch. xii. In every house a he-lamb was to be
slain, and its blood to be sprinkled on the doorposts of the house. Then
the Lord would pass over and not smite that house. The Hebrew word is
pasach, to pass. (1) The lamb slain was called the Paschal Lamb. But what
was that lamb? Evidently not an earthly lamb—(though certainly the
earthly lambs on the hillsides WERE just then ready to be killed and
eaten)—but the heavenly Lamb, which was slain or sacrificed when the
Lord “passed over” the equator and obliterated the constellation Aries.
This was the Lamb of God which was slain each year, and “Slain since the
foundation of the world.” This period of the Passover (about the 25th
March) was to be (2) the beginning of a new year. The sacrifice of the
Lamb, and its blood, were to be the promise of redemption. The door-frames
of the houses—symbols of the entrance into a new life—were to
be sprinkled with blood. (3) Later, the imagery of the saving power of the
blood of the Lamb became more popular, more highly colored. (See St.
Paul’s epistles, and the early Fathers.) And we have the expression
“washed in the blood of the Lamb” adopted into the Christian Church.
(1) It is said that pasach sometimes means not so much to pass
over, as to hover over and so protect. Possibly both meanings enter in
here. See Isaiah xxxi. 5.
(2) See Exodus xii. i.
(3) It is even said (see The Golden Bough, vol. iii, 185) that
the doorways of houses and temples in Peru were at the Spring festival
daubed with blood of the first-born children—commuted afterwards to the
blood of the sacred animal, the Llama. And as to Mexico, Sahagun, the
great Spanish missionary, tells us that it was a custom of the people
there to “smear the outside of their houses and doors with blood drawn
from their own ears and ankles, in order to propitiate the god of
Harvest” (Kingsborough’s Mexican Antiquities, vol. vi, p. 235).
In order fully to understand this extraordinary expression and its origin
we must turn for a moment to the worship both of Mithra, the Persian
Sungod, and of Attis the Syrian god, as throwing great light on the
Christian cult and ceremonies. It must be remembered that in the early
centuries of our era the Mithra-cult was spread over the whole Western
world. It has left many monuments of itself here in Britain. At Rome the
worship was extremely popular, and it may almost be said to have been a
matter of chance whether Mithraism should overwhelm Christianity, or
whether the younger religion by adopting many of the rites of the older
one should establish itself (as it did) in the face of the latter.
Now we have already mentioned that in the Mithra cult the slaying of a
Bull by the Sungod occupies the same sort of place as the slaving of the
Lamb in the Christian cult. It took place at the Vernal Equinox and the
blood of the Bull acquired in men’s minds a magic virtue. Mithraism was a
greatly older religion than Christianity; but its genesis was similar. In
fact, owing to the Precession of the Equinoxes, the crossing-place of the
Ecliptic and Equator was different at the time of the establishment of
Mithra-worship from what it was in the Christian period; and the Sun
instead of standing in the He-lamb, or Aries, at the Vernal Equinox stood,
about two thousand years earlier (as indicated by the dotted line in the
diagram), in this very constellation of the Bull. (1) The bull therefore
became the symbol of the triumphant God, and the sacrifice of the bull a
holy mystery. (Nor must we overlook here the agricultural appropriateness
of the bull as the emblem of Spring-plowings and of service to man.)
(1) With regard to this point, see an article in the Nineteenth
Century for September 1900, by E. W. Maunder of the Greenwich
Observatory on “The Oldest Picture Book” (the Zodiac). Mr. Maunder
calculates that the Vernal Equinox was in the centre of the Sign of
the Bull 5,000 years ago. (It would therefore be in the centre of Aries
2,845 years ago—allowing 2,155 years for the time occupied in passing
from one Sign to another.) At the earlier period the Summer solstice was
in the centre of Leo, the Autumnal equinox in the centre of Scorpio, and
the Winter solstice in the centre of Aquarius—corresponding roughly,
Mr. Maunder points out, to the positions of the four “Royal Stars,”
Aldebaran, Regulus, Antares and Fomalhaut.
The sacrifice of the Bull became the image of redemption. In a certain
well-known Mithra-sculpture or group, the Sungod is represented as
plunging his dagger into a bull, while a scorpion, a serpent, and other
animals are sucking the latter’s blood. From one point of view this may be
taken as symbolic of the Sun fertilizing the gross Earth by plunging his
rays into it and so drawing forth its blood for the sustenance of all
creatures; while from another more astronomical aspect it symbolizes the
conquest of the Sun over winter in the moment of “passing over” the sign
of the Bull, and the depletion of the generative power of the Bull by the
Scorpion—which of course is the autumnal sign of the Zodiac and
herald of winter. One such Mithraic group was found at Ostia, where there
was a large subterranean Temple “to the invincible god Mithras.”
In the worship of Attis there were (as I have already indicated) many
points of resemblance to the Christian cult. On the 22nd March (the Vernal
Equinox) a pinetree was cut in the woods and brought into the Temple of
Cybele. It was treated almost as a divinity, was decked with violets, and
the effigy of a young man tied to the stem (cf. the Crucifixion). The 24th
was called the “Day of Blood”; the High Priest first drew blood from his
own arms; and then the others gashed and slashed themselves, and spattered
the altar and the sacred tree with blood; while novices made themselves
eunuchs “for the kingdom of heaven’s sake.” The effigy was afterwards laid
in a tomb. But when night fell, says Dr. Frazer, (1) sorrow was turned to
joy. A light was brought, and the tomb was found to be empty. The next
day, the 25th, was the festival of the Resurrection; and ended in carnival
and license (the Hilaria). Further, says Dr. Frazer, these mysteries “seem
to have included a sacramental meal and a baptism of blood.”
(1) See Adonis, Attis and Osiris, Part IV of The Golden Bough, by
J. G. Frazer, p. 229.
“In the baptism the devotee, crowned with gold and wreathed with fillets,
descended into a pit, the mouth of which was covered with a wooden
grating. A bull, adorned with garlands of flowers, its forehead glittering
with gold leaf, was then driven on to the grating and there stabbed to
death with a consecrated spear. Its hot reeking blood poured in torrents
through the apertures, and was received with devout eagerness by the
worshiper on every part of his person and garments, till he emerged from
the pit, drenched, dripping, and scarlet from head to foot, to receive the
homage, nay the adoration, of his fellows—as one who had been born
again to eternal life and had washed away his sins in the blood of the
bull.” (1) And Frazer continuing says: “That the bath of blood derived
from slaughter of the bull (tauro-bolium) was believed to regenerate the
devotee for eternity is proved by an inscription found at Rome, which
records that a certain Sextilius Agesilaus Aedesius, who dedicated an
altar to Attis and the mother of the gods (Cybele) was taurobolio
criobolio que in aeternum renatus.” (2) “In the procedure of the
Taurobolia and Criobolia,” says Mr. J. M. Robertson, (3) “which grew very
popular in the Roman world, we have the literal and original meaning of
the phrase ‘washed in the blood of the lamb’ (4); the doctrine being that
resurrection and eternal life were secured by drenching or sprinkling with
the actual blood of a sacrificial bull or ram.” (5) For the POPULARITY of
the rite we may quote Franz Cumont, who says:—“Cette douche sacree
(taurobolium) pareit avoir ete administree en Cappadoce dans un grand
nombre de sanctuaires, et en particulier dans ceux de Ma la grande
divinite indigene, et dans ceux: de Anahita.”
(1) See vol. i, pp. 334 ff.
(2) Adonis, Attis and Osiris, p. 229. References to Prudentius,
and to Firmicus Maternus, De errore 28. 8.
(3) That is, “By the slaughter of the bull and the slaughter of
the ram born again into eternity.”
(4) Pagan Christs, p. 315.
(5) Mysteres de Mithra, Bruxelles, 1902, p. 153.
Whether Mr. Robertson is right in ascribing to the priests (as he appears
to do) so materialistic a view of the potency of the actual blood is, I
should say, doubtful. I do not myself see that there is any reason for
supposing that the priests of Mithra or Attis regarded baptism by blood
very differently from the way in which the Christian Church has generally
regarded baptism by water—namely, as a SYMBOL of some inner
regeneration. There may certainly have been a little more of the MAGICAL
view and a little less of the symbolic, in the older religions; but the
difference was probably on the whole more one of degree than of essential
disparity. But however that may be, we cannot but be struck by the
extraordinary analogy between the tombstone inscriptions of that period
“born again into eternity by the blood of the Bull or the Ram,” and the
corresponding texts in our graveyards to-day. F. Cumont in his elaborate
work, Textes et Monuments relatifs aux Mysteres de Mithra (2 vols.,
Brussels, 1899) gives a great number of texts and epitaphs of the same
character as that above-quoted, and they are well worth studying by those
interested in the subject. Cumont, it may be noted (vol. i, p. 305),
thinks that the story of Mithra and the slaying of the Bull must have
originated among some pastoral people to whom the bull was the source of
all life. The Bull in heaven—the symbol of the triumphant Sungod—and
the earthly bull, sacrificed for the good of humanity were one and the
same; the god, in fact, SACRIFICED HIMSELF OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE. And
Mithra was the hero who first won this conception of divinity for mankind—though
of course it is in essence quite similar to the conception put forward by
the Christian Church.
As illustrating the belief that the Baptism by Blood was accompanied by a
real regeneration of the devotee, Frazer quotes an ancient writer (1) who
says that for some time after the ceremony the fiction of a new birth was
kept up by dieting the devotee on MILK, like a new-born babe. And it is
interesting in that connection to find that even in the present day a diet
of ABSOLUTELY NOTHING BUT MILK for six or eight weeks is by many doctors
recommended as the only means of getting rid of deep-seated illnesses and
enabling a patient’s organism to make a completely new start in life.
(1) Sallustius philosophus. See Adonis, Attis and Osiris, note,
p. 229.
“At Rome,” he further says (p. 230), “the new birth and the remission of
sins by the shedding of bull’s blood appear to have been carried out above
all at the sanctuary of the Phrygian Goddess (Cybele) on the Vatican Hill,
at or near the spot where the great basilica of St. Peter’s now stands;
for many inscriptions relating to the rites were found when the church was
being enlarged in 1608 or 1609. From the Vatican as a centre,” he
continues, “this barbarous system of superstition seems to have spread to
other parts of the Roman empire. Inscriptions found in Gaul and Germany
prove that provincial sanctuaries modelled their ritual on that of the
Vatican.”
It would appear then that at Rome in the quiet early days of the Christian
Church, the rites and ceremonials of Mithra and Cybele, probably much
intermingled and blended, were exceedingly popular. Both religions had
been recognized by the Roman State, and the Christians, persecuted and
despised as they were, found it hard to make any headway against them—the
more so perhaps because the Christian doctrines appeared in many respects
to be merely faint replicas and copies of the older creeds. Robertson
maintains (1) that a he-lamb was sacrificed in the Mithraic mysteries, and
he quotes Porphyry as saying (2) that “a place near the equinoctial circle
was assigned to Mithra as an appropriate seat; and on this account he
bears the sword of the Ram (Aries) which is a sign of Mars (Ares).”
Similarly among the early Christians, it is said, a ram or lamb was
sacrificed in the Paschal mystery.
(1) Pagan Christs, p. 336.
(2) De Antro, xxiv.
Many people think that the association of the Lamb-god with the Cross
arose from the fact that the constellation Aries at that time WAS on the
heavenly cross (the crossways of the Ecliptic and Equator-see diagram, ch.
iii), and in the very place through which the Sungod had to pass just
before his final triumph. And it is curious to find that Justin Martyr in
his Dialogue with Trypho (1) (a Jew) alludes to an old Jewish practice of
roasting a Lamb on spits arranged in the form of a Cross. “The lamb,” he
says, meaning apparently the Paschal lamb, “is roasted and dressed up in
the form of a cross. For one spit is transfixed right through the lower
parts up to the head, and one across the back, to which are attached the
legs (forelegs) of the lamb.”
(1) Ch. xl.
To-day in Morocco at the festival of Eid-el-Kebir, corresponding to the
Christian Easter, the Mohammedans sacrifice a young ram and hurry it still
bleeding to the precincts of the Mosque, while at the same time every
household slays a lamb, as in the Biblical institution, for its family
feast.
But it will perhaps be said, “You are going too fast and proving too much.
In the anxiety to show that the Lamb-god and the sacrifice of the Lamb
were honored by the devotees of Mithra and Cybele in the Rome of the
Christian era, you are forgetting that the sacrifice of the Bull and the
baptism in bull’s blood were the salient features of the Persian and
Phrygian ceremonials, some centuries earlier. How can you reconcile the
existence side by side of divinities belonging to such different periods,
or ascribe them both to an astronomical origin?” The answer is simple
enough. As I have explained before, the Precession of the Equinoxes caused
the Sun, at its moment of triumph over the powers of darkness, to stand at
one period in the constellation of the Bull, and at a period some two
thousand years later in the constellation of the Ram. It was perfectly
natural therefore that a change in the sacred symbols should, in the
course of time, take place; yet perfectly natural also that these symbols,
having once been consecrated and adopted, should continue to be honored
and clung to long after the time of their astronomical appropriateness had
passed, and so to be found side by side in later centuries. The devotee of
Mithra or Attis on the Vatican Hill at Rome in the year 200 A.D. probably
had as little notion or comprehension of the real origin of the sacred
Bull or Ram which he adored, as the Christian in St. Peter’s to-day has of
the origin of the Lamb-god whose vicegerent on earth is the Pope.
It is indeed easy to imagine that the change from the worship of the Bull
to the worship of the Lamb which undoubtedly took place among various
peoples as time went on, was only a ritual change initiated by the priests
in order to put on record and harmonize with the astronomical alteration.
Anyhow it is curious that while Mithra in the early times was specially
associated with the bull, his association with the lamb belonged more to
the Roman period. Somewhat the same happened in the case of Attis. In the
Bible we read of the indignation of Moses at the setting up by the
Israelites of a Golden Calf, AFTER the sacrifice of the ram-lamb had been
instituted—as if indeed the rebellious people were returning to the
earlier cult of Apis which they ought to have left behind them in Egypt.
In Egypt itself, too, we find the worship of Apis, as time went on,
yielding place to that of the Ram-headed god Amun, or Jupiter Ammon. (1)
So that both from the Bible and from Egyptian history we may conclude that
the worship of the Lamb or Ram succeeded to the worship of the Bull.
(1) Tacitus (Hist. v. 4) speaks of ram-sacrifice by the Jews in
honor of Jupiter Ammon. See also Herodotus (ii. 42) on the same in
Egypt.
Finally it has been pointed out, and there may be some real connection in
the coincidence, that in the quite early years of Christianity the FISH
came in as an accepted symbol of Jesus Christ. Considering that after the
domination of Taurus and Aries, the Fish (Pisces) comes next in succession
as the Zodiacal sign for the Vernal Equinox, and is now the constellation
in which the Sun stands at that period, it seems not impossible that the
astronomical change has been the cause of the adoption of this new symbol.
Anyhow, and allowing for possible errors or exaggerations, it becomes
clear that the travels of the Sun through the belt of constellations which
forms the Zodiac must have had, from earliest times, a profound influence
on the generation of religious myths and legends. To say that it was the
only influence would certainly be a mistake. Other causes undoubtedly
contributed. But it was a main and important influence. The origins of the
Zodiac are obscure; we do not know with any certainty the reasons why the
various names were given to its component sections, nor can we measure the
exact antiquity of these names; but—pre-supposing the names of the
signs as once given—it is not difficult to imagine the growth of
legends connected with the Sun’s course among them.
Of all the ancient divinities perhaps Hercules is the one whose role as a
Sungod is most generally admitted. The helper of gods and men, a mighty
Traveller, and invoked everywhere as the Saviour, his labors for the good
of the world became ultimately defined and systematized as twelve and
corresponding in number to the signs of the Zodiac. It is true that this
systematization only took place at a late period, probably in Alexandria;
also that the identification of some of the Labors with the actual signs
as we have them at present is not always clear. But considering the wide
prevalence of the Hercules myth over the ancient world and the very
various astronomical systems it must have been connected with in its
origin, this lack of exact correspondence is hardly to be wondered at.
The Labors of Hercules which chiefly interest us are: (1) The capture of
the Bull, (2) the slaughter of the Lion, (3) the destruction of the Hydra,
(4) of the Boar, (5) the cleansing of the stables of Augeas, (6) the
descent into Hades and the taming of Cerberus. The first of these is in
line with the Mithraic conquest of the Bull; the Lion is of course one of
the most prominent constellations of the Zodiac, and its conquest is
obviously the work of a Saviour of mankind; while the last four labors
connect themselves very naturally with the Solar conflict in winter
against the powers of darkness. The Boar (4) we have seen already as the
image of Typhon, the prince of darkness; the Hydra (3) was said to be the
offspring of Typhon; the descent into Hades (6)—generally associated
with Hercules’ struggle with and victory over Death—links on to the
descent of the Sun into the underworld, and its long and doubtful strife
with the forces of winter; and the cleansing of the stables of Augeas (5)
has the same signification. It appears in fact that the stables of Augeas
was another name for the sign of Capricorn through which the Sun passes at
the Winter solstice (1)—the stable of course being an underground
chamber—and the myth was that there, in this lowest tract and
backwater of the Ecliptic all the malarious and evil influences of the sky
were collected, and the Sungod came to wash them away (December was the
height of the rainy season in Judaea) and cleanse the year towards its
rebirth.
(1) See diagram of Zodiac.
It should not be forgotten too that even as a child in the cradle Hercules
slew two serpents sent for his destruction—the serpent and the
scorpion as autumnal constellations figuring always as enemies of the
Sungod—to which may be compared the power given to his disciples by
Jesus (1) “to tread on serpents and scorpions.” Hercules also as a Sungod
compares curiously with Samson (mentioned above, ii), but we need not
dwell on all the elaborate analogies that have been traced (2) between
these two heroes.
(1) Luke x. 19.
(2) See Doane’s Bible Myths, ch. viii, (New York, 1882.)
The Jesus-story, it will now be seen, has a great number of
correspondences with the stories of former Sungods and with the actual
career of the Sun through the heavens—so many indeed that they
cannot well be attributed to mere coincidence or even to the blasphemous
wiles of the Devil! Let us enumerate some of these. There are (1) the
birth from a Virgin mother; (2) the birth in a stable (cave or underground
chamber); and (3) on the 25th December (just after the winter solstice).
There is (4) the Star in the East (Sirius) and (5) the arrival of the Magi
(the “Three Kings”); there is (6) the threatened Massacre of the
Innocents, and the consequent flight into a distant country (told also of
Krishna and other Sungods). There are the Church festivals of (7)
Candlemas (2nd February), with processions of candles to symbolize the
growing light; of (8) Lent, or the arrival of Spring; of (9) Easter Day
(normally on the 25th March) to celebrate the crossing of the Equator by
the Sun; and (10) simultaneously the outburst of lights at the Holy
Sepulchre at Jerusalem. There is (11) the Crucifixion and death of the
Lamb-God, on Good Friday, three days before Easter; there are (12) the
nailing to a tree, (13) the empty grave, (14) the glad Resurrection (as in
the cases of Osiris, Attis and others); there are (15) the twelve
disciples (the Zodiacal signs); and (16) the betrayal by one of the
twelve. Then later there is (17) Midsummer Day, the 24th June, dedicated
to the Nativity of John the Baptist, and corresponding to Christmas Day;
there are the festivals of (18) the Assumption of the Virgin (15th August)
and of (19) the Nativity of the Virgin (8th September), corresponding to
the movement of the god through Virgo; there is the conflict of Christ and
his disciples with the autumnal asterisms, (20) the Serpent and the
Scorpion; and finally there is the curious fact that the Church (21)
dedicates the very day of the winter solstice (when any one may very
naturally doubt the rebirth of the Sun) to St. Thomas, who doubted the
truth of the Resurrection!
These are some of, and by no means all, the coincidences in question. But
they are sufficient, I think, to prove—even allowing for possible
margins of error—the truth of our general contention. To go into the
parallelism of the careers of Krishna, the Indian Sungod, and Jesus would
take too long; because indeed the correspondence is so extraordinarily
close and elaborate. (1) I propose, however, at the close of this chapter,
to dwell now for a moment on the Christian festival of the Eucharist,
partly on account of its connection with the derivation from the
astronomical rites and Nature-celebrations already alluded to, and partly
on account of the light which the festival generally, whether Christian or
Pagan, throws on the origins of Religious Magic—a subject I shall
have to deal with in the next chapter.
(1) See Robertson’s Christianity and Mythology, Part II, pp.
129-302; also Doane’s Bible Myths, ch. xxviii, p. 278.
I have already (Ch. II) mentioned the Eucharistic rite held in
commemoration of Mithra, and the indignant ascription of this by Justin
Martyr to the wiles of the Devil. Justin Martyr clearly had no doubt about
the resemblance of the Mithraic to the Christian ceremony. A Sacramental
meal, as mentioned a few pages back, seems to have been held by the
worshipers of Attis (1) in commemoration of their god; and the ‘mysteries’
of the Pagan cults generally appear to have included rites—sometimes
half-savage, sometimes more aesthetic—in which a dismembered animal
was eaten, or bread and wine (the spirits of the Corn and the Vine) were
consumed, as representing the body of the god whom his devotees desired to
honor. But the best example of this practice is afforded by the rites of
Dionysus, to which I will devote a few lines. Dionysus, like other Sun or
Nature deities, was born of a Virgin (Semele or Demeter) untainted by any
earthly husband; and born on the 25th. December. He was nurtured in a
Cave, and even at that early age was identified with the Ram or Lamb, into
whose form he was for the time being changed. At times also he was
worshiped in the form of a Bull. (2) He travelled far and wide; and
brought the great gift of wine to mankind. (3) He was called Liberator,
and Saviour. His grave “was shown at Delphi in the inmost shrine of the
temple of Apollo. Secret offerings were brought thither, while the women
who were celebrating the feast woke up the new-born god…. Festivals of
this kind in celebration of the extinction and resurrection of the deity
were held (by women and girls only) amid the mountains at night, every
third year, about the time of the shortest day. The rites, intended to
express the excess of grief and joy at the death and reappearance of the
god, were wild even to savagery, and the women who performed them were
hence known by the expressive names of Bacchae, Maenads, and Thyiades.
They wandered through woods and mountains, their flying locks crowned with
ivy or snakes, brandishing wands and torches, to the hollow sounds of the
drum, or the shrill notes of the flute, with wild dances and insane cries
and jubilation.”
(1) See Frazer’s Golden Bough, Part IV, p. 229.
(2) The Golden Bough, Part II, Book II, p. 164.
(3) “I am the TRUE Vine,” says the Jesus of the fourth gospel,
perhaps with an implicit and hostile reference to the cult of
Dionysus—in which Robertson suggests (Christianity and Mythology, p.
357) there was a ritual miracle of turning water into wine.
Oxen, goats, even fawns and roes from the forest were killed, torn to
pieces, and eaten raw. This in imitation of the treatment of Dionysus by
the Titans, (1)—who it was supposed had torn the god in pieces when
a child.
(1) See art. Dionysus. Dictionary of Classical Antiquities,
Nettleship and Sandys 3rd edn., London, 1898).
Dupuis, one of the earliest writers (at the beginning of last century) on
this subject, says, describing the mystic rites of Dionysus (1): “The
sacred doors of the Temple in which the initiation took place were opened
only once a year, and no stranger might ever enter. Night lent to these
august mysteries a veil which was forbidden to be drawn aside—for
whoever it might be. (2) It was the sole occasion for the representation
of the passion of Bacchus (Dionysus) dead, descended into hell, and
rearisen—in imitation of the representation of the sufferings of
Osiris which, according to Herodotus, were commemorated at Sais in Egypt.
It was in that place that the partition took place of the body of the god,
(3) which was then eaten—the ceremony, in fact, of which our
Eucharist is only a reflection; whereas in the mysteries of Bacchus actual
raw flesh was distributed, which each of those present had to consume in
commemoration of the death of Bacchus dismembered by the Titans, and whose
passion, in Chios and Tenedos, was renewed each year by the sacrifice of a
man who represented the god. (4) Possibly it is this last fact which made
people believe that the Christians (whose hoc est corpus meum and sharing
of an Eucharistic meal were no more than a shadow of a more ancient rite)
did really sacrifice a child and devour its limbs.”
(1) See Charles F. Dupuis, “Traite des Mysteres,” ch. i.
(2) Pausan, Corinth, ch. 37.
(3) Clem, Prot. Eur. Bacch.
(4) See Porphyry, De Abstinentia, lii, Section 56.
That Eucharistic rites were very very ancient is plain from the
Totem-sacraments of savages; and to this subject we shall now turn.
IV.
TOTEM-SACRAMENTS AND EUCHARISTS
Much has been written on the origin of the Totem-system—the system,
that is, of naming a tribe or a portion of a tribe (say a CLAN) after some
ANIMAL—or sometimes—also after some plant or tree or
Nature-element, like fire or rain or thunder; but at best the subject is a
difficult one for us moderns to understand. A careful study has been made
of it by Salamon Reinach in his Cultes, Mythes et Religions, (1) where he
formulates his conclusions in twelve statements or definitions; but even
so—though his suggestions are helpful—he throws very little
light on the real origin of the system. (2)
(1) See English translation of certain chapters (published by
David Nutt in 1912) entitled Cults, Myths and Religions, pp. 1-25. The
French original is in three large volumes.
(2) The same may be said of the formulated statement of the
subject in Morris Jastrow’s Handbooks of the History of Religion, vol.
iv.
There are three main difficulties. The first is to understand why
primitive Man should name his Tribe after an animal or object of nature at
all; the second, to understand on what principle he selected the
particular name (a lion, a crocodile, a lady bird, a certain tree); the
third, why he should make of the said totem a divinity, and pay honor and
worship to it. It may be worth while to pause for a moment over these.
(1) The fact that the Tribe was one of the early things for which Man
found it necessary to have a name is interesting, because it shows how
early the solidarity and psychological actuality of the tribe was
recognized; and as to the selection of a name from some animal or concrete
object of Nature, that was inevitable, for the simple reason that there
was nothing else for the savage to choose from. Plainly to call his tribe
“The Wayfarers” or “The Pioneers” or the “Pacifists” or the “Invincibles,”
or by any of the thousand and one names which modern associations adopt,
would have been impossible, since such abstract terms had little or no
existence in his mind. And again to name it after an animal was the most
obvious thing to do, simply because the animals were by far the most
important features or accompaniments of his own life. As I am dealing in
this book largely with certain psychological conditions of human
evolution, it has to be pointed out that to primitive man the animal was
the nearest and most closely related of all objects. Being of the same
order of consciousness as himself, the animal appealed to him very closely
as his mate and equal. He made with regard to it little or no distinction
from himself. We see this very clearly in the case of children, who of
course represent the savage mind, and who regard animals simply as their
mates and equals, and come quickly into rapport with them, not
differentiating themselves from them.
(2) As to the particular animal or other object selected in order to give
a name to the Tribe, this would no doubt be largely accidental. Any
unusual incident might superstitiously precipitate a name. We can hardly
imagine the Tribe scratching its congregated head in the deliberate effort
to think out a suitable emblem for itself. That is not the way in which
nicknames are invented in a school or anywhere else to-day. At the same
time the heraldic appeal of a certain object of nature, animate or
inanimate, would be deeply and widely felt. The strength of the lion, the
fleetness of the deer, the food-value of a bear, the flight of a bird, the
awful jaws of a crocodile, might easily mesmerize a whole tribe. Reinach
points out, with great justice, that many tribes placed themselves under
the protection of animals which were supposed (rightly or wrongly) to act
as guides and augurs, foretelling the future. “Diodorus,” he says,
“distinctly states that the hawk, in Egypt, was venerated because it
foretold the future.” (Birds generally act as and Samoa the kangaroo, the
crow and the owl premonish their fellow clansmen of events to come. At one
time the Samoan warriors went so far as to rear owls for their prophetic
qualities in war. (The jackal, or ‘pathfinder’—whose tracks
sometimes lead to the remains of a food-animal slain by a lion, and many
birds and insects, have a value of this kind.) “The use of animal totems
for purposes of augury is, in all likelihood, of great antiquity. Men must
soon have realized that the senses of animals were acuter than their own;
nor is it surprising that they should have expected their totems—that
is to say, their natural allies—to forewarn them both of unsuspected
dangers and of those provisions of nature, WELLS especially, which animals
seem to scent by instinct.” (1) And again, beyond all this, I have little
doubt that there are subconscious affinities which unite certain tribes to
certain animals or plants, affinities whose origin we cannot now trace,
though they are very real—the same affinities that we recognize as
existing between individual PERSONS and certain objects of nature. W. H.
Hudson—himself in many respects having this deep and primitive
relation to nature—speaks in a very interesting and autobiographical
volume (2) of the extraordinary fascination exercised upon him as a boy,
not only by a snake, but by certain trees, and especially by a particular
flowering-plant “not more than a foot in height, with downy soft pale
green leaves, and clusters of reddish blossoms, something like valerian.”
… “One of my sacred flowers,” he calls it, and insists on the
“inexplicable attraction” which it had for him. In various ways of this
kind one can perceive how particular totems came to be selected by
particular peoples.
(1) See Reinach, Eng. trans., op. cit., pp. 20, 21.
(2) Far away and Long ago (1918) chs. xvi and xvii.
(3) As to the tendency to divinize these totems, this arises no doubt
partly out of question (2). The animal or other object admired on account
of its strength or swiftness, or adopted as guardian of the tribe because
of its keen sight or prophetic quality, or infinitely prized on account of
its food-value, or felt for any other reason to have a peculiar relation
and affinity to the tribe, is by that fact SET APART. It becomes taboo. It
must not be killed—except under necessity and by sanction of the
whole tribe—nor injured; and all dealings with it must be fenced
round with regulations. It is out of this taboo or system of taboos that,
according to Reinach, religion arose. “I propose (he says) to define
religion as: A SUM OF SCRUPLES (TABOOS) WHICH IMPEDE THE FREE EXERCISE OF
OUR FACULTIES.” (1) Obviously this definition is gravely deficient, simply
because it is purely negative, and leaves out of account the positive
aspect of the subject. In Man, the positive content of religion is the
instinctive sense—whether conscious or subconscious—of an
inner unity and continuity with the world around. This is the stuff out of
which religion is made. The scruples or taboos which “impede the freedom”
of this relation are the negative forces which give outline and form to
the relation. These are the things which generate the RITES AND
CEREMONIALS of religion; and as far as Reinach means by religion MERELY
rites and ceremonies he is correct; but clearly he only covers half the
subject. The tendency to divinize the totem is at least as much dependent
on the positive sense of unity with it, as on the negative scruples which
limit the relation in each particular case. But I shall return to this
subject presently, and more than once, with the view of clarifying it.
Just now it will be best to illustrate the nature of Totems generally, and
in some detail.
(1) See Orpheus by S. Reinach, p. 3.
As would be gathered from what I have just said, there is found among all
the more primitive peoples, and in all parts of the world, an immense
variety of totem-names. The Dinkas, for instance, are a rather intelligent
well-grown people inhabiting the upper reaches of the Nile in the vicinity
of the great swamps. According to Dr. Seligman their clans have for totems
the lion, the elephant, the crocodile, the hippopotamus, the fox, and the
hyena, as well as certain birds which infest and damage the corn, some
plants and trees, and such things as rain, fire, etc. “Each clan speaks of
its totem as its ancestor, and refrains (as a rule) from injuring or
eating it.” (1) The members of the Crocodile clan call themselves
“brothers of the crocodile.” The tribes of Bechuana-land have a very
similar list of totem-names—the buffalo, the fish, the porcupine,
the wild vine, etc. They too have a Crocodile clan, but they call the
crocodile their FATHER! The tribes of Australia much the same again, with
the differences suitable to their country; and the Red Indians of North
America the same. Garcilasso, della Vega, the Spanish historian, son of an
Inca princess by one of the Spanish conquerors of Peru and author of the
well-known book Commentarias Reales, says in that book (i, 57), speaking
of the pre-Inca period, “An Indian (of Peru) was not considered honorable
unless he was descended from a fountain, river or lake, or even from the
sea, or from a wild animal, as a bear, lion, tiger, eagle, or the bird
they call cuntur (condor), or some other bird of prey.” (2) According to
Lewis Morgan, the North American Indians of various tribes had for totems
the wolf, bear, beaver, turtle, deer, snipe, heron, hawk, crane, loon,
turkey, muskrat; pike, catfish, carp; buffalo, elk, reindeer, eagle, hare,
rabbit, snake; reed-grass, sand, rock, and tobacco-plant.
(1) See The Golden Bough, vol. iv, p. 31.
(2) See Andrew Lang, Custom and Myth, p. 104, also Myth, Ritual
and Religion, vol. i, pp. 71, 76, etc.
So we might go on rather indefinitely. I need hardly say that in more
modern and civilized life, relics of the totem system are still to be
found in the forms of the heraldic creatures adopted for their crests by
different families, and in the bears, lions, eagles, the sun, moon and
stars and so forth, which still adorn the flags and are flaunted as the
insignia of the various nations. The names may not have been ORIGINALLY
adopted from any definite belief in blood-relationship with the animal or
other object in question; but when, as Robertson says (Pagan Christs, p.
104), a “savage learned that he was ‘a Bear’ and that his father and
grandfather and forefathers were so before him, it was really impossible,
after ages in which totem-names thus passed current, that he should fail
to assume that his folk were DESCENDED from a bear.”
As a rule, as may be imagined, the savage tribesman will on no account EAT
his tribal totem-animal. Such would naturally be deemed a kind of
sacrilege. Also it must be remarked that some totems are hardly suitable
for eating. Yet it is important to observe that occasionally, and guarding
the ceremony with great precautions, it has been an almost universal
custom for the tribal elders to call a feast at which an animal (either
the totem or some other) IS killed and commonly eaten—and this in
order that the tribesmen may absorb some virtue belonging to it, and may
confirm their identity with the tribe and with each other. The eating of
the bear or other animal, the sprinkling with its blood, and the general
ritual in which the participants shared its flesh, or dressed and
disguised themselves in its skin, or otherwise identified themselves with
it, was to them a symbol of their community of life with each other, and a
means of their renewal and salvation in the holy emblem. And this custom,
as the reader will perceive, became the origin of the Eucharists and Holy
Communions of the later religions.
Professor Robertson-Smith’s celebrated Camel affords an instance of this.
(1) It appears that St. Nilus (fifth century) has left a detailed account
of the occasional sacrifice in his time of a spotless white camel among
the Arabs of the Sinai region, which closely resembles a totemic
communion-feast. The uncooked blood and flesh of the animal had to be
entirely consumed by the faithful before daybreak. “The slaughter of the
victim, the sacramental drinking of the blood, and devouring in wild haste
of the pieces of still quivering flesh, recall the details of the
Dionysiac and other festivals.” (2) Robertson-Smith himself says:—“The
plain meaning is that the victim was devoured before its life had left the
still warm blood and flesh… and that thus in the most literal way, all
those who shared in the ceremony absorbed part of the victim’s life into
themselves. One sees how much more forcibly than any ordinary meal such a
rite expresses the establishment or confirmation of a bond of common life
between the worshipers, and also, since the blood is shed upon the altar
itself, between the worshipers and their god. In this sacrifice, then, the
significant factors are two: the conveyance of the living blood to the
godhead, and the absorption of the living flesh and blood into the flesh
and blood of the worshippers. Each of these is effected in the simplest
and most direct manner, so that the meaning of the ritual is perfectly
transparent.”
(1) See his Religion of the Semites, p. 320.
(2) They also recall the rites of the Passover—though in this
latter the blood was no longer drunk, nor the flesh eaten raw.
It seems strange, of course, that men should eat their totems; and it must
not by any means be supposed that this practice is (or was) universal; but
it undoubtedly obtains in some cases. As Miss Harrison says (Themis, p.
123); “you do not as a rule eat your relations,” and as a rule the eating
of a totem is tabu and forbidden, but (Miss Harrison continues) “at
certain times and under certain restrictions a man not only may, but MUST,
eat of his totem, though only sparingly, as of a thing sacrosanct.” The
ceremonial carried out in a communal way by the tribe not only identifies
the tribe with the totem (animal), but is held, according to early magical
ideas, and when the animal is desired for food, to favor its manipulation.
The human tribe partakes of the mana or life-force of the animal, and is
strengthened; the animal tribe is sympathetically renewed by the
ceremonial and multiplies exceedingly. The slaughter of the sacred animal
and (often) the simultaneous outpouring of human blood seals the compact
and confirms the magic. This is well illustrated by a ceremony of the
‘Emu’ tribe referred to by Dr. Frazer:—
“In order to multiply Emus which are an important article of food, the men
of the Emu totem in the Arunta tribe proceed as follows: They clear a
small spot of level ground, and opening veins in their arms they let the
blood stream out until the surface of the ground for a space of about
three square yards is soaked with it. When the blood has dried and caked,
it forms a hard and fairly impermeable surface, on which they paint the
sacred design of the emu totem, especially the parts of the bird which
they like best to eat, namely, the fat and the eggs. Round this painting
the men sit and sing. Afterwards performers wearing long head-dresses to
represent the long neck and small head of the emu, mimic the appearance of
the bird as it stands aimlessly peering about in all directions.” (1)
(1) The Golden Bough i, 85—with reference to Spencer and
Gillen’s Native Tribes of Central Australia, pp. 179, 189.
Thus blood sacrifice comes in; and—(whether this has ever actually
happened in the case of the Central Australians I know not)—we can
easily imagine a member of the Emu tribe, and disguised as an actual emu,
having been ceremonially slaughtered as a firstfruits and promise of the
expected and prayed-for emu-crop; just as the same certainly HAS happened
in the case of men wearing beast-masks of Bulls or Rams or Bears being
sacrificed in propitiation of Bull-gods, Ram-gods or Bear-gods or simply
in pursuance of some kind of magic to favor the multiplication of these
food-animals.
“In the light of totemistic ways of thinking we see plainly enough the
relation of man to food-animals. You need or at least desire flesh food,
yet you shrink from slaughtering ‘your brother the ox’; you desire his
mana, yet you respect his tabu, for in you and him alike runs the common
life-blood. On your own individual responsibility you would never kill
him; but for the common weal, on great occasions, and in a fashion
conducted with scrupulous care, it is expedient that he die for his
people, and that they feast upon his flesh.” (1)
(1) Themis, p. 140.
In her little book Ancient Art and Ritual (1) Jane Harrison describes the
dedication of a holy Bull, as conducted in Greece at Elis, and at Magnesia
and other cities. “There at the annual fair year by year the stewards of
the city bought a Bull ‘the finest that could be got,’ and at the new moon
of the month at the beginning of seed-time (? April) Bull was led in
procession at the head of which went the chief priest and priestess of the
city. With them went a herald and sacrificer, and two bands of youths and
maidens. So holy was the Bull that nothing unlucky might come near him.
The herald pronounced aloud a prayer for ‘the safety of the city and the
land, and the citizens, and the women and children, for peace and wealth,
and for the bringing forth of grain and all other fruits, and of cattle.’
All this longing for fertility, for food and children, focuses round the
holy Bull, whose holiness is his strength and fruitfulness.” The Bull is
sacrificed. The flesh is divided in solemn feast among those who take part
in the procession. “The holy flesh is not offered to a god, it is eaten—to
every man his portion—by each and every citizen, that he may get his
share of the strength of the Bull, of the luck of the State.” But at
Athens the Bouphonia, as it was called, was followed by a curious
ceremony. “The hide was stuffed with straw and sewed up, and next the
stuffed animal was set on its feet and yoked to a plough as though it were
ploughing. The Death is followed by a Resurrection. Now this is all
important. We are accustomed to think of sacrifice as the death, the
giving up, the renouncing of something. But SACRIFICE does not mean
‘death’ at all. It means MAKING HOLY, sanctifying; and holiness was to
primitive man just special strength and life. What they wanted from the
Bull was just that special life and strength which all the year long they
had put into him, and nourished and fostered. That life was in his blood.
They could not eat that flesh nor drink that blood unless they killed him.
So he must die. But it was not to give him up to the gods that they killed
him, not to ‘sacrifice’ him in our sense, but to have him, keep him, eat
him, live BY him and through him, by his grace.”
(1) Home University Library, p. 87.
We have already had to deal with instances of the ceremonial eating of the
sacred he-Lamb or Ram, immolated in the Spring season of the year, and
partaken of in a kind of communal feast—not without reference (at
any rate in later times) to a supposed Lamb-god. Among the Ainos in the
North of Japan, as also among the Gilyaks in Eastern Siberia, the Bear is
the great food-animal, and is worshipped as the supreme giver of health
and strength. There also a similar ritual of sacrifice occurs. A perfect
Bear is caught and caged. He is fed up and even pampered to the day of his
death. “Fish, brandy and other delicacies are offered to him. Some of the
people prostrate themselves before him; his coming into a house brings a
blessing, and if he sniffs at the food that brings a blessing too.” Then
he is led out and slain. A great feast takes place, the flesh is divided,
cupfuls of the blood are drunk by the men; the tribe is united and
strengthened, and the Bear-god blesses the ceremony—the ideal Bear
that has given its life for the people. (1)
(1) See Art and Ritual, pp. 92-98; The Golden Bough, ii, 375
seq.; Themis, pp. 140, 141; etc.
That the eating of the flesh of an animal or a man conveys to you some of
the qualities, the life-force, the mana, of that animal or man, is an idea
which one often meets with among primitive folk. Hence the common tendency
to eat enemy warriors slain in battle against your tribe. By doing so you
absorb some of their valor and strength. Even the enemy scalps which an
Apache Indian might hang from his belt were something magical to add to
the Apache’s power. As Gilbert Murray says, (1) “you devoured the holy
animal to get its mana, its swiftness, its strength, its great endurance,
just as the savage now will eat his enemy’s brain or heart or hands to get
some particular quality residing there.” Even—as he explains on the
earlier page—mere CONTACT was often considered sufficient—“we
have holy pillars whose holiness consists in the fact that they have been
touched by the blood of a bull.” And in this connection we may note that
nearly all the Christian Churches have a great belief in the virtue
imparted by the mere ‘laying on of hands.’
(1) Four Stages of Greek Religion, p. 36.
In quite a different connection—we read (1) that among the Spartans
a warrior-boy would often beg for the love of the elder warrior whom he
admired (i. e. the contact with his body) in order to obtain in that way a
portion of the latter’s courage and prowess. That through the mediation of
the lips one’s spirit may be united to the spirit of another person is an
idea not unfamiliar to the modern mind; while the exchange of blood,
clothes, locks of hair, etc., by lovers is a custom known all over the
world. (2)
(1) Aelian VII, iii, 12: [gr autoi goun (oi paides) deontai twn
erastwn] [gr eispnein autois]. See also E. Bethe on “Die Dorische
Knabenliebe” in the Rheinisches Museum, vol. 26, iii, 461.
(2) See Crawley’s Mystic Rose, pp. 238, 242.
To suppose that by eating another you absorb his or her soul is somewhat
naive certainly. Perhaps it IS more native, more primitive. Yet there may
be SOME truth even in that idea. Certainly the food that one eats has a
psychological effect, and the flesh-eaters among the human race have a
different temperament as a rule from the fruit and vegetable eaters, while
among the animals (though other causes may come in here) the Carnivora are
decidedly more cruel and less gentle than the Herbivora.
To return to the rites of Dionysus, Gilbert Murray, speaking of Orphism—a
great wave of religious reform which swept over Greece and South Italy in
the sixth century B.C.—says: (1) “A curious relic of primitive
superstition and cruelty remained firmly imbedded in Orphism, a doctrine
irrational and unintelligible, and for that very reason wrapped in the
deepest and most sacred mystery: a belief in the SACRIFICE OF DIONYSUS
HIMSELF, AND THE PURIFICATION OF MAN BY HIS BLOOD. It seems possible that
the savage Thracians, in the fury of their worship on the mountains, when
they were possessed by the god and became ‘wild beasts,’ actually tore
with their teeth and hands any hares, goats, fawns or the like that they
came across…. The Orphic congregations of later times, in their most
holy gatherings, solemnly partook of the blood of a bull, which was by a
mystery the blood of Dionysus-Zagreus himself, the Bull of God, slain in
sacrifice for the purification of man.” (2)
(1) See Notes to his translation of the Bacch[ae] of Euripides.
(2) For a description of this orgy see Theocritus, Idyll xxvi;
also for explanations of it, Lang’s Myth, Ritual and Religion, vol. ii,
pp, 241-260, on Dionysus. The Encyclop[ae]dia Brit., article “Orpheus,”
says:—“Orpheus, in the manner of his death, was considered to personate
the god Dionysus, and was thus representative of the god torn to pieces
every year—a ceremony enacted by the Bacchae in the earliest times with
a human victim, and afterwards with a bull, to represent the bull-formed
god. A distinct feature of this ritual was [gr wmofagia] (eating the
flesh of the victim raw), whereby the communicants imagined that they
consumed and assimilated the god represented by the victim, and thus
became filled with the divine ecstasy.” Compare also the Hindu doctrine
of Praj[pati, the dismembered Lord of Creation.
Such instances of early communal feasts, which fulfilled the double part
of confirming on the one hand the solidarity of the tribe, and on the
other of bringing the tribe, by the shedding of the blood of a divine
Victim into close relationship with the very source of its life, are
plentiful to find. “The sacramental rite,” says Professor Robertson-Smith,
(1) “is also an atoning rite, which brings the community again into
harmony with its alienated god—atonement being simply an act of
communion designed to wipe out all memory of previous estrangement.” With
this subject I shall deal more specially in chapter vii below. Meanwhile
as instances of early Eucharists we may mention the following cases,
remembering always that as the blood is regarded as the Life, the drinking
or partaking of, or sprinkling with, blood is always an acknowledgment of
the common life; and that the juice of the grape being regarded as the
blood of the Vine, wine in the later ceremonials quite easily and
naturally takes the place of the blood in the early sacrifices.
(1) Religion of the Semites, p. 302.
Thus P. Andrada La Crozius, a French missionary, and one of the first
Christians who went to Nepaul and Thibet, says in his History of India:
“Their Grand Lama celebrates a species of sacrifice with BREAD and WINE,
in which, after taking a small quantity himself, he distributes the rest
among the Lamas present at this ceremony.” (1) “The old Egyptians
celebrated the resurrection of Osiris by a sacrament, eating the sacred
cake or wafer after it had been consecrated by the priest, and thereby
becoming veritable flesh of his flesh.” (2) As is well known, the eating
of bread or dough sacramentally (sometimes mixed with blood or seed) as an
emblem of community of life with the divinity, is an extremely ancient
practice or ritual. Dr. Frazer (3) says of the Aztecs, that “twice a year,
in May and December, an image of the great god Huitzilopochtli was made of
dough, then broken in pieces and solemnly eaten by his worshipers.” And
Lord Kingsborough in his Mexican Antiquities (vol. vi, p. 220) gives a
record of a “most Holy Supper” in which these people ate the flesh of
their god. It was a cake made of certain seeds, “and having made it, they
blessed it in their manner, and broke it into pieces, which the high
priest put into certain very clean vessels, and took a thorn of maguey
which resembles a very thick needle, with which he took up with the utmost
reverence single morsels, which he put into the mouth of each individual
in the manner of a communion.” Acostas (4) confirms this and similar
accounts. The Peruvians partook of a sacrament consisting of a pudding of
coarsely ground maize, of which a portion had been smeared on the idol.
The priest sprinkled it with the blood of the victim before distributing
it to the people. Priest and people then all took their shares in turn,
“with great care that no particle should be allowed to fall to the ground—this
being looked upon as a great sin.” (5)
(1) See Doane’s Bible Myths, p. 306.
(2) From The Great Law, of religious origins: by W. Williamson
(1899), p. 177.
(3) The Golden Bough, vol. ii, p. 79.
(4) Natural and Moral History of the Indies. London (1604).
(5) See Markham’s Rites and laws of the Incas, p. 27.
Moving from Peru to China (instead of ‘from China to Peru’) we find that
“the Chinese pour wine (a very general substitute for blood) on a straw
image of Confucius, and then all present drink of it, and taste the
sacrificial victim, in order to participate in the grace of Confucius.”
(Here again the Corn and Wine are blended in one rite.) And of Tartary
Father Grueber thus testifies: “This only I do affirm, that the devil so
mimics the Catholic Church there, that although no European or Christian
has ever been there, still in all essential things they agree so
completely with the Roman Church, as even to celebrate the Host with bread
and wine: with my own eyes I have seen it.” (1) These few instances are
sufficient to show the extraordinarily wide diffusion of Totem-sacraments
and Eucharistic rites all over the world.
(1) For these two quotations see Jevons’ Introduction to the
History of Religion, pp. 148 and 219.
V.
FOOD AND VEGETATION MAGIC
I have wandered, in pursuit of Totems and the Eucharist, some way from the
astronomical thread of Chapters II and III, and now it would appear that
in order to understand religious origins we must wander still farther. The
chapters mentioned were largely occupied with Sungods and astronomical
phenomena, but now we have to consider an earlier period when there were
no definite forms of gods, and when none but the vaguest astronomical
knowledge existed. Sometimes in historical matters it is best and safest
to move thus backwards in Time, from the things recent and fairly well
known to things more ancient and less known. In this way we approach more
securely to some understanding of the dim and remote past.
It is clear that before any definite speculations on heaven-dwelling gods
or divine beings had arisen in the human mind—or any clear theories
of how the sun and moon and stars might be connected with the changes of
the seasons on the earth—there were still certain obvious things
which appealed to everybody, learned or unlearned alike. One of these was
the return of Vegetation, bringing with it the fruits or the promise of
the fruits of the earth, for human food, and also bringing with it
increase of animal life, for food in another form; and the other was the
return of Light and Warmth, making life easier in all ways. Food
delivering from the fear of starvation; Light and Warmth delivering from
the fear of danger and of cold. These were three glorious things which
returned together and brought salvation and renewed life to man. The
period of their return was ‘Spring,’ and though Spring and its benefits
might fade away in time, still there was always the HOPE of its return—though
even so it may have been a long time in human evolution before man
discovered that it really did always return, and (with certain allowances)
at equal intervals of time.
Long then before any Sun or Star gods could be called in, the return of
the Vegetation must have enthralled man’s attention, and filled him with
hope and joy. Yet since its return was somewhat variable and uncertain the
question, What could man do to assist that return? naturally became a
pressing one. It is now generally held that the use of Magic—sympathetic
magic—arose in this way. Sympathetic magic seems to have been
generated by a belief that your own actions cause a similar response in
things and persons around you. Yet this belief did not rest on any
philosophy or argument, but was purely instinctive and sometimes of the
nature of a mere corporeal reaction. Every schoolboy knows how in watching
a comrade’s high jump at the Sports he often finds himself lifting a knee
at the moment ‘to help him over’; at football matches quarrels sometimes
arise among the spectators by reason of an ill-placed kick coming from a
too enthusiastic on-looker, behind one; undergraduates running on the
tow-path beside their College boat in the races will hurry even faster
than the boat in order to increase its speed; there is in each case an
automatic bodily response increased by one’s own desire. A person ACTS the
part which he desires to be successful. He thinks to transfer his energy
in that way. Again, if by chance one witnesses a painful accident, a
crushed foot or what-not, it commonly happens that one feels a pain in the
same part oneself—a sympathetic pain. What more natural than to
suppose that the pain really is transferred from the one person to the
other? and how easy the inference that by tormenting a wretched scape-goat
or crucifying a human victim in some cases the sufferings of people may be
relieved or their sins atoned for?
Simaetha, it will be remembered, in the second Idyll of Theocritus, curses
her faithless lover Delphis, and as she melts his waxen image she prays
that HE TOO MAY MELT. All this is of the nature of Magic, and is
independent of and generally more primitive than Theology or Philosophy.
Yet it interests us because it points to a firm instinct in early man—to
which I have already alluded—the instinct of his unity and
continuity with the rest of creation, and of a common life so close that
his lightest actions may cause a far-reaching reaction in the world
outside.
Man, then, independently of any belief in gods, may assist the arrival of
Spring by magic ceremonies. If you want the Vegetation to appear you must
have rain; and the rain-maker in almost all primitive tribes has been a
MOST important personage. Generally he based his rites on quite fanciful
associations, as when the rain-maker among the Mandans wore a raven’s skin
on his head (bird of the storm) or painted his shield with red zigzags of
lightning (1); but partly, no doubt, he had observed actual facts, or had
had the knowledge of them transmitted to him—as, for instance that
when rain is impending loud noises will bring about its speedy downfall, a
fact we moderns have had occasion to notice on battlefields. He had
observed perhaps that in a storm a specially loud clap of thunder is
generally followed by a greatly increased downpour of rain. He had even
noticed (a thing which I have often verified in the vicinity of Sheffield)
that the copious smoke of fires will generate rain-clouds—and so
quite naturally he concluded that it was his smoking SACRIFICES which had
that desirable effect. So far he was on the track of elementary Science.
And so he made “bull-roarers” to imitate the sound of wind and the blessed
rain-bringing thunder, or clashed great bronze cymbals together with the
same object. Bull-voices and thunder-drums and the clashing of cymbals
were used in this connection by the Greeks, and are mentioned by Aeschylus
(2); but the bull-roarer, in the form of a rhombus of wood whirled at the
end of a string, seems to be known, or to have been known, all over the
world. It is described with some care by Mr. Andrew Lang in his Custom and
Myth (pp. 29-44), where he says “it is found always as a sacred instrument
employed in religious mysteries, in New Mexico, Australia, New Zealand,
ancient Greece, and Africa.”
(1) See Catlin’s North American Indians, Letter 19.
(2) Themis, p. 61.
Sometimes, of course, the rain-maker was successful; but of the inner
causes of rain he knew next to nothing; he was more ignorant even than we
are! His main idea was a more specially ‘magical’ one—namely, that
the sound itself would appeal to the SPIRITS of rain and thunder and cause
them to give a response. For of course the thunder (in Hebrew Bath-Kol,
“the daughter of the Voice”) was everywhere regarded as the manifestation
of a spirit. (1) To make sounds like thunder would therefore naturally
call the attention of such a spirit; or he, the rain-maker, might make
sounds like rain. He made gourd-rattles (known in ever so many parts of
the world) in which he rattled dried seeds or small pebbles with a most
beguiling and rain-like insistence; or sometimes, like the priests of Baal
in the Bible, (2) he would cut himself with knives till the blood fell
upon the ground in great drops suggestive of an oncoming thunder-shower.
“In Mexico the rain god was propitiated with sacrifices of children. If
the children wept and shed abundant tears, they who carried them rejoiced,
being convinced that rain would also be abundant.” (3) Sometimes he, the
rain-maker, would WHISTLE for the wind, or, like the Omaha Indians, flap
his blankets for the same purpose.
(1) See A. Lang, op. cit.: “The muttering of the thunder is said
to be his voice calling to the rain to fall and make the grass grow up
green.” Such are the very words of Umbara, the minstrel of the Tribe
(Australian).
(2) I Kings xviii.
(3) Quoted from Sahagun II, 2, 3 by A. Lang in Myth, Ritual and
Religion, vol. ii, p. 102.
In the ancient myth of Demeter and Persephone—which has been adopted
by so many peoples under so many forms—Demeter the Earth-mother
loses her daughter Persephone (who represents of course the Vegetation),
carried down into the underworld by the evil powers of Darkness and
Winter. And in Greece there was a yearly ceremonial and ritual of magic
for the purpose of restoring the lost one and bringing her back to the
world again. Women carried certain charms, “fir-cones and snakes and
unnamable objects made of paste, to ensure fertility; there was a
sacrifice of pigs, who were thrown into a deep cleft of the earth, and
their remains afterwards collected and scattered as a charm over the
fields.” (1) Fir-cones and snakes from their very forms were emblems of
male fertility; snakes, too, from their habit of gliding out of their own
skins with renewed brightness and color were suggestive of resurrection
and re-vivification; pigs and sows by their exceeding fruitfulness would
in their hour of sacrifice remind old mother Earth of what was expected
from her! Moreover, no doubt it had been observed that the scattering of
dead flesh over the ground or mixed with the seed, did bless the ground to
a greater fertility; and so by a strange mixture of primitive observation
with a certain child-like belief that by means of symbols and suggestions
Nature could be appealed to and induced to answer to the desires and needs
for her children this sort of ceremonial Magic arose. It was not exactly
Science, and it was not exactly Religion; but it was a naive, and perhaps
not altogether mistaken, sense of the bond between Nature and Man.
(1) See Gilbert Murray’s Four Stages of Greek Religion, p. 29.
For we can perceive that earliest man was not yet consciously
differentiated from Nature. Not only do we see that the tribal life was so
strong that the individual seldom regarded himself as different or
separate or opposed to the rest of the tribe; but that something of the
same kind was true with regard to his relation to the Animals and to
Nature at large. This outer world was part of himself, was also himself.
His sub-conscious sense of unity was so great that it largely dominated
his life. That brain-cleverness and brain-activity which causes modern man
to perceive such a gulf between him and the animals, or between himself
and Nature, did not exist in the early man. Hence it was no difficulty to
him to believe that he was a Bear or an Emu. Sub-consciously he was wiser
than we are. He knew that he was a bear or an emu, or any other such
animal as his totem-creed led him to fix his mind upon. Hence we find that
a familiarity and common consent existed between primitive man and many of
his companion animals such as has been lost or much attenuated in modern
times. Elisee Reclus in his very interesting paper La Grande Famille (1)
gives support to the idea that the so-called domestication of animals did
not originally arise from any forcible subjugation of them by man, but
from a natural amity with them which grew up in the beginning from common
interests, pursuits and affections. Thus the chetah of India (and probably
the puma of Brazil) from far-back times took to hunting in the company of
his two-legged and bow-and-arrow-armed friend, with whom he divided the
spoil. W. H. Hudson (2) declares that the Puma, wild and fierce though it
is, and capable of killing the largest game, will never even to-day attack
man, but when maltreated by the latter submits to the outrage,
unresisting, with mournful cries and every sign of grief. The Llama,
though domesticated in a sense, has never allowed the domination of the
whip or the bit, but may still be seen walking by the side of the
Brazilian peasant and carrying his burdens in a kind of proud
companionship. The mutual relations of Women and the Cow, or of Man and
the Horse (3) (also the Elephant) reach so far into the past that their
origin cannot be traced. The Swallow still loves to make its home under
the cottage eaves and still is welcomed by the inmates as the bringer of
good fortune. Elisee Reclus assures us that the Dinka man on the Nile
calls to certain snakes by name and shares with them the milk of his cows.
(1) Published originally in Le Magazine International, January
1896.
(2) See The Naturalist in La Plata, ch. ii.
(3) “It is certain that the primitive Indo-European reared droves
of tame or half-tame horses for generations, if not centuries, before
it ever occurred to him to ride or drive them” (F. B. Jevons, Introd. to
Hist. Religion, p. 119).
And so with Nature. The communal sense, or subconscious perception, which
made primitive men feel their unity with other members of their tribe, and
their obvious kinship with the animals around them, brought them also so
close to general Nature that they looked upon the trees, the vegetation,
the rain, the warmth of the sun, as part of their bodies, part of
themselves. Conscious differentiation had not yet set in. To cause rain or
thunder you had to make rain- or thunder-like noises; to encourage
Vegetation and the crops to leap out of the ground, you had to leap and
dance. “In Swabia and among the Transylvanian Saxons it is a common custom
(says Dr. Frazer) for a man who has some hemp to leap high in the field in
the belief that this will make the hemp grow tall.” (1) Native May-pole
dances and Jacks in the Green have hardly yet died out—even in this
most civilized England. The bower of green boughs, the music of pipes, the
leaping and the twirling, were all an encouragement to the arrival of
Spring, and an expression of Sympathetic Magic. When you felt full of life
and energy and virility in yourself you naturally leapt and danced, so why
should you not sympathetically do this for the energizing of the crops? In
every country of the world the vernal season and the resurrection of the
Sun has been greeted with dances and the sound of music. But if you wanted
success in hunting or in warfare then you danced before-hand mimic dances
suggesting the successful hunt or battle. It was no more than our children
do to-day, and it all was, and is, part of a natural-magic tendency in
human thought.
(1) See The Golden Bough, i, 139 seq. Also Art and Ritual, p. 31.
Let me pause here for a moment. It is difficult for us with our academical
and somewhat school-boardy minds to enter into all this, and to understand
the sense of (unconscious or sub-conscious) identification with the world
around which characterized the primitive man—or to look upon Nature
with his eyes. A Tree, a Snake, a Bull, an Ear of Corn. WE know so well
from our botany and natural history books what these things are. Why
should our minds dwell on them any longer or harbor a doubt as to our
perfect comprehension of them?
And yet (one cannot help asking the question): Has any one of us really
ever SEEN a Tree? I certainly do not think that I have—except most
superficially. That very penetrating observer and naturalist, Henry D.
Thoreau, tells us that he would often make an appointment to visit a
certain tree, miles away—but what or whom he saw when he got there,
he does not say. Walt Whitman, also a keen observer, speaks of a
tulip-tree near which he sometimes sat—“the Apollo of the woods—tall
and graceful, yet robust and sinewy, inimitable in hang of foliage and
throwing-out of limb; as if the beauteous, vital, leafy creature could
walk, if it only would”; and mentions that in a dream-trance he actually
once saw his “favorite trees step out and promenade up, down and around
VERY CURIOUSLY.” (1) Once the present writer seemed to have a partial
vision of a tree. It was a beech, standing somewhat isolated, and still
leafless in quite early Spring. Suddenly I was aware of its
skyward-reaching arms and up-turned finger-tips, as if some vivid life (or
electricity) was streaming through them far into the spaces of heaven, and
of its roots plunged in the earth and drawing the same energies from
below. The day was quite still and there was no movement in the branches,
but in that moment the tree was no longer a separate or separable
organism, but a vast being ramifying far into space, sharing and uniting
the life of Earth and Sky, and full of a most amazing activity.
(1) Specimen Days, 1882-3 Edition, p. iii.
The reader of this will probably have had some similar experiences.
Perhaps he will have seen a full-foliaged Lombardy poplar swaying in half
a gale in June—the wind and the sun streaming over every little twig
and leaf, the tree throwing out its branches in a kind of ecstasy and
bathing them in the passionately boisterous caresses of its two visitants;
or he will have heard the deep glad murmur of some huge sycamore with
ripening seed clusters when after weeks of drought the steady warm rain
brings relief to its thirst; and he will have known that these creatures
are but likenesses of himself, intimately and deeply-related to him in
their love and hunger longing, and, like himself too, unfathomed and
unfathomable.
It would be absurd to credit early man with conscious speculations like
these, belonging more properly to the twentieth century; yet it is
incontrovertible, I think, that in SOME ways the primitive peoples, with
their swift subconscious intuitions and their minds unclouded by mere book
knowledge, perceived truths to which we moderns are blind. Like the
animals they arrived at their perceptions without (individual) brain
effort; they knew things without thinking. When they did THINK of course
they went wrong. Their budding science easily went astray. Religion with
them had as yet taken no definite shape; science was equally protoplasmic;
and all they had was a queer jumble of the two in the form of Magic. When
at a later time Science gradually defined its outlook and its
observations, and Religion, from being a vague subconscious feeling, took
clear shape in the form of gods and creeds, then mankind gradually emerged
into the stage of evolution IN WHICH WE NOW ARE. OUR scientific laws and
doctrines are of course only temporary formulae, and so also are the gods
and the creeds of our own and other religions; but these things, with
their set and angular outlines, have served in the past and will serve in
the future as stepping-stones towards another kind of knowledge of which
at present we only dream, and will lead us on to a renewed power of
perception which again will not be the laborious product of thought but a
direct and instantaneous intuition like that of the animals—and the
angels.
To return to our Tree. Though primitive man did not speculate in modern
style on these things, I yet have no reasonable doubt that he felt (and
FEELS, in those cases where we can still trace the workings of his mind)
his essential relationship to the creatures of the forest more intimately,
if less analytically, than we do to-day. If the animals with all their
wonderful gifts are (as we readily admit) a veritable part of Nature—so
that they live and move and have their being more or less submerged in the
spirit of the great world around them—then Man, when he first began
to differentiate himself from them, must for a long time have remained in
this SUBconscious unity, becoming only distinctly CONSCIOUS of it when he
was already beginning to lose it. That early dawn of distinct
consciousness corresponded to the period of belief in Magic. In that first
mystic illumination almost every object was invested with a halo of
mystery or terror or adoration. Things were either tabu, in which case
they were dangerous, and often not to be touched or even looked upon—or
they were overflowing with magic grace and influence, in which case they
were holy, and any rite which released their influence was also holy.
William Blake, that modern prophetic child, beheld a Tree full of angels;
the Central Australian native believes bushes to be the abode of spirits
which leap into the bodies of passing women and are the cause of the
conception of children; Moses saw in the desert a bush (perhaps the
mimosa) like a flame of fire, with Jehovah dwelling in the midst of it,
and he put off his shoes for he felt that the place was holy; Osiris was
at times regarded as a Tree-spirit (1); and in inscriptions is referred to
as “the solitary one in the acacia”—which reminds us curiously of
the “burning bush.” The same is true of others of the gods; in the old
Norse mythology Ygdrasil was the great branching World-Ash, abode of the
soul of the universe; the Peepul or Bo-tree in India is very sacred and
must on no account be cut down, seeing that gods and spirits dwell among
its branches. It is of the nature of an Aspen, and of little or no
practical use, (2) but so holy that the poorest peasant will not disturb
it. The Burmese believe the things of nature, but especially the trees, to
be the abode of spirits. “To the Burman of to-day, not less than to the
Greek of long ago, all nature is alive. The forest and the river and the
mountains are full of spirits, whom the Burmans call Nats. There are all
kinds of Nats, good and bad, great and little, male and female, now living
round about us. Some of them live in the trees, especially in the huge
figtree that shades half-an-acre without the village; or among the
fern-like fronds of the tamarind.” (3)
(1) The Golden Bough, iv, 339.
(2) Though the sap is said to contain caoutchouc.
(3) The Soul of a People, by H. Fielding (1902), p. 250.
There are also in India and elsewhere popular rites of MARRIAGE of women
(and men) to Trees; which suggest that trees were regarded as very near
akin to human beings! The Golden Bough (1) mentions many of these,
including the idea that some trees are male and others female. The
well-known Assyrian emblem of a Pine cone being presented by a priest to a
Palm-tree is supposed by E. B. Tylor to symbolize fertilization—the
Pine cone being masculine and the Palm feminine. The ceremony of the god
Krishna’s marriage to a Basil plant is still celebrated in India down to
the present day; and certain trees are clasped and hugged by pregnant
women—the idea no doubt being that they bestow fertility on those
who embrace them. In other cases apparently it is the trees which are
benefited, since it is said that men sometimes go naked into the Clove
plantations at night in order by a sort of sexual intercourse to fertilize
them. (2)
(1) Vol. i, p. 40, Vol. iii, pp. 24 sq.
(2) Ibid., vol. ii, p. 98.
One might go on multiplying examples in this direction quite indefinitely.
There is no end to them. They all indicate—what was instinctively
felt by early man, and is perfectly obvious to all to-day who are not
blinded by “civilization” (and Herbert Spencer!) that the world outside us
is really most deeply akin to ourselves, that it is not dead and senseless
but intensely alive and instinct with feeling and intelligence resembling
our own. It is this perception, this conviction of our essential unity
with the whole of creation, which lay from the first at the base of all
Religion; yet at first, as I have said, was hardly a conscious perception.
Only later, when it gradually became more conscious, did it evolve itself
into the definite forms of the gods and the creeds—but of that
process I will speak more in detail presently.
The Tree therefore was a most intimate presence to the Man. It grew in the
very midst of his Garden of Eden. It had a magical virtue, which his
tentative science could only explain by chance analogies and
assimilations. Attractive and beloved and worshipped by reason of its many
gifts to mankind—its grateful shelter, its abounding fruits, its
timber, and other invaluable products—why should it not become the
natural emblem of the female, to whom through sex man’s worship is ever
drawn? If the Snake has an unmistakable resemblance to the male organ in
its active state, the foliage of the tree or bush is equally remindful of
the female. What more clear than that the conjunction of Tree and Serpent
is the fulfilment in nature of that sex-mystery which is so potent in the
life of man and the animals? and that the magic ritual most obviously
fitted to induce fertility in the tribe or the herds (or even the crops)
is to set up an image of the Tree and the Serpent combined, and for all
the tribe-folk in common to worship and pay it reverence. In the Bible
with more or less veiled sexual significance we have this combination in
the Eden-garden, and again in the brazen Serpent and Pole which Moses set
up in the wilderness (as a cure for the fiery serpents of lust);
illustrations of the same are said to be found in the temples of Egypt and
of South India, and even in the ancient temples of Central America. (1) In
the myth of Hercules the golden apples of the Hesperides garden are
guarded by a dragon. The Etruscans, the Persians and the Babylonians had
also legends of the Fall of man through a serpent tempting him to taste of
the fruit of a holy Tree. And De Gubernatis, (2) pointing out the phallic
meaning of these stories, says “the legends concerning the tree of golden
apples or figs which yields honey or ambrosia, guarded by dragons, in
which the life, the fortune, the glory, the strength and the riches of the
hero have their beginning, are numerous among every people of Aryan
origin: in India, Persia, Russia, Poland, Sweden, Germany, Greece and
Italy.”
(1) See Ancient Pagan and Modern Christian Symbolism, by Thomas
Inman (Trubner, 1874), p. 55.
(2) Zoological Mythology, vol. ii, pp. 410 sq.
Thus we see the natural-magic tendency of the human mind asserting itself.
To some of us indeed this tendency is even greater in the case of the
Snake than in that of the Tree. W. H. Hudson, in Far Away and Long Ago,
speaks of “that sense of something supernatural in the serpent, which
appears to have been universal among peoples in a primitive state of
culture, and still survives in some barbarous or semi-barbarous
countries.” The fascination of the Snake—the fascination of its
mysteriously gliding movement, of its vivid energy, its glittering eye,
its intensity of life, combined with its fatal dart of Death—is a
thing felt even more by women than by men—and for a reason (from
what we have already said) not far to seek. It was the Woman who in the
story of the Fall was the first to listen to its suggestions. No wonder
that, as Professor Murray says, (1) the Greeks worshiped a gigantic snake
(Meilichios) the lord of Death and Life, with ceremonies of appeasement,
and sacrifices, long before they arrived at the worship of Zeus and the
Olympian gods.
(1) Four Stages of Greek Religion, p. 29.
Or let us take the example of an Ear of Corn. Some people wonder—hearing
nowadays that the folk of old used to worship a Corn-spirit or Corn-god—wonder
that any human beings could have been so foolish. But probably the good
people who wonder thus have never REALLY LOOKED (with their town-dazed
eyes) at a growing spike of wheat. (1) Of all the wonderful things in
Nature I hardly know any that thrills one more with a sense of wizardry
than just this very thing—to observe, each year, this disclosure of
the Ear within the Blade—first a swelling of the sheath, then a
transparency and a whitey-green face within a hooded shroud, and then the
perfect spike of grain disengaging itself and spiring upward towards the
sky—“the resurrection of the wheat with pale visage appearing out of
the ground.”
(1) Even the thrice-learned Dr. Famell quotes apparently with
approval the scornful words of Hippolytus, who (he says) “speaks of the
Athenians imitating people at the Eleusinian mysteries and showing to
the epoptae (initiates) that great and marvelous mystery of perfect
revelation—in solemn silence—a CUT CORNSTALK ([gr teqerismenon] [gr
stacon]).”—Cults of the Greek States, vol. iii, p. 182.
If this spectacle amazes one to-day, what emotions must it not have
aroused in the breasts of the earlier folk, whose outlook on the world was
so much more direct than ours—more ‘animistic’ if you like! What
wonderment, what gratitude, what deliverance from fear (of starvation),
what certainty that this being who had been ruthlessly cut down and
sacrificed last year for human food had indeed arisen again as a savior of
men, what readiness to make some human sacrifice in return, both as an
acknowledgment of the debt, and as a gift of something which would no
doubt be graciously accepted!—(for was it not well known that where
blood had been spilt on the ground the future crop was so much more
generous?)—what readiness to adopt some magic ritual likely to
propitiate the unseen power—even though the outline and form of the
latter were vague and uncertain in the extreme! Dr. Frazer, speaking of
the Egyptian Osiris as one out of many corn-gods of the above character,
says (1): “The primitive conception of him as the corn-god comes clearly
out in the festival of his death and resurrection, which was celebrated
the month of Athyr. That festival appears to have been essentially a
festival of sowing, which properly fell at the time when the husbandman
actually committed the seed to the earth. On that occasion an effigy of
the corn-god, moulded of earth and corn, was buried with funeral rites in
the ground in order that, dying there, he might come to life again with
the new crops. The ceremony was in fact a charm to ensure the growth of
the corn by sympathetic magic, and we may conjecture that as such it was
practised in a simple form by every Egyptian farmer on his fields long
before it was adopted and transfigured by the priests in the stately
ritual of the temple.” (2)
(1) The Golden Bough, iv, p. 330.
(2) See ch. xv.
The magic in this case was of a gentle description; the clay image of
Osiris sprouting all over with the young green blade was pathetically
poetic; but, as has been suggested, bloodthirsty ceremonies were also
common enough. Human sacrifices, it is said, had at one time been offered
at the grave of Osiris. We hear that the Indians in Ecuador used to
sacrifice men’s hearts and pour out human blood on their fields when they
sowed them; the Pawnee Indians used a human victim the same, allowing his
blood to drop on the seed-corn. It is said that in Mexico girls were
sacrificed, and that the Mexicans would sometimes GRIND their (male)
victim, like corn, between two stones. (“I’ll grind his bones to make me
bread.”) Among the Khonds of East India—who were particularly given
to this kind of ritual—the very TEARS of the sufferer were an
incitement to more cruelties, for tears of course were magic for Rain. (1)
(1) The Golden Bough, vol. vii, “The Corn-Spirit,” pp. 236 sq.
And so on. We have referred to the Bull many times, both in his
astronomical aspect as pioneer of the Spring-Sun, and in his more direct
role as plougher of the fields, and provider of food from his own body.
“The tremendous mana of the wild bull,” says Gilbert Murray, “occupies
almost half the stage of pre-Olympic ritual.” (1) Even to us there is
something mesmeric and overwhelming in the sense of this animal’s glory of
strength and fury and sexual power. No wonder the primitives worshiped
him, or that they devised rituals which should convey his power and
vitality by mere contact, or that in sacramental feasts they ate his flesh
and drank his blood as a magic symbol and means of salvation.
(1) Four Stages, p. 34.
VI.
MAGICIANS, KINGS AND GODS
It is perhaps necessary, at the commencement of this chapter, to say a few
more words about the nature and origin of the belief in Magic. Magic
represented on one side, and clearly enough, the beginnings of Religion—i.e.
the instinctive sense of Man’s inner continuity with the world around him,
TAKING SHAPE: a fanciful shape it is true, but with very real reaction on
his practical life and feelings. (1) On the other side it represented the
beginnings of Science. It was his first attempt not merely to FEEL but to
UNDERSTAND the mystery of things.
(1) For an excellent account of the relation of Magic to Religion
see W. McDougall, Social Psychology (1908), pp. 317-320.
Inevitably these first efforts to understand were very puerile, very
superficial. As E. B. Tylor says (1) of primitive folk in general, “they
mistook an imaginary for a real connection.” And he instances the case of
the inhabitants of the City of Ephesus, who laid down a rope, seven
furlongs in length, from the City to the temple of Artemis, in order to
place the former under the protection of the latter! WE should lay down a
telephone wire, and consider that we established a much more efficient
connection; but in the beginning, and quite naturally, men, like children,
rely on surface associations. Among the Dyaks of Borneo (2) when the men
are away fighting, the WOMEN must use a sort of telepathic magic in order
to safeguard them—that is, they must themselves rise early and keep
awake all day (lest darkness and sleep should give advantage to the
enemy); they must not OIL their hair (lest their husbands should make any
SLIPS); they must eat sparingly and put aside rice at every meal (so that
the men may not want for food). And so on. Similar superstitions are
common. But they gradually lead to a little thought, and then to a little
more, and so to the discovery of actual and provable influences. Perhaps
one day the cord connecting the temple with Ephesus was drawn TIGHT and it
was found that messages could be, by tapping, transmitted along it. That
way lay the discovery of a fact. In an age which worshiped fertility,
whether in mankind or animals, TWINS were ever counted especially blest,
and were credited with a magic power. (The Constellation of the Twins was
thought peculiarly lucky.) Perhaps after a time it was discovered that
twins sometimes run in families, and in such cases really do bring
fertility with them. In cattle it is known nowadays that there are more
twins of the female sex than of the male sex. (3)
(1) Primitive Culture, vol. i, p. 106.
(2) See The Golden Bough, i, 127.
(3) See Evolution of Sex, by Geddes and Thomson (1901), p. 41,
note.
Observations of this kind were naturally made by the ablest members of the
tribe—who were in all probability the medicine-men and wizards—and
brought in consequence power into their hands. The road to power in fact—and
especially was this the case in societies which had not yet developed
wealth and property—lay through Magic. As far as magic represented
early superstition and religion it laid hold of the hearts of men—their
hopes and fears; as far as it represented science and the beginnings of
actual knowledge, it inspired their minds with a sense of power, and gave
form to their lives and customs. We have no reason to suppose that the
early magicians and medicine-men were peculiarly wicked or bent on mere
self-aggrandizement—any more than we have to think the same of the
average country vicar or country doctor of to-day. They were merely men a
trifle wiser or more instructed than their flocks. But though probably in
most cases their original intentions were decent enough, they were not
proof against the temptations which the possession of power always brings,
and as time went on they became liable to trade more and more upon this
power for their own advancement. In the matter of Religion the history of
the Christian priesthood through the centuries shows sufficiently to what
misuse such power can be put; and in the matter of Science it is a warning
to us of the dangers attending the formation of a scientific priesthood,
such as we see growing up around us to-day. In both cases—whether
Science or Religion—vanity, personal ambition, lust of domination
and a hundred other vices, unless corrected by a real devotion to the
public good, may easily bring as many evils in their train as those they
profess to cure.
The Medicine-man, or Wizard, or Magician, or Priest, slowly but
necessarily gathered power into his hands, and there is much evidence to
show that in the case of many tribes at any rate, it was HE who became
ultimate chief and leader and laid the foundations of Kingship. The
Basileus was always a sacred personality, and often united in himself as
head of the clan the offices of chief in warfare and leader in priestly
rites—like Agamemnon in Homer, or Saul or David in the Bible. As a
magician he had influence over the fertility of the earth and, like the
blameless king in the Odyssey, under his sway
“the dark earth beareth in season
Barley and wheat, and the trees are laden with fruitage, and alway
Yean unfailing the flocks, and the sea gives fish in abundance.” (1)
(1) Odyssey xix, 109 sq. Translation by H. B. Cotterill.
As a magician too he was trusted for success in warfare; and Schoolcraft,
in a passage quoted by Andrew Lang, (1) says of the Dacotah Indians “the
war-chief who leads the party to war is always one of these medicine-men.”
This connection, however, by which the magician is transformed into the
king has been abundantly studied, and need not be further dwelt upon here.
And what of the transformation of the king into a god—or of the
Magician or Priest directly into the same? Perhaps in order to appreciate
this, one must make a further digression.
For the early peoples there were, as it would appear, two main objects in
life: (1) to promote fertility in cattle and crops, for food; and (2) to
placate or ward off Death; and it seemed very obvious—even before
any distinct figures of gods, or any idea of prayer, had arisen—to
attain these objects by magic ritual. The rites of Baptism, of Initiation
(or Confirmation) and the many ceremonies of a Second Birth, which we
associate with fully-formed religions, did belong also to the age of
Magic; and they all implied a belief in some kind of re-incarnation—in
a life going forward continually and being renewed in birth again and
again. It is curious that we find such a belief among the lowest savages
even to-day. Dr. Frazer, speaking of the Central Australian tribes, says
the belief is firmly rooted among them “that the human soul undergoes an
endless series of re-incarnations—the living men and women of one
generation being nothing but the spirits of their ancestors come to life
again, and destined themselves to be reborn in the persons of their
descendants. During the interval between two re-incarnations the souls
live in their nanja spots, or local totem-centres, which are always
natural objects such as trees or rocks. Each totem-clan has a number of
such totem-centres scattered over the country. There the souls of the dead
men and women of the totem, but no others, congregate, and are born again
in human form when a favorable opportunity presents itself.” (2)
(1) Myth, Ritual and Religion, vol. i, p. 113.
(2) The Golden Bough, vol. i, p. 96.
And what the early people believed of the human spirit, they believed of
the corn-spirits and the tree and vegetation spirits also. At the great
Spring-ritual among the primitive Greeks “the tribe and the growing earth
were renovated together: the earth arises afresh from her dead seeds, the
tribe from its dead ancestors.” And the whole process projects itself in
the idea of a spirit of the year, who “in the first stage is living, then
dies with each year, and thirdly rises again from the dead, raising the
whole dead world with him. The Greeks called him in this stage ‘The Third
One’ (Tritos Soter) or ‘the Saviour’; and the renovation ceremonies were
accompanied by a casting-off of the old year, the old garments, and
everything that is polluted by the infection of death.” (1) Thus the
multiplication of the crops and the renovation of the tribe, and at the
same time the evasion and placation of death, were all assured by similar
rites and befitting ceremonial magic. (2)
(1) Gilbert Murray, Four Stages, p. 46.
(2) It is interesting to find, with regard to the renovation of
the tribe, that among the Central Australians the foreskins or male
members of those who died were deposited in the above-mentioned nanja
spots—the idea evidently being that like the seeds of the corn the
seeds of the human crop must be carefully and ceremonially preserved for
their re-incarnation.
In all these cases, and many others that I have not mentioned—of the
magical worship of Bulls and Bears and Rams and Cats and Emus and
Kangaroos, of Trees and Snakes, of Sun and Moon and Stars, and the spirit
of the Corn in its yearly and miraculous resurrection out of the ground—there
is still the same idea or moving inspiration, the sense mentioned in the
foregoing chapter, the feeling (hardly yet conscious of its own meaning)
of intimate relationship and unity with all this outer world, the
instinctive conviction that the world can be swayed by the spirit of Man,
if the man can only find the right ritual, the right word, the right
spell, wherewith to move it. An aura of emotion surrounded everything—of
terror, of tabu, of fascination, of desire. The world, to these people,
was transparent with presences related to themselves; and though hunger
and sex may have been the dominant and overwhelmingly practical needs of
their life, yet their outlook on the world was essentially poetic and
imaginative.
Moreover it will be seen that in this age of magic and the belief in
spirits, though there was an intense sense of every thing being alive, the
gods, in the more modern sense of the world, hardly existed (1)—that
is, there was no very clear vision, to these people, of supra-mundane
beings, sitting apart and ordaining the affairs of earth, as it were from
a distance. Doubtless this conception was slowly evolving, but it was only
incipient. For the time being—though there might be orders and
degrees of spirits (and of gods)—every such being was only conceived
of, and could only be conceived of, as actually a part of Nature, dwelling
in and interlaced with some phenomenon of Earth and Sky, and having no
separate existence.
(1) For a discussion of the evolution of RELIGION out of MAGIC,
see Westermarck’s Origin of Moral Ideas, ch. 47.
How was it then, it will be asked, that the belief in separate and
separable gods and goddesses—each with his or her well-marked
outline and character and function, like the divinities of Greece, or of
India, or of the Egyptian or Christian religions, ultimately arose? To
this question Jane Harrison (in her Themis and other books) gives an
ingenious answer, which as it chimes in with my own speculations (in the
Art of Creation and elsewhere) I am inclined to adopt. It is that the
figures of the supranatural gods arose from a process in the human mind
similar to that which the photographer adopts when by photographing a
number of faces on the same plate, and so superposing their images on one
another, he produces a so-called “composite” photograph or image. Thus, in
the photographic sphere, the portraits of a lot of members of the same
family superposed upon one another may produce a composite image or ideal
of that family type, or the portraits of a number of Aztecs or of a number
of Apache Indians the ideals respectively of the Aztec or of the Apache
types. And so in the mental sphere of each member of a tribe the many
images of the well-known Warriors or Priests or wise and gracious Women of
that tribe did inevitably combine at last to composite figures of gods and
goddesses—on whom the enthusiasm and adoration of the tribe was
concentrated. (1) Miss Harrison has ingeniously suggested how the leading
figures in the magic rituals of the past—being the figures on which
all eyes would be concentrated; and whose importance would be imprinted on
every mind—lent themselves to this process. The suffering Victim,
bound and scourged and crucified, recurring year after year as the
centre-figure of a thousand ritual processions, would at last be
dramatized and idealized in the great race-consciousness into the form of
a Suffering God—a Jesus Christ or a Dionysus or Osiris—dismembered
or crucified for the salvation of mankind. The Priest or Medicine-Man—or
rather the succession of Priests or Medicine-Men—whose figures would
recur again and again as leaders and ordainers of the ceremonies, would be
glorified at last into the composite-image of a God in whom were
concentrated all magic powers. “Recent researches,” says Gilbert Murray,
“have shown us in abundance the early Greek medicine-chiefs making thunder
and lightning and rain.” Here is the germ of a Zeus or a Jupiter. The
particular medicine-man may fail; that does not so much matter; he is only
the individual representative of the glorified and composite being who
exists in the mind of the tribe (just as a present-day King may be
unworthy, but is surrounded all the same by the agelong glamour of
Royalty). “The real [gr qeos], tremendous, infallible, is somewhere far
away, hidden in clouds perhaps, on the summit of some inaccessible
mountain. If the mountain is once climbed the god will move to the upper
sky. The medicine-chief meanwhile stays on earth, still influential. He
has some connection with the great god more intimate than that of other
men… he knows the rules for approaching him and making prayers to him.”
(2) Thus did the Medicine-man, or Priest, or Magician (for these are but
three names for one figure) represent one step in the evolution of the
god.
(1) See The Art of Creation, ch. viii, “The Gods as Apparitions
of the Race-Life.”
(2) The Four Stages, p. 140.
And farther back still in the evolutionary process we may trace (as in
chapter iv above) the divinization or deification of four-footed animals
and birds and snakes and trees and the like, from the personification of
the collective emotion of the tribe towards these creatures. For people
whose chief food was bear-meat, for instance, whose totem was a bear, and
who believed themselves descended from an ursine ancestor, there would
grow up in the tribal mind an image surrounded by a halo of emotions—emotions
of hungry desire, of reverence, fear, gratitude and so forth—an
image of a divine Bear in whom they lived and moved and had their being.
For another tribe or group in whose yearly ritual a Bull or a Lamb or a
Kangaroo played a leading part there would in the same way spring up the
image of a holy bull, a divine lamb, or a sacred kangaroo. Another group
again might come to worship a Serpent as its presiding genius, or a
particular kind of Tree, simply because these objects were and had been
for centuries prominent factors in its yearly and seasonal Magic. As
Reinach and others suggest, it was the Taboo (bred by Fear) which by first
forbidding contact with the totem-animal or priest or magician-chief
gradually invested him with Awe and Divinity.
According to this theory the god—the full-grown god in human shape,
dwelling apart and beyond the earth—did not come first, but was a
late and more finished product of evolution. He grew up by degrees and out
of the preceding animal-worships and totem-systems. And this theory is
much supported and corroborated by the fact that in a vast number of early
cults the gods are represented by human figures with animal heads. The
Egyptian religion was full of such divinities—the jackal-headed
Anubis, the ram-headed Ammon, the bull-fronted Osiris, or Muth, queen of
darkness, clad in a vulture’s skin; Minos and the Minotaur in Crete; in
Greece, Athena with an owl’s head, or Herakles masked in the hide and jaws
of a monstrous lion. What could be more obvious than that, following on
the tribal worship of any totem-animal, the priest or medicine-man or
actual king in leading the magic ritual should don the skin and head of
that animal, and wear the same as a kind of mask—this partly in
order to appear to the people as the true representative of the totem, and
partly also in order to obtain from the skin the magic virtues and mana of
the beast, which he could then duly impart to the crowd? Zeus, it must be
remembered, wears the aegis, or goat-skin—said to be the hide of the
goat Amaltheia who suckled him in his infancy; there are a number of
legends which connected the Arcadian Artemis with the worship of the bear,
Apollo with the wolf, and so forth. And, most curious as showing
similarity of rites between the Old and New Worlds, there are found plenty
of examples of the wearing of beast-masks in religious processions among
the native tribes of both North and South America. In the Atlas of Spix
and Martius (who travelled together in the Amazonian forests about 1820)
there is an understanding and characteristic picture of the men (and some
women) of the tribe of the Tecunas moving in procession through the woods
mostly naked, except for wearing animal heads and masks—the masks
representing Cranes of various kinds, Ducks, the Opossum, the Jaguar, the
Parrot, etc., probably symbolic of their respective clans.
By some such process as this, it may fairly be supposed, the forms of the
Gods were slowly exhaled from the actual figures of men and women, of
youths and girls, who year after year took part in the ancient rituals.
Just as the Queen of the May or Father Christmas with us are idealized
forms derived from the many happy maidens or white-bearded old men who
took leading parts in the May or December mummings and thus gained their
apotheosis in our literature and tradition—so doubtless Zeus with
his thunderbolts and arrows of lightning is the idealization into Heaven
of the Priestly rain-maker and storm-controller; Ares the god of War, the
similar idealization of the leading warrior in the ritual war-dance
preceding an attack on a neighboring tribe; and Mercury of the
foot-running Messenger whose swiftness in those days (devoid of steam or
electricity) was so precious a tribal possession.
And here it must be remembered that this explanation of the genesis of the
gods only applies to the SHAPES and FIGURES of the various deities. It
does not apply to the genesis of the widespread belief in spirits or a
Great Spirit generally; that, as I think will become clear, has quite
another source. Some people have jeered at the ‘animistic’ or
‘anthropomorphic’ tendency of primitive man in his contemplation of the
forces of Nature or his imaginations of religion and the gods. With a kind
of superior pity they speak of “the poor Indian whose untutored mind sees
God in clouds and hears him in the wind.” But I must confess that to me
the “poor Indian” seems on the whole to show more good sense than his
critics, and to have aimed his rude arrows at the philosophic mark more
successfully than a vast number of his learned and scientific successors.
A consideration of what we have said above would show that early people
felt their unity with Nature so deeply and intimately that—like the
animals themselves—they did not think consciously or theorize about
it. It was just their life to be—like the beasts of the field and
the trees of the forest—a part of the whole flux of things,
non-differentiated so to speak. What more natural or indeed more logically
correct than for them to assume (when they first began to think or
differentiate themselves) that these other creatures, these birds, beasts
and plants, and even the sun and moon, were of the same blood as
themselves, their first cousins, so to speak, and having the same interior
nature? What more reasonable (if indeed they credited THEMSELVES with
having some kind of soul or spirit) than to credit these other creatures
with a similar soul or spirit? Im Thurn, speaking of the Guiana Indians,
says that for them “the whole world swarms with beings.” Surely this could
not be taken to indicate an untutored mind—unless indeed a mind
untutored in the nonsense of the Schools—but rather a very directly
perceptive mind. And again what more reasonable (seeing that these people
themselves were in the animal stage of evolution) than that they should
pay great reverence to some ideal animal—first cousin or ancestor—who
played an important part in their tribal existence, and make of this
animal a totem emblem and a symbol of their common life?
And, further still, what more natural than that when the tribe passed to
some degree beyond the animal stage and began to realize a life more
intelligent and emotional—more specially human in fact—than
that of the beasts of the field, that it should then in its rituals and
ceremonies throw off the beast-mask and pay reverence to the interior and
more human spirit. Rising to a more enlightened consciousness of its own
intimate quality, and still deeply penetrated with the sense of its
kinship to external nature, it would inevitably and perfectly logically
credit the latter with an inner life and intelligence, more distinctly
human than before. Its religion in fact would become MORE
‘anthropomorphic’ instead of less so; and one sees that this is a process
that is inevitable; and inevitable notwithstanding a certain parenthesis
in the process, due to obvious elements in our ‘Civilization’ and to the
temporary and fallacious domination of a leaden-eyed so-called ‘Science.’
According to this view the true evolution of Religion and Man’s outlook on
the world has proceeded not by the denial by man of his unity with the
world, but by his seeing and understanding that unity more deeply. And the
more deeply he understands himself the more certainly he will recognize in
the external world a Being or beings resembling himself.
W. H. Hudson—whose mind is certainly not of a quality to be jeered
at—speaks of Animism as “the projection of ourselves into nature:
the sense and apprehension of an intelligence like our own, but more
powerful, in all visible things”; and continues, “old as I am this same
primitive faculty which manifested itself in my early boyhood, still
persists, and in those early years was so powerful that I am almost afraid
to say how deeply I was moved by it.” (1) Nor will it be quite forgotten
that Shelley once said:—
The moveless pillar of a mountain’s weight
Is active living spirit. Every grain
Is sentient both in unity and part,
And the minutest atom comprehends
A world of loves and hatreds.
(1) Far Away and Long Ago, ch. xiii, p. 225.
The tendency to animism and later to anthropomorphism is I say inevitable,
and perfectly logical. But the great value of the work done by some of
those investigators whom I have quoted has been to show that among quite
primitive people (whose interior life and ‘soul-sense’ was only very
feeble) their projections of intelligence into Nature were correspondingly
feeble. The reflections of themselves projected into the world beyond
could not reach the stature of eternal ‘gods,’ but were rather of the
quality of ephemeral phantoms and ghosts; and the ceremonials and creeds
of that period are consequently more properly described as Magic than as
Religion. There have indeed been great controversies as to whether there
has or has not been, in the course of religious evolution, a pre-animistic
stage. Probably of course human evolution in this matter must have been
perfectly continuous from stages presenting the very feeblest or an
absolutely deficient animistic sense to the very highest manifestations of
anthropomorphism; but as there is a good deal of evidence to show that
animals (notably dogs and horses) see ghosts, the inquiry ought certainly
to be enlarged so far as to include the pre-human species. Anyhow it must
be remembered that the question is one of consciousness—that is, of
how far and to what degree consciousness of self has been developed in the
animal or the primitive man or the civilized man, and therefore how far
and to what degree the animal or human creature has credited the outside
world with a similar consciousness. It is not a question of whether there
is an inner life and sub-consciousness common to all these creatures of
the earth and sky, because that, I take it, is a fact beyond question;
they all emerge or have emerged from the same matrix, and are rooted in
identity; but it is a question of how far they are aware of this, and how
far by separation (which is the genius of evolution) each individual
creature has become conscious of the interior nature both of itself and of
the other creatures and of the great whole which includes them all.
Finally, and to avoid misunderstanding, let me say that Anthropomorphism,
in man’s conception of the gods, is itself of course only a stage and
destined to pass away. In so far, that is, as the term indicates a belief
in divine beings corresponding to our PRESENT conception of ourselves—that
is as separate personalities having each a separate and limited character
and function, and animated by the separatist motives of ambition,
possession, power, vainglory, superiority, patronage, self-greed,
self-satisfaction, etc.—in so far as anthropomorphism is the
expression of that kind of belief it is of course destined, with the
illusion from which it springs, to pass away. When man arrives at the
final consciousness in which the idea of such a self, superior or inferior
or in any way antagonistic to others, ceases to operate, then he will
return to his first and primal condition, and will cease to need ANY
special religion or gods, knowing himself and all his fellows to be divine
and the origin and perfect fruition of all.
VII.
RITES OF EXPIATION AND REDEMPTION
There is a passage in Richard Jefferies’ imperishably beautiful book The
Story of my Heart—a passage well known to all lovers of that
prose-poet—in which he figures himself standing “in front of the
Royal Exchange where the wide pavement reaches out like a promontory,” and
pondering on the vast crowd and the mystery of life. “Is there any theory,
philosophy, or creed,” he says, “is there any system of culture, any
formulated method, able to meet and satisfy each separate item of this
agitated pool of human life? By which they may be guided, by which they
may hope, by which look forward? Not a mere illusion of the craving heart—something
real, as real as the solid walls of fact against which, like seaweed, they
are dashed; something to give each separate personality sunshine and a
flower in its own existence now; something to shape this million-handed
labor to an end and outcome that will leave more sunshine and more flowers
to those who must succeed? Something real now, and not in the spirit-land;
in this hour now, as I stand and the sun burns…. Full well aware that
all has failed, yet, side by side with the sadness of that knowledge,
there lives on in me an unquenchable belief, thought burning like the sun,
that there is yet something to be found…. It must be dragged forth by
the might of thought from the immense forces of the universe.”
In answer to this passage we may say “No,—a thousand times No! there
is no theory, philosophy, creed, system or formulated method which will
meet or ever satisfy the demand of each separate item of the human
whirlpool.” And happy are we to know there is no such thing! How terrible
if one of these bloodless ‘systems’ which strew the history of religion
and philosophy and the political and social paths of human endeavor HAD
been found absolutely correct and universally applicable—so that
every human being would be compelled to pass through its machine-like maw,
every personality to be crushed under its Juggernath wheels! No, thank
Heaven! there is no theory or creed or system; and yet there is something—as
Jefferies prophetically felt and with a great longing desired—that
CAN satisfy; and that, the root of all religion, has been hinted at in the
last chapter. It is the CONSCIOUSNESS of the world-life burning, blazing,
deep down within us: it is the Soul’s intuition of its roots in
Omnipresence and Eternity.
The gods and the creeds of the past, as shown in the last chapter—whatever
they may have been, animistic or anthropomorphic or transcendental,
whether grossly brutish or serenely ideal and abstract—are
essentially projections of the human mind; and no doubt those who are
anxious to discredit the religious impulse generally will catch at this,
saying “Yes, they are mere forms and phantoms of the mind, ephemeral
dreams, projected on the background of Nature, and having no real
substance or solid value. The history of Religion (they will say) is a
history of delusion and illusion; why waste time over it? These divine
grizzly Bears or Aesculapian Snakes, these cat-faced Pashts, this Isis,
queen of heaven, and Astarte and Baal and Indra and Agni and Kali and
Demeter and the Virgin Mary and Apollo and Jesus Christ and Satan and the
Holy Ghost, are only shadows cast outwards onto a screen; the constitution
of the human mind makes them all tend to be anthropomorphic; but that is
all; they each and all inevitably pass away. Why waste time over them?”
And this is in a sense a perfectly fair way of looking at the matter.
These gods and creeds ARE only projections of the human mind. But all the
same it misses, does this view, the essential fact. It misses the fact
that there is no shadow without a fire, that the very existence of a
shadow argues a light somewhere (though we may not directly see it) as
well as the existence of a solid form which intercepts that light. Deep,
deep in the human mind there is that burning blazing light of the
world-consciousness—so deep indeed that the vast majority of
individuals are hardly aware of its existence. Their gaze turned outwards
is held and riveted by the gigantic figures and processions passing across
their sky; they are unaware that the latter are only shadows—silhouettes
of the forms inhabiting their own minds. (1) The vast majority of people
have never observed their own minds; their own mental forms. They have
only observed the reflections cast by these. Thus it may be said, in this
matter, that there are three degrees of reality. There are the mere
shadows—the least real and most evanescent; there are the actual
mental outlines of humanity (and of the individual), much more real, but
themselves also of course slowly changing; and most real of all, and
permanent, there is the light “which lighteth every man that cometh into
the world”—the glorious light of the world-consciousness. Of this
last it may be said that it never changes. Every thing is known to it—even
the very IMPEDIMENTS to its shining. But as it is from the impediments to
the shining of a light that shadows are cast, so we now may understand
that the things of this world and of humanity, though real in their
degree, have chiefly a kind of negative value; they are opaquenesses,
clouds, materialisms, ignorances, and the inner light falling upon them
gradually reveals their negative character and gradually dissolves them
away till they are lost in the extreme and eternal Splendor. I think
Jefferies, when he asked that question with which I have begun this
chapter, was in some sense subconsciously, if not quite consciously, aware
of the answer. His frequent references to the burning blazing sun
throughout The Story of the Heart seem to be an indication of his real
deep-down attitude of mind.
(1) See, in the same connection, Plato’s allegory of the Cave,
Republic, Book vii.
The shadow-figures of the creeds and theogonies pass away truly like
ephemeral dreams; but to say that time spent in their study is wasted, is
a mistake, for they have value as being indications of things much more
real than themselves, namely, of the stages of evolution of the human
mind. The fact that a certain god-figure, however grotesque and queer, or
a certain creed, however childish, cruel, and illogical, held sway for a
considerable time over the hearts of men in any corner or continent of the
world is good evidence that it represented a real formative urge at the
time in the hearts of those good people, and a definite stage in their
evolution and the evolution of humanity. Certainly it was destined to pass
away, but it was a step, and a necessary step in the great process; and
certainly it was opaque and brutish, but it is through the opaque things
of the world, and not through the transparent, that we become aware of the
light.
It may be worth while to give instances of how some early rituals and
creeds, in themselves apparently barbarous or preposterous, were really
the indications of important moral and social conceptions evolving in the
heart of man. Let us take, first, the religious customs connected with the
ideas of Sacrifice and of Sin, of which such innumerable examples are now
to be found in the modern books on Anthropology. If we assume, as I have
done more than once, that the earliest state of Man was one in which he
did not consciously separate himself from the world, animate and
inanimate, which surrounded him, then (as I have also said) it was
perfectly natural for him to take some animal which bulked large on his
horizon—some food-animal for instance—and to pay respect to it
as the benefactor of his tribe, its far-back ancestor and totem-symbol;
or, seeing the boundless blessing of the cornfields, to believe in some
kind of spirit of the corn (not exactly a god but rather a magical ghost)
which, reincarnated every year, sprang up to save mankind from famine. But
then no sooner had he done this than he was bound to perceive that in
cutting down the corn or in eating his totem-bear or kangaroo he was
slaying his own best self and benefactor. In that instant the
consciousness of DISUNITY, the sense of sin in some undefined yet no less
disturbing and alarming form would come in. If, before, his ritual magic
had been concentrated on the simple purpose of multiplying the animal or,
vegetable forms of his food, now in addition his magical endeavor would be
turned to averting the just wrath of the spirits who animated these forms—just
indeed, for the rudest savage would perceive the wrong done and the
probability of its retribution. Clearly the wrong done could only be
expiated by an equivalent sacrifice of some kind on the part of the man,
or the tribe—that is by the offering to the totem-animal or to the
corn-spirit of some victim whom these nature powers in their turn could
feed upon and assimilate. In this way the nature-powers would be appeased,
the sense of unity would be restored, and the first At-one-ment effected.
It is hardly necessary to recite in any detail the cruel and hideous
sacrifices which have been perpetrated in this sense all over the world,
sometimes in appeasement of a wrong committed or supposed to have been
committed by the tribe or some member of it, sometimes in placation or for
the averting of death, or defeat, or plague, sometimes merely in
fulfilment of some long-standing custom of forgotten origin—the
flayings and floggings and burnings and crucifixions of victims without
end, carried out in all deliberation and solemnity of established ritual.
I have mentioned some cases connected with the sowing of the corn. The
Bible is full of such things, from the intended sacrifice of Isaac by his
father Abraham, to the actual crucifixion of Jesus by the Jews. The
first-born sons were claimed by a god who called himself “jealous” and
were only to be redeemed by a substitute. (1) Of the Canaanites it was
said that “even their daughters they have BURNT in the fire to their
gods”; (2) and of the King of Moab, that when he saw his army in danger of
defeat, “he took his eldest son that should have reigned in his stead and
offered him for a burnt-offering on the wall!” (3) Dr. Frazer (4) mentions
the similar case of the Carthaginians (about B.C. 300) sacrificing two
hundred children of good family as a propitiation to Baal and to save
their beloved city from the assaults of the Sicilian tyrant Agathocles.
And even so we hear that on that occasion three hundred more young folk
VOLUNTEERED to die for the fatherland.
(1) Exodus xxxiv. 20.
(2) Deut. xii. 31.
(3) 2 Kings iii. 27.
(4) The Golden Bough, vol. “The Dying God,” p. 167.
The awful sacrifices made by the Aztecs in Mexico to their gods
Huitzilopochtli, Texcatlipoca, and others are described in much detail by
Sahagun, the Spanish missionary of the sixteenth century. The victims were
mostly prisoners of war or young children; they were numbered by
thousands. In one case Sahagun describes the huge Idol or figure of the
god as largely plated with gold and holding his hands palm upward and in a
downward sloping position over a cauldron or furnace placed below. The
children, who had previously been borne in triumphal state on litters over
the crowd and decorated with every ornamental device of feathers and
flowers and wings, were placed one by one on the vast hands and ROLLED
DOWN into the flames—as if the god were himself offering them. (1)
As the procession approached the temple, the members of it wept and danced
and sang, and here again the abundance of tears was taken for a good
augury of rain. (2)
(1) It is curious to find that exactly the same story (of the
sloping hands and the children rolled down into the flames) is related
concerning the above-mentioned Baal image at Carthage (see Diodorus
Siculus, xx. 14; also Baring Gould’s Religious Belief, vol. i, p. 375).
(2) “A los ninos que mataban, componianlos en muchos atavios para
llevarlos al sacrificio, y llevabos en unas literas sobre los hombros,
estas literas iban adornadas con plumages y con flores: iban tanendo,
cantando y bailando delante de ellos… Cuando Ileviban los ninos a
matar, si llevaban y echaban muchos lagrimas, alegrabansi los que los
llevaban porque tomaban pronostico de que habian de tener muchas aguas
en aquel ano.” Sahagun, Historia Nueva Espana, Bk. II, ch. i.
Bernal Diaz describes how he saw one of these monstrous figures—that
of Huitzilopochtli, the god of war, all inlaid with gold and precious
stones; and beside it were “braziers, wherein burned the hearts of three
Indians, torn from their bodies that very day, and the smoke of them and
the savor of incense were the sacrifice.”
Sahagun again (in Book II, ch. 5) gives a long account of the sacrifice of
a perfect youth at Easter-time—which date Sahagun connects with the
Christian festival of the Resurrection. For a whole year the youth had
been held in honor and adored by the people as the very image of the god
(Tetzcatlipoca) to whom he was to be sacrificed. Every luxury and
fulfilment of his last wish (including such four courtesans as he desired)
had been granted him. At the last and on the fatal day, leaving his
companions and his worshipers behind, be slowly ascended the Temple
staircase; stripping on each step the ornaments from his body; and
breaking and casting away his flutes and other musical instruments; till,
reaching the summit, he was stretched, curved on his back, and belly
upwards, over the altar stone, while the priest with obsidian knife cut
his breast open and, snatching the heart out, held it up, yet beating, as
an offering to the Sun. In the meantime, and while the heart still lived,
his successor for the next year was chosen.
In Book II, ch. 7 of the same work Sahagun describes the similar offering
of a woman to a goddess. In both cases (he explains) of young man or young
woman, the victims were richly adorned in the guise of the god or goddess
to whom they were offered, and at the same time great largesse of food was
distributed to all who needed. (Here we see the connection in the general
mind between the gift of food (by the gods) and the sacrifice of precious
blood (by the people).) More than once Sahagun mentions that the victims
in these Mexican ceremonials not infrequently offered THEMSELVES as a
voluntary sacrifice; and Prescott says (1) that the offering of one’s life
to the gods was “sometimes voluntarily embraced, as a most glorious death
opening a sure passage into Paradise.”
(1) Conquest of Mexico, Bk. I, ch. 3.
Dr. Frazer describes (1) the far-back Babylonian festival of the Sacaea in
which “a prisoner, condemned to death, was dressed in the king’s robes,
seated on the king’s throne, allowed to issue whatever commands he
pleased, to eat, drink and enjoy himself, and even to lie with the king’s
concubines.” But at the end of the five days he was stripped of his royal
robes, scourged, and hanged or impaled. It is certainly astonishing to
find customs so similar prevailing among peoples so far removed in space
and time as the Aztecs of the sixteenth century A.D. and the Babylonians
perhaps of the sixteenth century B.C. But we know that this subject of the
yearly sacrifice of a victim attired as a king or god is one that Dr.
Frazer has especially made his own, and for further information on it his
classic work should be consulted.
(1) Golden Bough, “The Dying God,” p. 114. (See also S. Reinach,
Cults, Myths and Religion, p. 94) on the martyrdom of St. Dasius.
Andrew Lang also, with regard to the Aztecs, quotes largely from Sahagun,
and summarizes his conclusions in the following passage: “The general
theory of worship was the adoration of a deity, first by innumerable human
sacrifices, next by the special sacrifice of a MAN for the male gods, of a
WOMAN for each goddess. (1) The latter victims were regarded as the living
images or incarnations of the divinities in, each case; for no system of
worship carried farther the identification of the god with the sacrifice
(? victim), and of both with the officiating priest. The connection was emphasized
by the priests wearing the newly-flayed skins of the victims—just as
in Greece, Egypt and Assyria, the fawn-skin or bull-hide or goat-skin or
fish-skin of the victims is worn by the celebrants. Finally, an image of
the god was made out of paste, and this was divided into morsels and eaten
in a hideous sacrament by those who communicated.” (2)
(1) Compare the festival of Thargelia at Athens, originally
connected with the ripening of the crops. A procession was formed and
the first fruits of the year offered to Apollo, Artemis and the Horae.
It was an expiatory feast, to purify the State from all guilt and avert
the wrath of the god (the Sun). A man and a woman, as representing
the male and female population, were led about with a garland of figs
(fertility) round their necks, to the sound of flutes and singing. They
were then scourged, sacrificed, and their bodies burned by the seashore.
(Nettleship and Sandys.)
(2) A Lang, Myth, Ritual and Religion, vol. ii, p. 97.
Revolting as this whole picture is, it represents as we know a mere
thumbnail sketch of the awful practices of human sacrifice all over the
world. We hold up our hands in horror at the thought of Huitzilopochtli
dropping children from his fingers into the flames, but we have to
remember that our own most Christian Saint Augustine was content to
describe unbaptized infants as crawling for ever about the floor of Hell!
What sort of god, we may ask, did Augustine worship? The Being who could
condemn children to such a fate was certainly no better than the Mexican
Idol.
And yet Augustine was a great and noble man, with some by no means
unworthy conceptions of the greatness of his God. In the same way the
Aztecs were in many respects a refined and artistic people, and their
religion was not all superstition and bloodshed. Prescott says of them (1)
that they believed in a supreme Creator and Lord “omnipresent, knowing all
thoughts, giving all gifts, without whom Man is as nothing—invisible,
incorporeal, one God, of perfect perfection and purity, under whose wings
we find repose and a sure defence.” How can we reconcile St. Augustine
with his own devilish creed, or the religious belief of the Aztecs with
their unspeakable cruelties? Perhaps we can only reconcile them by
remembering out of what deeps of barbarism and what nightmares of haunting
Fear, man has slowly emerged—and is even now only slowly emerging;
by remembering also that the ancient ceremonies and rituals of Magic and
Fear remained on and were cultivated by the multitude in each nation long
after the bolder and nobler spirits had attained to breathe a purer air;
by remembering that even to the present day in each individual the Old and
the New are for a long period thus intricately intertangled. It is hard to
believe that the practice of human and animal sacrifice (with whatever
revolting details) should have been cultivated by nine-tenths of the human
race over the globe out of sheer perversity and without some reason which
at any rate to the perpetrators themselves appeared commanding and
convincing. To-day (1918) we are witnessing in the Great European War a
carnival of human slaughter which in magnitude and barbarity eclipses in
one stroke all the accumulated ceremonial sacrifices of historical ages;
and when we ask the why and wherefore of this horrid spectacle we are
told, apparently in all sincerity, and by both the parties engaged, of the
noble objects and commanding moralities which inspire and compel it. We
can hardly, in this last case, disbelieve altogether in the genuineness of
the plea, so why should we do so in the former case? In both cases we
perceive that underneath the surface pretexts and moralities Fear is and
was the great urging and commanding force.
(1) Conquest of Mexico, Bk. I, ch. 3.
The truth is that Sin and Sacrifice represent—if you once allow for
the overwhelming sway of fear—perfectly reasonable views of human
conduct, adopted instinctively by mankind since the earliest times. If in
a moment of danger or an access of selfish greed you deserted your brother
tribesman or took a mean advantage of him, you ‘sinned’ against him; and
naturally you expiated the sin by an equivalent sacrifice of some kind
made to the one you had wronged. Such an idea and such a practice were the
very foundation of social life and human morality, and must have sprung up
as soon as ever, in the course of evolution, man became CAPABLE of
differentiating himself from his fellows and regarding his own conduct as
that of a ‘separate self.’ It was in the very conception of a separate
self that ‘sin’ and disunity first began; and it was by ‘sacrifice’ that
unity and harmony were restored, appeasement and atonement effected.
But in those earliest times, as I have already indicated more than once,
man felt himself intimately related not only to his brother tribesman, but
to the animals and to general Nature. It was not so much that he THOUGHT
thus as that he never thought OTHERWISE! He FELT subconsciously that he
was a part of all this outer world. And so he adopted for his totems or
presiding spirits every possible animal, as we have seen, and all sorts of
nature-phenomena, such as rain and fire and water and clouds, and sun,
moon and stars—which WE consider quite senseless and inanimate.
Towards these apparently senseless things therefore he felt the same
compunction as I have described him feeling towards his brother tribesmen.
He could sin against them too. He could sin against his totem-animal by
eating it; he could sin against his ‘brother the ox’ by consuming its
strength in the labor of the plough; he could sin against the corn by
cutting it down and grinding it into flour, or against the precious and
beautiful pine-tree by laying his axe to its roots and converting it into
mere timber for his house. Further still, no doubt he could sin against
elemental nature. This might be more difficult to be certain of, but when
the signs of elemental displeasure were not to be mistaken—when the
rain withheld itself for months, or the storms and lightning dealt death
and destruction, when the crops failed or evil plagues afflicted mankind—then
there could be little uncertainty that he had sinned; and Fear, which had
haunted him like a demon from the first day when he became conscious of
his separation from his fellows and from Nature, stood over him and urged
to dreadful propitiations.
In all these cases some sacrifice in reparation was the obvious thing. We
have seen that to atone for the cutting-down of the corn a human victim
would often be slaughtered. The corn-spirit clearly approved of this, for
wherever the blood and remains of the victim were strewn the corn always
sprang up more plentifully. The tribe or human group made reparation thus
to the corn; the corn-spirit signified approval. The ‘sin’ was expiated
and harmony restored. Sometimes the sacrifice was voluntarily offered by a
tribesman; sometimes it was enforced, by lot or otherwise; sometimes the
victim was a slave, or a captive enemy; sometimes even an animal. All that
did not so much matter. The main thing was that the formal expiation had
been carried out, and the wrath of the spirits averted.
It is known that tribes whose chief food-animal was the bear felt it
necessary to kill and eat a bear occasionally; but they could not do this
without a sense of guilt, and some fear of vengeance from the great
Bear-spirit. So they ate the slain bear at a communal feast in which the
tribesmen shared the guilt and celebrated their community with their totem
and with each other. And since they could not make any reparation directly
to the slain animal itself AFTER its death, they made their reparation
BEFORE, bringing all sorts of presents and food to it for a long anterior
period, and paying every kind of worship and respect to it. The same with
the bull and the ox. At the festival of the Bouphonia, in some of the
cities of Greece as I have already mentioned, the actual bull sacrificed
was the handsomest and most carefully nurtured that could be obtained; it
was crowned with flowers and led in procession with every mark of
reverence and worship. And when—as I have already pointed out—at
the great Spring festival, instead of a bull or a goat or a ram, a HUMAN
victim was immolated, it was a custom (which can be traced very widely
over the world) to feed and indulge and honor the victim to the last
degree for a WHOLE YEAR before the final ceremony, arraying him often as a
king and placing a crown upon his head, by way of acknowledgment of the
noble and necessary work he was doing for the general good.
What a touching and beautiful ceremony was that—belonging especially
to the North of Syria, and lands where the pine is so beneficent and
beloved a tree—the mourning ceremony of the death and burial of
Attis! when a pine-tree, felled by the axe, was hollowed out, and in the
hollow an image (often itself carved out of pinewood) of the young Attis
was placed. Could any symbolism express more tenderly the idea that the
glorious youth—who represented Spring, too soon slain by the rude
tusk of Winter—was himself the very human soul of the pine-tree? (1)
At some earlier period, no doubt, a real youth had been sacrificed and his
body bound within the pine; but now it was deemed sufficient for the
maidens to sing their wild songs of lamentation; and for the priests and
male enthusiasts to cut and gash themselves with knives, or to sacrifice
(as they did) to the Earth-mother the precious blood offering of their
virile organs—symbols of fertility in return for the promised and
expected renewal of Nature and the crops in the coming Spring. For the
ceremony, as we have already seen, did not end with death and lamentation,
but led on, perfectly naturally, after a day or two to a festival of
resurrection, when it was discovered—just as in the case of Osiris—that
the pine-tree coffin was empty, and the immortal life had flown. How
strange the similarity and parallelism of all these things to the story of
Jesus in the Gospels—the sacrifice of a life made in order to bring
salvation to men and expiation of sins, the crowning of the victim, and
arraying in royal attire, the scourging and the mockery, the binding or
nailing to a tree, the tears of Mary, and the resurrection and the empty
coffin!—or how not at all strange when we consider in what numerous
forms and among how many peoples, this same parable and ritual had as a
matter of fact been celebrated, and how it had ultimately come down to
bring its message of redemption into a somewhat obscure Syrian city, in
the special shape with which we are familiar.
(1) See Julius Firmicus, who says (De Errore, c. 28): “in sacris
Phrygiis, quae Matris deum dicunt, per annos singulos arbor pinea
caeditur, et in media arbore simulacrum uvenis subligatur. In Isiacis
sacris de pinea arbore caeditur truncus; hujus trunci media pars
subtiliter excavatur, illis de segminibus factum idolum Osiridis
sepelitur. In Prosperpinae sacris caesa arbor in effigiem virginis
formaraque componitur, et cum intra civitatem fuerit illata, quadraginta
noctibus piangitur, quadragesima vero nocte comburitur.”
Though the parable or legend in its special Christian form bears with it
the consciousness of the presence of beings whom we may call gods, it is
important to remember that in many or most of its earlier forms, though it
dealt in ‘spirits’—the spirit of the corn, or the spirit of the
Spring, or the spirits of the rain and the thunder, or the spirits of
totem-animals—it had not yet quite risen to the idea of gods. It had
not risen to the conception of eternal deities sitting apart and governing
the world in solemn conclave—as from the slopes of Olympus or the
recesses of the Christian Heaven. It belonged, in fact, in its inception,
to the age of Magic. The creed of Sin and Sacrifice, or of Guilt and
Expiation—whatever we like to call it—was evolved perfectly
naturally out of the human mind when brought face to face with Life and
Nature) at some early stage of its self-consciousness. It was essentially
the result of man’s deep, original and instinctive sense of solidarity
with Nature, now denied and belied and to some degree broken up by the
growth and conscious insistence of the self-regarding impulses. It was the
consciousness of disharmony and disunity, causing men to feel all the more
poignantly the desire and the need of reconciliation. It was a realization
of union made clear by its very loss. It assumed of course, in a
subconscious way as I have already indicated, that the external world was
the HABITAT of a mind or minds similar to man’s own; but THAT being
granted, it is evident that the particular theories current in this or
that place about the nature of the world—the theories, as we should
say, of science or theology—did not alter the general outlines of
the creed; they only colored its details and gave its ritual different
dramatic settings. The mental attitudes, for instance, of Abraham
sacrificing the ram, or of the Siberian angakout slaughtering a
totem-bear, or of a modern and pious Christian contemplating the Saviour
on the Cross are really almost exactly the same. I mention this because in
tracing the origins or the evolution of religions it is important to
distinguish clearly what is essential and universal from that which is
merely local and temporary. Some people, no doubt, would be shocked at the
comparisons just made; but surely it is much more inspiriting and
encouraging to think that whatever progress HAS been made in the religious
outlook of the world has come about through the gradual mental growth and
consent of the peoples, rather than through some unique and miraculous
event of a rather arbitrary and unexplained character—which indeed
might never be repeated, and concerning which it would perhaps be impious
to suggest that it SHOULD be repeated.
The consciousness then of Sin (or of alienation from the life of the
whole), and of restoration or redemption through Sacrifice, seems to have
disclosed itself in the human race in very far-back times, and to have
symbolized itself in some most ancient rituals; and if we are shocked
sometimes at the barbarities which accompanied those rituals, yet we must
allow that these barbarities show how intensely the early people felt the
solemnity and importance of the whole matter; and we must allow too that
the barbarities did sear and burn themselves into rude and ignorant minds
with the sense of the NEED of Sacrifice, and with a result perhaps which
could not have been compassed in any other way.
For after all we see now that sacrifice is of the very essence of social
life. “It is expedient that ONE man should die for the people”; and not
only that one man should actually die, but (what is far more important)
that each man should be ready and WILLING to die in that cause, when the
occasion and the need arises. Taken in its larger meanings and
implications Sacrifice, as conceived in the ancient world, was a perfectly
reasonable thing. It SHOULD pervade modern life more than it does. All we
have or enjoy flows from, or is implicated with, pain and suffering in
others, and—if there is any justice in Nature or Humanity—it
demands an equivalent readiness to suffer on our part. If Christianity has
any real essence, that essence is perhaps expressed in some such ritual or
practice of Sacrifice, and we see that the dim beginnings of this idea
date from the far-back customs of savages coming down from a time anterior
to all recorded history.
VIII.
PAGAN INITIATIONS AND THE SECOND BIRTH
We have suggested in the last chapter how the conceptions of Sin and
Sacrifice coming down to us from an extremely remote past, and embodied
among the various peoples of the world sometimes in crude and bloodthirsty
rites, sometimes in symbols and rituals of a gentler and more gracious
character, descended at last into Christianity and became a part of its
creed and of the creed of the modern world. On the whole perhaps we may
trace a slow amelioration in this process and may flatter ourselves that
the Christian centuries exhibit a more philosophical understanding of what
Sin is, and a more humane conception of what Sacrifice SHOULD be, than the
centuries preceding. But I fear that any very decided statement or
sweeping generalization to that effect would be—to say the least—rash.
Perhaps there IS a very slow amelioration; but the briefest glance at the
history of the Christian churches—the horrible rancours and revenges
of the clergy and the sects against each other in the fourth and fifth
centuries A.D., the heresy-hunting crusades at Beziers and other places
and the massacres of the Albigenses in the twelfth and thirteenth
centuries, the witch-findings and burnings of the sixteenth and
seventeenth, the hideous science-urged and bishop-blessed warfare of the
twentieth—horrors fully as great as any we can charge to the account
of the Aztecs or the Babylonians—must give us pause. Nor must we
forget that if there is by chance a substantial amelioration in our modern
outlook with regard to these matters the same had begun already before the
advent of Christianity and can by no means be ascribed to any miraculous
influence of that religion. Abraham was prompted to slay a ram as a
substitute for his son, long before the Christians were thought of; the
rather savage Artemis of the old Greek rites was (according to Pausanias)
(1) honored by the yearly sacrifice of a perfect boy and girl, but later
it was deemed sufficient to draw a knife across their throats as a symbol,
with the result of spilling only a few drops of their blood, or to flog
the boys (with the same result) upon her altar. Among the Khonds in old
days many victims (meriahs) were sacrificed to the gods, “but in time the
man was replaced by a horse, the horse by a bull, the bull by a ram, the
ram by a kid, the kid by fowls, and the fowls by many flowers.” (2) At one
time, according to the Yajur-Veda, there was a festival at which one
hundred and twenty-five victims, men and women, boys and girls, were
sacrificed; “but reform supervened, and now the victims were bound as
before to the stake, but afterwards amid litanies to the immolated (god)
Narayana, the sacrificing priest brandished a knife and—severed the
bonds of the captives.” (3) At the Athenian festival of the Thargelia, to
which I referred in the last chapter, it appears that the victims, in
later times, instead of being slain, were tossed from a height into the
sea, and after being rescued were then simply banished; while at Leucatas
a similar festival the fall of the victim was graciously broken by tying
feathers and even living birds to his body. (4)
(1) vii. 19, and iii. 8, 16.
(2) Primitive Folk, by Elie Reclus (Contemp. Science Series), p.
330.
(3) Ibid.
(4) Muller’s Dorians Book II, ch. ii, par. 10.
With the lapse of time and the general progress of mankind, we may, I
think, perceive some such slow ameliorations in the matter of the
brutality and superstition of the old religions. How far any later
ameliorations were due to the direct influence of Christianity might be a
difficult question; but what I think we can clearly see—and what
especially interests us here—is that in respect to its main
religious ideas, and the matter underlying them (exclusive of the MANNER
of their treatment, which necessarily has varied among different peoples)
Christianity is of one piece with the earlier pagan creeds and is for the
most part a re-statement and renewed expression of world-wide doctrines
whose first genesis is lost in the haze of the past, beyond all recorded
history.
I have illustrated this view with regard to the doctrine of Sin and
Sacrifice. Let us take two or three other illustrations. Let us take the
doctrine of Re-birth or Regeneration. The first few verses of St. John’s
Gospel are occupied with the subject of salvation through rebirth or
regeneration. “Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of
God.”… “Except a man be born of water and the Spirit, he cannot enter
into the kingdom of God.” Our Baptismal Service begins by saying that
“forasmuch as all men are conceived and born in sin; and that our Saviour
Christ saith, None can enter into the kingdom of God except he be
regenerate and born anew of water and the Holy Ghost”; therefore it is
desirable that this child should be baptized, “received into Christ’s Holy
Church, and be made a lively member of the same.” That, is to say, there
is one birth, after the flesh, but a second birth is necessary, a birth
after the Spirit and into the Church of Christ. Our Confirmation Service
is simply a service repeating and confirming these views, at an age
(fourteen to sixteen or so) when the boy or girl is capable of
understanding what is being done.
But our Baptismal and Confirmation ceremonies combined are clearly the
exact correspondence and parallel of the old pagan ceremonies of
Initiation, which are or have been observed in almost every primitive
tribe over the world. “The rite of the second birth,” says Jane Harrison,
(1) “is widespread, universal, over half the savage world. With the savage
to be twice-born is the rule. By his first birth he comes into the world;
by his second he is born into his tribe. At his first birth he belongs to
his mother and the women-folk; at his second he becomes a full-fledged man
and passes into the society of the warriors of his tribe.”… “These rites
are very various, but they all point to one moral, that the former things
are passed away and that the new-born man has entered upon a new life.
Simplest of all, and most instructive, is the rite practised by the Kikuyu
tribe of British East Africa, who require that every boy, just before
circumcision, must be born again. The mother stands up with the boy
crouching at her feet; she pretends to go through all the labour pains,
and the boy on being reborn cries like a babe and is washed.” (2)
(1) Ancient Art and Ritual, p. 104.
(2) See also Themis, p. 21.
Let us pause for a moment. An Initiate is of course one who “enters in.”
He enters into the Tribe; he enters into the revelation of certain
Mysteries; he becomes an associate of a certain Totem, a certain God; a
member of a new Society, or Church—a church of Mithra, or Dionysus
or Christ. To do any of these things he must be born again; he must die to
the old life; he must pass through ceremonials which symbolize the change.
One of these ceremonials is washing. As the new-born babe is washed, so
must the new-born initiate be washed; and as by primitive man (and not
without reason) BLOOD was considered the most vital and regenerative of
fluids, the very elixir of life, so in earliest times it was common to
wash the initiate with blood. If the initiate had to be born anew, it
would seem reasonable to suppose that he must first die. So, not
unfrequently, he was wounded, or scourged, and baptized with his own
blood, or, in cases, one of the candidates was really killed and his blood
used as a substitute for the blood of the others. No doubt HUMAN sacrifice
attended the earliest initiations. But later it was sufficient to be
half-drowned in the blood of a Bull as in the Mithra cult, (1) or ‘washed
in the blood of the Lamb’ as in the Christian phraseology. Finally, with a
growing sense of decency and aesthetic perception among the various
peoples, washing with pure water came in the initiation-ceremonies to take
the place of blood; and our baptismal service has reduced the ceremony to
a mere sprinkling with water. (2)
(1) See ch. iii.
(2) For the virtue supposed to reside in blood see Westermarck’s
Moral Ideas, Ch. 46.
To continue the quotation from Miss Harrison: “More often the new birth is
stimulated, or imagined, as a death and a resurrection, either of the boys
themselves or of some one else in their presence. Thus at initiation among
some tribes of South-east Australia, when the boys are assembled an old
man dressed in stringy bark-fibre lies down in a grave. He is covered up
lightly with sticks and earth, and the grave is smoothed over. The buried
man holds in his hand a small bush which seems to be growing from the
ground, and other bushes are stuck in the ground round about. The novices
are then brought to the edge of the grave and a song is sung. Gradually,
as the song goes on, the bush held by the buried man begins to quiver. It
moves more and more, and bit by bit the man himself starts up from the
grave.”
Strange in our own Baptismal Service and just before the actual
christening we read these words, “Then shall the Priest say: O merciful
God, grant that old Adam in this child may be so BURIED that the new man
may be raised up in him: grant that all carnal affections may die in him,
and that all things belonging to the Spirit may live and grow in him!” Can
we doubt that the Australian medicine-man, standing at the graveside of
the re-arisen old black-fellow, pointed the same moral to the young
initiates as the priest does to-day to those assembled before him in
church—for indeed we know that among savage tribes initiations have
always been before all things the occasions of moral and social teaching?
Can we doubt that he said, in substance if not in actual words: “As this
man has arisen from the grave, so you must also arise from your old
childish life of amusement and self-gratification and, ENTER INTO the life
of the tribe, the life of the Spirit of the tribe.” “In totemistic
societies,” to quote Miss Harrison again, “and in the animal secret
societies that seem to grow out of them, the novice is born again as THE
SACRED ANIMAL. Thus among the Carrier Indians (1) when a man wants to
become a Lulem or ‘Bear,’ however cold the season he tears off his
clothes, puts on a bear-skin and dashes into the woods, where he will stay
for three or four days. Every night his fellow-villagers will go out in
search parties to find him. They cry out Yi! Kelulem (come on, Bear), and
he answers with angry growls. Usually they fail to find him, but he comes
back at last himself. He is met, and conducted to the ceremonial lodge,
and there in company with the rest of the Bears dances solemnly his first
appearance. Disappearance and reappearance is as common a rite in
initiation as stimulated killing and resurrection, and has the same
object. Both are rites of transition, of passing from one to another.” In
the Christian ceremonies the boy or girl puts away childish things and
puts on the new man, but instead of putting on a bear-skin he puts on
Christ. There is not so much difference as may appear on the surface. To
be identified with your Totem is to be identified with the sacred being
who watches over your tribe, who has given his life for your tribe; it is
to be born again, to be washed not only with water but with the Holy
Spirit of all your fellows. To be baptized into Christ ought to mean to be
regenerated in the Holy Spirit of all humanity; and no doubt in cases it
does mean this, but too often unfortunately it has only amounted to a
pretence of religious sanction given to the meanest and bitterest quarrels
of the Churches and the States.
(1) Golden Bough, Section 2, III, p. 438.
This idea of a New Birth at initiation explains the prevalent pagan custom
of subjecting the initiates to serious ordeals, often painful and even
dangerous. If one is to be born again, obviously one must be ready to face
death; the one thing cannot be without the other. One must be able to
endure pain, like the Red Indian braves; to go long periods fasting and
without food or drink, like the choupan among the Western Inoits—who,
wanders for whole nights over the ice-fields under the moon, scantily
clothed and braving the intense cold; to overcome the very fear of death
and danger, like the Australian novices who, at first terrified by the
sound of the bull-roarer and threats of fire and the knife, learn finally
to cast their fears away. (1) By so doing one puts off the old childish
things, and qualifies oneself by firmness and courage to become a worthy
member of the society into which one is called. (2) The rules of social
life are taught—the duty to one’s tribe, and to oneself,
truth-speaking, defence of women and children, the care of cattle, the
meaning of sex and marriage, and even the mysteries of such religious
ideas and rudimentary science as the tribe possesses. And by so doing one
really enters into a new life. Things of the spiritual world begin to
dawn. Julius Firmicus, in describing the mysteries of the resurrection of
Osiris, (3) says that when the worshipers had satiated themselves with
lamentations over the death of the god then the priest would go round
anointing them with oil and whispering, “Be of good cheer, O Neophytes of
the new-arisen God, for to us too from our pains shall come salvation.”
(4)
(1) According to accounts of the Wiradthuri tribe of Western
Australia, in their initiations, the lads were frightened by a large
fire being lighted near them, and hearing the awful sound of the
bull-roarers, while they were told that Dhuramoolan was about to burn
them; the legend being that Dhuramoolan, a powerful being, whose voice
sounded like thunder, would take the boys into the bush and instruct
them in all the laws, traditions and customs of the community. So he
pretended that he always killed the boys, cut them up, and burnt them to
ashes, after which he moulded the ashes into human shape, and restored
them to life as new beings. (See R. H. Matthews, “The Wiradthuri
tribes,” Journal Anthrop. Inst., vol. xxv, 1896, pp. 297 sq.)
(2) See Catlin’s North-American Indians, vol. i, for initiations
and ordeals among the Mandans.
(3) De Errore, c. 22.
(4) [gr Qarreite, mustai ton qeou seswsmenou,]
[gr Estai gar hmin ek ponwn swthria.]
It would seem that at some very early time in the history of tribal and
priestly initiations an attempt was made to impress upon the neophytes the
existence and over-shadowing presence of spiritual and ghostly beings.
Perhaps the pains endured in the various ordeals, the long fastings, the
silences in the depth of the forests or on the mountains or among the
ice-floes, helped to rouse the visionary faculty. The developments of this
faculty among the black and colored peoples—East-Indian, Burmese,
African, American-Indian, etc.—are well known. Miss Alice Fletcher,
who lived among the Omaha Indians for thirty years, gives a most
interesting account (1) of the general philosophy of that people and their
rites of initiation. “The Omahas regard all animate and inanimate forms,
all phenomena, as pervaded by a common life, which was continuous with and
similar to the will-power they were conscious of in themselves. This
mysterious power in all things they called Wakonda, and through it all
things were related to man and to each other. In the idea of the
continuity of life a relation was maintained between the seen and the
unseen, the dead and the living, and also between the fragment of anything
and its entirety.” (2) Thus an Omaha novice might at any time seek to
obtain Wakonda by what was called THE RITE OF THE VISION. He would go out
alone, fast, chant incantations, and finally fall into a trance (much
resembling what in modern times has been called COSMIC CONSCIOUSNESS) in
which he would perceive the inner relations of all things and the
solidarity of the least object with the rest of the universe.
(1) Summarized in Themis, pp. 68-71.
(2) A. C. Fletcher, The Significance of the Scalp-lock, Journal
of Anthropological Studies, xxvii (1897-8), p. 436.
Another rite in connection with initiation, and common all over the pagan
world—in Greece, America, Africa, Australia, New Mexico, etc.—was
the daubing of the novice all over with clay or chalk or even dung, and
then after a while removing the same. (1) The novice must have looked a
sufficiently ugly and uncomfortable object in this state; but later, when
he was thoroughly WASHED, the ceremony must have afforded a thrilling
illustration of the idea of a new birth, and one which would dwell in the
minds of the spectators. When the daubing was done as not infrequently
happened with white clay or gypsum, and the ritual took place at night, it
can easily be imagined that the figures of young men and boys moving about
in the darkness would lend support to the idea that they were spirits
belonging to some intermediate world—who had already passed through
death and were now waiting for their second birth on earth (or into the
tribe) which would be signalized by their thorough and ceremonial washing.
It will be remembered that Herodotus (viii) gives a circumstantial account
of how the Phocians in a battle with the Thessalians smeared six hundred
of their bravest warriors with white clay so that, looking like
supernatural beings, and falling upon the Thessalians by night, they
terrified the latter and put them to instant flight.
(1) See A. Lang’s Myth, Ritual and Religion, i, 274 sq.
Such then—though only very scantily described—were some of the
rites of Initiation and Second Birth celebrated in the old Pagan world.
The subject is far too large for adequate treatment within the present
limits; but even so we cannot but be struck by the appropriateness in many
cases of the teaching thus given to the young, the concreteness of the
illustrations, the effectiveness of the symbols used, the dramatic
character of the rites, the strong enforcement of lessons on the nature
and duties of the life into which the candidates were about to enter.
Christianity followed on, and inherited these traditions, but one feels
that in its ceremonies of Baptism and Confirmation, which of course
correspond to the Pagan Initiations, it falls short of the latter. Its
ceremonies (certainly as we have them to-day in Protestant countries) are
of a very milk-and-watery character; all allusion to and teaching on the
immensely important subject of Sex is omitted, the details of social and
industrial morality are passed by, and instruction is limited to a few
rather commonplace lessons in general morality and religion.
It may be appropriate here, before leaving the subject of the Second
Birth, to inquire how it has come about that this doctrine—so remote
and metaphysical as it might appear—has been taken up and embodied
in their creeds and rituals by quite PRIMITIVE people all over the world,
to such a degree indeed that it has ultimately been adopted and built into
the foundations of the latter and more intellectual religions, like
Hinduism, Mithraism, and the Egyptian and Christian cults. I think the
answer to this question must be found in the now-familiar fact that the
earliest peoples felt themselves so much a part of Nature and the animal
and vegetable world around them that (whenever they thought about these
matters at all) they never for a moment doubted that the things which were
happening all round them in the external world were also happening within
themselves. They saw the Sun, overclouded and nigh to death in winter,
come to its birth again each year; they saw the Vegetation shoot forth
anew in spring—the revival of the spirit of the Earth; the endless
breeding of the Animals, the strange transformations of Worms and Insects;
the obviously new life taken on by boys and girls at puberty; the same at
a later age when the novice was transformed into the medicine-man—the
choupan into the angakok among the Esquimaux, the Dacotah youth into the
wakan among the Red Indians; and they felt in their sub-conscious way the
same everlasting forces of rebirth and transformation working within
themselves. In some of the Greek Mysteries the newly admitted Initiates
were fed for some time after on milk only “as though we were being born
again.” (See Sallustius, quoted by Gilbert Murray.) When sub-conscious
knowledge began to glimmer into direct consciousness one of the first
aspects (and no doubt one of the truest) under which people saw life was
just thus: as a series of rebirths and transformations. (1) The most
modern science, I need hardly say, in biology as well as in chemistry and
the field of inorganic Nature, supports that view. The savage in earliest
times FELT the truth of some things which we to-day are only beginning
intellectually to perceive and analyze.
(1) The fervent and widespread belief in animal metamorphoses
among early peoples is well known.
Christianity adopted and absorbed—as it was bound to do—this
world-wide doctrine of the second birth. Passing over its physiological
and biological applications, it gave to it a fine spiritual significance—or
rather it insisted especially on its spiritual significance, which (as we
have seen) had been widely recognized before. Only—as I suppose must
happen with all local religions—it narrowed the application and
outlook of the doctrine down to a special case—“As in Adam all die,
so in CHRIST shall all be made alive.” The Universal Spirit which can give
rebirth and salvation to EVERY child of man to whom it comes, was offered
only under a very special form—that of Jesus Christ. (1) In this
respect it was no better than the religions which preceded it. In some
respects—that is, where it was especially fanatical, blinkered, and
hostile to other sects—it was WORSE. But to those who perceive that
the Great Spirit may bring new birth and salvation to some under the form
of Osiris, equally well as to others under the form of Jesus, or again to
some under the form of a Siberian totem-Bear equally as to others under
the form of Osiris, these questionings and narrowings fall away as of no
importance. We in this latter day can see the main thing, namely that
Christianity was and is just one phase of a world-old religion, slowly
perhaps expanding its scope, but whose chief attitudes and orientations
have been the same through the centuries.
(1) The same happened with regard to another great Pagan doctrine
(to which I have just alluded), the doctrine of transformations and
metamorphoses; and whereas the pagans believed in these things, as the
common and possible heritage of EVERY man, the Christians only allowed
themselves to entertain the idea in the special and unique instance of
the Transfiguration of Christ.
Many other illustrations might be taken of the truth of this view, but I
will confine myself to two or three more. There is the instance of the
Eucharist and its exceedingly widespread celebration (under very various
forms) among the pagans all over the world—as well as among
Christians. I have already said enough on this subject, and need not delay
over it. By partaking of the sacramental meal, even in its wildest and
crudest shapes, as in the mysteries of Dionysus, one was identified with
and united to the god; in its milder and more spiritual aspects as in the
Mithraic, Egyptian, Hindu and Christian cults, one passed behind the veil
of maya and this ever-changing world, and entered into the region of
divine peace and power. (1)
(1) Baring Gould in his Orig. Relig. Belief, I. 401,
says:—“Among the ancient Hindus Soma was a chief deity; he is called
the Giver of Life and Health…. He became incarnate among men, was
taken by them and slain, and brayed in a mortar (a god of corn and wine
apparently). But he rose in flame to heaven to be ‘the Benefactor of the
World’ and the ‘Mediator between God and Man!’ Through communion with
him in his sacrifice, man (who partook of this god) has an assurance of
immortality, for by that sacrament he obtains union with his divinity.”
Or again the doctrine of the Saviour. That also is one on which I need not
add much to what has been said already. The number of pagan deities
(mostly virgin-born and done to death in some way or other in their
efforts to save mankind) is so great (1) as to be difficult to keep
account of. The god Krishna in India, the god Indra in Nepaul and Thibet,
spilt their blood for the salvation of men; Buddha said, according to Max
Muller, (2) “Let all the sins that were in the world fall on me, that the
world may be delivered”; the Chinese Tien, the Holy One—“one with
God and existing with him from all eternity”—died to save the world;
the Egyptian Osiris was called Saviour, so was Horus; so was the Persian
Mithras; so was the Greek Hercules who overcame Death though his body was
consumed in the burning garment of mortality, out of which he rose into
heaven. So also was the Phrygian Attis called Saviour, and the Syrian
Tammuz or Adonis likewise—both of whom, as we have seen, were nailed
or tied to a tree, and afterwards rose again from their biers, or coffins.
Prometheus, the greatest and earliest benefactor of the human race, was
NAILED BY THE HANDS and feet, and with arms extended, to the rocks of
Mount Caucasus. Bacchus or Dionysus, born of the virgin Semele to be the
Liberator of mankind (Dionysus Eleutherios as he was called), was torn to
pieces, not unlike Osiris. Even in far Mexico Quetzalcoatl, the Saviour,
was born of a virgin, was tempted, and fasted forty days, was done to
death, and his second coming looked for so eagerly that (as is well known)
when Cortes appeared, the Mexicans, poor things, greeted HIM as the
returning god! (3) In Peru and among the American Indians, North and South
of the Equator, similar legends are, or were, to be found.
(1) See for a considerable list Doane’s Bible Myths, ch. xx.
(2) Hist. Sanskrit Literature, p. 80.
(3) See Kingsborough, Mexican Antiquities, vol. vi.
Briefly sketched as all this is, it is enough to prove quite abundantly
that the doctrine of the Saviour is world-wide and world-old, and that
Christianity merely appropriated the same and (as the other cults did)
gave it a special color. Probably the wide range of this doctrine would
have been far better and more generally known, had not the Christian
Church, all through, made the greatest of efforts and taken the greatest
precautions to extinguish and snuff out all evidence of pagan claims on
the subject. There is much to show that the early Church took this line
with regard to pre-Christian saviours; (1) and in later times the same
policy is remarkably illustrated by the treatment in the sixteenth century
of the writings of Sahagun the Spanish missionary—to whose work I
have already referred. Sahagun was a wonderfully broad-minded and fine man
who, while he did not conceal the barbarities of the Aztec religion, was
truthful enough to point out redeeming traits in the manners and customs
of the people and some resemblances to Christian doctrine and practice.
This infuriated the bigoted Catholics of the newly formed Mexican Church.
They purloined the manuscripts of Sahagun’s Historia and scattered and hid
them about the country, and it was only after infinite labor and an appeal
to the Spanish Court that he got them together again. Finally, at the age
of eighty, having translated them into Spanish (from the original Mexican)
he sent them in two big volumes home to Spain for safety; but there almost
immediately THEY DISAPPEARED, and could not be found! It was only after
TWO CENTURIES that they ultimately turned up (1790) in a Convent at Tolosa
in Navarre. Lord Kingsborough published them in England in 1830.
(1) See Tertullian’s Apologia, c. 16; Ad Nationes, c. xii.
I have thus dwelt upon several of the main doctrines of Christianity—namely,
those of Sin and Sacrifice, the Eucharist, the Saviour, the Second Birth,
and Transfiguration—as showing that they are by no means unique in
our religion, but were common to nearly all the religions of the ancient
world. The list might be much further extended, but there is no need to
delay over a subject which is now very generally understood. I will,
however, devote a page or two to one instance, which I think is very
remarkable, and full of deep suggestion.
There is no doctrine in Christianity which is more reverenced by the
adherents of that religion, or held in higher estimation, than that God
sacrificed his only Son for the salvation of the world; also that since
the Son was not only of like nature but of the SAME nature with the
Father, and equal to him as being the second Person of the Divine Trinity,
the sacrifice amounted to an immolation of Himself for the good of
mankind. The doctrine is so mystical, so remote, and in a sense so absurd
and impossible, that it has been a favorite mark through the centuries for
the ridicule of the scoffers and enemies of the Church; and here, it might
easily be thought, is a belief which—whether it be considered
glorious or whether contemptible—is at any rate unique, and peculiar
to that Church.
And yet the extraordinary fact is that a similar belief ranges all through
the ancient religions, and can be traced back to the earliest times. The
word host which is used in the Catholic Mass for the bread and wine on the
Altar, supposed to be the transubstantiated body and blood of Christ, is
from the Latin Hostia which the dictionary interprets as “an animal slain
in sacrifice, a sin-offering.” It takes us far far back to the Totem stage
of folk-life, when the tribe, as I have already explained, crowned a
victim-bull or bear or other animal with flowers, and honoring it with
every offering of food and worship, sacrificed the victim to the Totem
spirit of the tribe, and consumed it in an Eucharistic feast—the
medicine-man or priest who conducted the ritual wearing a skin of the same
beast as a sign that he represented the Totem-divinity, taking part in the
sacrifice of ‘himself to himself.’ It reminds us of the Khonds of Bengal
sacrificing their meriahs crowned and decorated as gods and goddesses; of
the Aztecs doing the same; of Quetzalcoatl pricking his elbows and fingers
so as to draw blood, which he offered on his own altar; or of Odin hanging
by his own desire upon a tree. “I know I was hanged upon a tree shaken by
the winds for nine long nights. I was transfixed by a spear; I was moved
to Odin, myself to myself.” And so on. The instances are endless. “I am
the oblation,” says the Lord Krishna in the Bhagavad Gita, (1) “I am the
sacrifice, I the ancestral offering.” “In the truly orthodox conception of
sacrifice,” says Elie Reclus, (2) “the consecrated offering, be it man,
woman or virgin, lamb or heifer, cock or dove, represents THE DEITY
HIMSELF…. Brahma is the ‘imperishable sacrifice’; Indra, Soma, Hari and
the other gods, became incarnate in animals to the sole end that they
might be immolated. Perusha, the Universal Being, caused himself to be
slain by the Immortals, and from his substance were born the birds of the
air, wild and domestic animals, the offerings of butter and curds. The
world, declared the Rishis, is a series of sacrifices disclosing other
sacrifices. To stop them would be to suspend the life of Nature. The god
Siva, to whom the Tipperahs of Bengal are supposed to have sacrificed as
many as a thousand human victims a year, said to the Brahamins: ‘It is I
that am the actual offering; it is I that you butcher upon my altars.’”
(1) Ch. ix, v. 16.
(2) Primitive Folk, ch. vi.
It was in allusion to this doctrine that R. W. Emerson, paraphrasing the
Katha-Upanishad, wrote that immortal verse of his:—
If the red slayer thinks he slays,
Or the slain thinks he is slain,
They know not well the subtle ways
I take, and pass, and turn again.
I say it is an astonishing thing to think and realize that this profound
and mystic doctrine of the eternal sacrifice of Himself, ordained by the
Great Spirit for the creation and salvation of the world—a doctrine
which has attracted and fascinated many of the great thinkers and nobler
minds of Europe, which has also inspired the religious teachings of the
Indian sages and to a less philosophical degree the writings of the
Christian Saints—should have been seized in its general outline and
essence by rude and primitive people before the dawn of history, and
embodied in their rites and ceremonials. What is the explanation of this
fact?
It is very puzzling. The whole subject is puzzling. The world-wide
adoption of similar creeds and rituals (and, we may add, legends and fairy
tales) among early peoples, and in far-sundered places and times is so
remarkable that it has given the students of these subjects ‘furiously to
think’ (1)—yet for the most part without great success in the way of
finding a solution. The supposition that (1) the creed, rite or legend in
question has sprung up, so to speak, accidentally, in one place, and then
has travelled (owing to some inherent plausibility) over the rest of the
world, is of course one that commends itself readily at first; but on
closer examination the practical difficulties it presents are certainly
very great. These include the migrations of customs and myths in quite
early ages of the earth across trackless oceans and continents, and
between races and peoples absolutely incapable of understanding each
other. And if to avoid these difficulties it is assumed that the present
human race all proceeds from one original stock which radiating from one
centre—say in South-Eastern Asia (2)—overspread the world,
carrying its rites and customs with it, why, then we are compelled to face
the difficulty of supposing this radiation to have taken place at an
enormous time ago (the continents being then all more or less conjoined)
and at a period when it is doubtful if any religious rites and customs at
all existed; not to mention the further difficulty of supposing all the
four or five hundred languages now existing to be descended from one
common source. The far tradition of the Island of Atlantis seems to afford
a possible explanation of the community of rites and customs between the
Old and New World, and this without assuming in any way that Atlantis (if
it existed) was the original and SOLE cradle of the human race. (3) Anyhow
it is clear that these origins of human culture must be of extreme
antiquity, and that it would not be wise to be put off the track of the
investigation of a possible common source merely by that fact of
antiquity.
(1) See A. Lang’s Myth, Ritual and Religion, vol. ii.
(2) See Hastings, Encycl. Religion and Ethics, art. “Ethnology.”
(3) E. J. Payne, History of the New World called America (vol. i,
p. 93) says: “It is certain that Europe and America once formed a single
continent,” but inroads of the sea “left a vast island or peninsula
stretching from Iceland to the Azores—which gradually disappeared.”
Also he speaks (i. 93) of the “Miocene Bridge” between Siberia and the
New World.
A second supposition, however, is (2) that the natural psychological
evolution of the human mind has in the various times and climes led folk
of the most diverse surroundings and heredity—and perhaps even
sprung from separate anthropoid stocks—to develop their social and
religious ideas along the same general lines—and that even to the
extent of exhibiting at times a remarkable similarity in minute details.
This is a theory which commends itself greatly to a deeper and more
philosophical consideration; but it brings us up point-blank against
another most difficult question (which we have already raised), namely,
how to account for extremely rude and primitive peoples in the far past,
and on the very borderland of the animal life, having been SUSCEPTIBLE to
the germs of great religious ideas (such as we have mentioned) and having
been instinctively—though not of course by any process of conscious
reasoning—moved to express them in symbols and rites and
ceremonials, and (later no doubt) in myths and legends, which satisfied
their FEELINGS and sense of fitness—though they may not have known
WHY—and afterwards were capable of being taken up and embodied in
the great philosophical religions.
This difficulty almost compels us to a view of human knowledge which has
found supporters among some able thinkers—the view, namely, that a
vast store of knowledge is already contained in the subconscious mind of
man (and the animals) and only needs the provocation of outer experience
to bring it to the surface; and that in the second stage of human
psychology this process of crude and piecemeal externalization is taking
place, in preparation for the final or third stage in which the knowledge
will be re-absorbed and become direct and intuitional on a high and
harmonious plane—something like the present intuition of the animals
as we perceive it on the animal plane. However this general subject is one
on which I shall touch again, and I do not propose to dwell on it at any
length now.
There is a third alternative theory (3)—a combination of (1) and (2)—namely,
that if one accepts (2) and the idea that at any given stage of human
development there is a PREDISPOSITION to certain symbols and rites
belonging to that stage, then it is much more easy to accept theory (1) as
an important factor in the spread of such symbols and rites; for clearly,
then, the smallest germ of a custom or practice, transported from one
country or people to another at the right time, would be sufficient to
wake the development or growth in question and stimulate it into activity.
It will be seen, therefore, that the important point towards the solution
of this whole puzzling question is the discussion, of theory (2)—and
to this theory, as illustrated by the world-wide myth of the Golden Age, I
will now turn.
IX.
MYTH OF THE GOLDEN AGE
The tradition of a “Golden Age” is widespread over the world, and it is
not necessary to go at any length into the story of the Garden of Eden and
the other legends which in almost every country illustrate this tradition.
Without indulging in sentiment on the subject we may hold it not unlikely
that the tradition is justified by the remembrance, among the people of
every race, of a pre-civilization period of comparative harmony and
happiness when two things, which to-day we perceive to be the prolific
causes of discord and misery, were absent or only weakly developed—namely,
PROPERTY and SELF-CONSCIOUSNESS. (1)
(1) For a fuller working out of this, see Civilisation: its Cause
and Cure, by E. Carpenter, ch. i.
During the first century B.C. there was a great spread of Messianic Ideas
over the Roman world, and Virgil’s 4th Eclogue, commonly called the
Messianic Eclogue, reflects very clearly this state of the public mind.
The expected babe in the poem was to be the son of Octavian (Augustus) the
first Roman emperor, and a messianic halo surrounded it in Virgil’s verse.
Unfortunately it turned out to be a GIRL! However there is little doubt
that Virgil did—in that very sad age of the world, an age of “misery
and massacre,” and in common with thousands of others—look for the
coming of a great ‘redeemer.’ It was only a few years earlier—about
B.C. 70—that the great revolt of the shamefully maltreated Roman
slaves occurred, and that in revenge six thousand prisoners from
Spartacus’ army were nailed on crosses all the way from Rome to Capua (150
miles). But long before this Hesiod had recorded a past Golden Age when
life had been gracious in communal fraternity and joyful in peace, when
human beings and animals spoke the same language, when death had followed
on sleep, without old age or disease, and after death men had moved as
good daimones or genii over the lands. Pindar, three hundred years after
Hesiod, had confirmed the existence of the Islands of the Blest, where the
good led a blameless, tearless, life. Plato the same, (1) with further
references to the fabled island of Atlantis; the Egyptians believed in a
former golden age under the god R[a^] to which they looked back with
regret and envy; the Persians had a garden of Eden similar to that of the
Hebrews; the Greeks a garden of the Hesperides, in which dwelt the serpent
whose head was ultimately crushed beneath the heel of Hercules; and so on.
The references to a supposed far-back state of peace and happiness are
indeed numerous.
(1) See arts. by Margaret Scholes, Socialist Review, Nov. and
Dec. 1912.
So much so that latterly, and partly to explain their prevalence, a theory
has been advanced which may be worth while mentioning. It is called the
“Theory of intra-uterine Blessedness,” and, remote as it may at first
appear, it certainly has some claim for attention. The theory is that in
the minds of mature people there still remain certain vague memories of
their pre-natal days in the maternal womb—memories of a life which,
though full of growing vigor and vitality, was yet at that time one of
absolute harmony with the surroundings, and of perfect peace and
contentment, spent within the body of the mother—the embryo indeed
standing in the same relation to the mother as St. Paul says WE stand to
God, “IN whom we live and move and have our being”; and that these vague
memories of the intra-uterine life in the individual are referred back by
the mature mind to a past age in the life of the RACE. Though it would not
be easy at present to positively confirm this theory, yet one may say that
it is neither improbable nor unworthy of consideration; also that it bears
a certain likeness to the former ones about the Eden-gardens, etc. The
well-known parallelism of the Individual history with the Race-history,
the “recapitulation” by the embryo of the development of the race, does in
fact afford an additional argument for its favorable reception.
These considerations, and what we have said so often in the foregoing
chapters about the unity of the Animals (and Early Man) with Nature, and
their instinctive and age-long adjustment to the conditions of the world
around them, bring us up hard and fast against the following conclusions,
which I think we shall find difficult to avoid.
We all recognize the extraordinary grace and beauty, in their different
ways, of the (wild) animals; and not only their beauty but the extreme
fitness of their actions and habits to their surroundings—their
subtle and penetrating Intelligence in fact. Only we do not generally use
the word “Intelligence.” We use another word (Instinct)—and rightly
perhaps, because their actions are plainly not the result of definite
self-conscious reasoning, such as we use, carried out by each individual;
but are (as has been abundantly proved by Samuel Butler and others) the
systematic expression of experiences gathered up and sorted out and handed
down from generation to generation in the bosom of the race—an
Intelligence in fact, or Insight, of larger subtler scope than the other,
and belonging to the tribal or racial Being rather than to the isolated
individual—a super-consciousness in fact, ramifying afar in space
and time.
But if we allow (as we must) this unity and perfection of nature, and this
somewhat cosmic character of the mind, to exist among the Animals, we can
hardly refuse to believe that there must have been a period when Man, too,
hardly as yet differentiated from them, did himself possess these same
qualities—perhaps even in greater degree than the animals—of
grace and beauty of body, perfection of movement and action, instinctive
perception and knowledge (of course in limited spheres); and a period when
he possessed above all a sense of unity with his fellows and with
surrounding Nature which became the ground of a common consciousness
between himself and his tribe, similar to that which Maeterlinck, in the
case of the Bees, calls the Spirit of the Hive. (1) It would be difficult,
nay impossible, to suppose that human beings on their first appearance
formed an entire exception in the process of evolution, or that they were
completely lacking in the very graces and faculties which we so admire in
the animals—only of course we see that (LIKE the animals) they would
not be SELF-conscious in these matters, and what perception they had of
their relations to each other or to the world around them would be largely
inarticulate and SUB-conscious—though none the less real for that.
(1) See The Life of the Bee by Maurice Maeterlinck; and for
numerous similar cases among other animals, P. Kropotkin’s Mutual Aid: a
factor in Evolution.
Let us then grant this preliminary assumption—and it clearly is not
a large or hazardous one—and what follows? It follows—since
to-day discord is the rule, and Man has certainly lost the grace, both
physical and mental, of the animals—that at some period a break must
have occurred in the evolution-process, a discontinuity—similar
perhaps to that which occurs in the life of a child at the moment when it
is born into the world. Humanity took a new departure; but a departure
which for the moment was signalized as a LOSS—the loss of its former
harmony and self-adjustment. And the cause or accompaniment of this change
was the growth of Self-consciousness. Into the general consciousness of
the tribe (in relation to its environment) which in fact had constituted
the mentality of the animals and of man up to this stage, there now was
intruded another kind of consciousness, a consciousness centering round
each little individual self and concerned almost entirely with the
interests of the latter. Here was evidently a threat to the continuance of
the former happy conditions. It was like the appearance of innumerable
little ulcers in a human body—a menace which if continued would
inevitably lead to the break-up of the body. It meant loss of tribal
harmony and nature-adjustment. It meant instead of unity a myriad
conflicting centres; it meant alienation from the spirit of the tribe, the
separation of man from man, discord, recrimination, and the fatal
unfolding of the sense of sin. The process symbolized itself in the legend
of the Fall. Man ate of the Tree of the knowledge of good and evil.
Sometimes people wonder why knowledge of any kind—and especially the
knowledge of good and evil—should have brought a curse. But the
reason is obvious. Into, the placid and harmonious life of the animal and
human tribes fulfilling their days in obedience to the slow evolutions and
age-long mandates of nature, Self-consciousness broke with its
inconvenient and impossible query: “How do these arrangements suit ME? Are
they good for me, are they evil for me? I want to know. I WILL KNOW!”
Evidently knowledge (such knowledge as we understand by the word) only
began, and could only begin, by queries relating to the little local self.
There was no other way for it to begin. Knowledge and self-consciousness
were born, as twins, together. Knowledge therefore meant Sin (1); for
self-consciousness meant sin (and it means sin to-day). Sin is Separation.
That is probably (though disputed) the etymology of the word—that
which sunders. (2) The essence of sin is one’s separation from the whole
(the tribe or the god) of which one is a part. And knowledge—which
separates subject from object, and in its inception is necessarily
occupied with the ‘good and evil’ of the little local self, is the great
engine of this separation. (Mark! I say nothing AGAINST this association
of Self-consciousness with ‘Sin’ (so-called) and ‘Knowledge’ (so-called).
The growth of all three together is an absolutely necessary part of human
evolution, and to rail against it would be absurd. But we may as well open
our eyes and see the fact straight instead of blinking it.) The
culmination of the process and the fulfilment of the ‘curse’ we may watch
to-day in the towering expansion of the self-conscious individualized
Intellect—science as the handmaid of human Greed devastating the
habitable world and destroying its unworthy civilization. And the process
must go on—necessarily must go on—until Self-consciousness,
ceasing its vain quest (vain in both senses) for the separate domination
of life, surrenders itself back again into the arms of the
Mother-consciousness from which it originally sprang—surrenders
itself back, not to be merged in nonentity, but to be affiliated in loving
dependence on and harmony with the cosmic life.
(1) Compare also other myths, like Cupid and Psyche, Lohengrin
etc., in which a fatal curiosity leads to tragedy.
(2) German Sunde, sin, and sonder, separated; Dutch zonde, sin;
Latin sons, guilty. Not unlikely that the German root Suhn, expiation,
is connected; Suhn-bock, a scape-goat.
All this I have dealt with in far more detail in Civilization: its Cause
and Cure, and in The Art of Creation; but I have only repeated the outline
of it as above, because some such outline is necessary for the proper
ordering and understanding of the points which follow.
We are not concerned now with the ultimate effects of the ‘Fall’ of Man or
with the present-day fulfilment of the Eden-curse. What we want to
understand is how the ‘Fall’ into self-consciousness led to that great
panorama of Ritual and Religion which we have very briefly described and
summarized in the preceding chapters of this book. We want for the present
to fix our attention on the COMMENCEMENT of that process by which man
lapsed away from his living community with Nature and his fellows into the
desert of discord and toil, while the angels of the flaming sword closed
the gates of Paradise behind him.
It is evident I think that in that ‘golden’ stage when man was simply the
crown and perfection of the animals—and it is hardly possible to
refuse the belief in such a stage—he possessed in reality all the
essentials of Religion. (1) It is not necessary to sentimentalize over
him; he was probably raw and crude in his lusts of hunger and of sex; he
was certainly ignorant and superstitious; he loved fighting with and
persecuting ‘enemies’ (which things of course all religions to-day—except
perhaps the Buddhist—love to do); he was dominated often by
unreasoning Fear, and was consequently cruel. Yet he was full of that
Faith which the animals have to such an admirable degree—unhesitating
faith in the inner promptings of his OWN nature; he had the joy which
comes of abounding vitality, springing up like a fountain whose outlet is
free and unhindered; he rejoiced in an untroubled and unbroken sense of
unity with his Tribe, and in elaborate social and friendly institutions
within its borders; he had a marvelous sense-acuteness towards Nature and
a gift in that direction verging towards “second-sight”; strengthened by a
conviction—which had never become CONSCIOUS because it had never
been QUESTIONED—of his own personal relation to the things outside
him, the Earth, the Sky, the Vegetation, the Animals. Of such a Man we get
glimpses in the far past—though indeed only glimpses, for the simple
reason that all our knowledge of him comes through civilized channels; and
wherever civilization has touched these early peoples it has already
withered and corrupted them, even before it has had the sense to properly
observe them. It is sufficient, however, just to mention peoples like some
of the early Pacific Islanders, the Zulus and Kafirs of South Africa, the
Fans of the Congo Region (of whom Winwood Reade (2) speaks so highly),
some of the Malaysian and Himalayan tribes, the primitive Chinese, and
even the evidence with regard to the neolithic peoples of Europe, (3) in
order to show what I mean.
(1) See S. Reinach, Cults, Myths, etc., introduction: “The
primitive life of humanity, in so far as it is not purely animal, is
religious. Religion is the parent stem which has thrown off, one by one,
art, agriculture, law, morality, politics, etc.”
(2) Savage Africa, ch. xxxvii.
(3) See Kropotkin’s Mutual Aid, ch. iii.
Perhaps one of the best ideas of the gulf of difference between the
semi-civilized and the quite primal man is given by A. R. Wallace in his
Life (Vol. i, p. 288): “A most unexpected sensation of surprise and
delight was my first meeting and living with man in a state of nature with
absolute uncontaminated savages! This was on the Uaupes river…. They
were all going about their own work or pleasure, which had nothing to do
with the white men or their ways; they walked with the free step of the
independent forest-dweller… original and self-sustaining as the wild
animals of the forests, absolutely independent of civilization… living
their own lives in their own way, as they had done for countless
generations before America was discovered. Indeed the true denizen of the
Amazonian forests, like the forest itself, is unique and not to be
forgotten.” Elsewhere (3) Wallace speaks of the quiet, good-natured,
inoffensive character of these copper-colored peoples, and of their
quickness of hand and skill, and continues: “their figures are generally
superb; and I have never felt so much pleasure in gazing at the finest
statue as at these living illustrations of the beauty of the human form.”
(3) Travels on the Amazon (1853), ch. xvii.
Though some of the peoples just mentioned may be said to belong to
different grades or stages of human evolution and physically some no doubt
were far superior to others, yet they mostly exhibit this simple grace of
the bodily and mental organism, as well as that closeness of tribal
solidarity of which I have spoken. The immense antiquity, of the clan
organization, as shown by investigations into early marriage, points to
the latter conclusion. Travellers among Bushmen, Hottentots, Fuegians,
Esquimaux, Papuans and other peoples—peoples who have been pushed
aside into unfavorable areas by the invasion of more warlike and
better-equipped races, and who have suffered physically in consequence—confirm
this. Kropotkin, speaking of the Hottentots, quotes the German author P.
Kolben who travelled among them in 1275 or so. “He knew the Hottentots
well and did not pass by their defects in silence, but could not praise
their tribal morality highly enough. Their word is sacred, he wrote, they
know nothing of the corruption and faithless arts of Europe. They live in
great tranquillity and are seldom at war with their neighbors, and are all
kindness and goodwill to one another.” (1) Kropotkin further says: “Let me
remark that when Kolben says ‘they are certainly the most friendly, the
most liberal and the most benevolent people to one another that ever
appeared on the earth’ he wrote a sentence which has continually appeared
since in the description of savages. When first meeting with primitive
races, the Europeans usually make a caricature of their life; but when an
intelligent man has stayed among them for a longer time he generally
describes them as the ‘kindest’ or the ‘gentlest’ race on the earth. These
very same words have been applied to the Ostyaks, the Samoyedes, the
Eskimos, the Dyaks, the Aleuts, the Papuans, and so on, by the highest
authorities. I also remember having read them applied to the Tunguses, the
Tchuktchis, the Sioux, and several others. The very frequency of that high
commendation already speaks volumes in itself.” (2)
(1) P. Kropotkin, Mutual Aid, p. 90. W. J. Solias also speaks in
terms of the highest praise of the Bushmen—“their energy, patience,
courage, loyalty, affection, good manners and artistic sense” (Ancient
Hunters, 1915, p. 425).
(2) Ibid, p. 91.
Many of the tribes, like the Aleuts, Eskimos, Dyaks, Papuans, Fuegians,
etc., are themselves in the Neolithic stage of culture—though for
the reason given above probably degenerated physically from the standard
of their neolithic ancestors; and so the conclusion is forced upon one
that there must have been an IMMENSE PERIOD, (1) prior to the first
beginnings of ‘civilization,’ in which the human tribes in general led a
peaceful and friendly life on the earth, comparatively little broken up by
dissensions, in close contact with Nature and in that degree of sympathy
with and understanding of the Animals which led to the establishment of
the Totem system. Though it would be absurd to credit these tribes with
any great degree of comfort and well-being according to our modern
standards, yet we may well suppose that the memory of this long period
lingered on for generations and generations and was ultimately idealized
into the Golden Age, in contrast to the succeeding period of everlasting
warfare, rancor and strife, which came in with the growth of Property with
its greeds and jealousies, and the accentuation of Self-consciousness with
all its vanities and ambitions.
(1) See for estimates of periods ch. xiv; also, for the
peacefulness of these early peoples, Havelock Ellis on “The Origin of
War,” where he says “We do not find the WEAPONS of warfare or the WOUNDS
of warfare among these Palaeolithic remains … it was with civilization
that the art of killing developed, i. e. within the last 10,000 or
12,000 years when Neolithic men (who became our ancestors) were just
arriving.”
I say that each tribe at this early stage of development had within it the
ESSENTIALS of what we call Religion—namely a bedrock sense of its
community with Nature, and of the Common life among its members—a
sense so intimate and fundamental that it was hardly aware of itself (any
more than the fish is aware of the sea in which it lives), but yet was
really the matrix of tribal thought and the spring of tribal action. It
was this sense of unity which was destined by the growth of
SELF-CONSCIOUSNESS to come to light and evidence in the shape of all
manner of rituals and ceremonials; and by the growth of the IMAGINATIVE
INTELLECT to embody itself in the figures and forms of all manner of
deities.
Let us examine into this a little more closely. A lark soaring in the eye
of the sun, and singing rapt between its “heaven and home” realizes no
doubt in actual fact all that those two words mean to us; yet its
realization is quite subconscious. It does not define its own experience:
it FEELS but it does not THINK. In order to come to the stage of THINKING
it would perhaps be necessary that the lark should be exiled from the
earth and the sky, and confined in a cage. Early Man FELT the great truths
and realities of Life—often I believe more purely than we do—but
he could not give form to his experience. THAT stage came when he began to
lose touch with these realities; and it showed itself in rites and
ceremonials. The inbreak of self-consciousness brought OUT the facts of
his inner life into ritualistic and afterwards into intellectual forms.
Let me give examples. For a long time the Tribe is all in all; the
individual is completely subject to the ‘Spirit of the Hive’; he does not
even THINK of contravening it. Then the day comes when self-interest, as
apart from the Tribe, becomes sufficiently strong to drive him against
some tribal custom. He breaks the tabu; he eats the forbidden apple; he
sins against the tribe, and is cast out. Suddenly he finds himself an
exile, lonely, condemned and deserted. A horrible sense of distress seizes
him—something of which he had no experience before. He tries to
think about it all, to understand the situation, but is dazed and cannot
arrive at any conclusion. His one NECESSITY is Reconciliation, Atonement.
He finds he cannot LIVE outside of and alienated from his tribe. He makes
a Sacrifice, an offering to his fellows, as a seal of sincerity—an
offering of his own bodily suffering or precious blood, or the blood of
some food-animal, or some valuable gift or other—if only he may be
allowed to return. The offering is accepted. The ritual is performed; and
he is received back. I have already spoken of this perfectly natural
evolution of the twin-ideas of Sin and Sacrifice, so I need not enlarge
upon the subject. But two things we may note here: (1) that the ritual,
being so concrete (and often severe), graves itself on the minds of those
concerned, and expresses the feelings of the tribe, with an intensity and
sharpness of outline which no words could rival, and (2) that such rituals
may have, and probably did, come into use even while language itself was
in an infantile condition and incapable of dealing with the psychological
situation except by symbols. They, the rituals, were the first effort of
the primitive mind to get beyond, subconscious feeling and emerge into a
world of forms and definite thought.
Let us carry the particular instance, given above, a stage farther, even
to the confines of abstract Thought and Philosophy. I have spoken of “The
Spirit of the Hive” as if the term were applicable to the Human as well as
to the Bee tribe. The individual bee obviously has never THOUGHT about
that ‘Spirit,’ nor mentally understood what Maeterlinck means by it; and
yet in terms of actual experience it is an intense reality to the bee
(ordaining for instance on some fateful day the slaughter of all the
drones), controlling bee-movements and bee-morality generally. The
individual tribesman similarly steeped in the age-long human life of his
fellows has never thought of the Tribe as an ordaining being or Spirit,
separate from himself—TILL that day when he is exiled and outcast
from it. THEN he sees himself and the tribe as two opposing beings,
himself of course an Intelligence or Spirit in his own limited degree, the
Tribe as a much greater Intelligence or Spirit, standing against and over
him. From that day the conception of a god arises on him. It may be only a
totem-god—a divine Grizzly-Bear or what not—but still a god or
supernatural Presence, embodied in the life of the tribe. This is what Sin
has taught him. (1) This is what Fear, founded on self-consciousness, has
revealed to him. The revelation may be true, or it may be fallacious (I do
not prejudge it); but there it is—the beginning of that long series
of human evolutions which we call Religion.
(1) It is to be noted, in that charming idyll of the Eden garden,
that it is only AFTER eating of the forbidden fruit that Adam and Eve
perceive the Lord God walking in the garden, and converse with him
(Genesis iii. 8).
(For when the human mind has reached that stage of consciousness in which
each man realizes his own ‘self’ as a rational and consistent being,
“looking before and after,” then, as I have said already, the mind
projects on the background of Nature similarly rational Presences which we
may call ‘Gods’; and at that stage ‘Religion’ begins. Before that, when
the mind is quite unformed and dream-like, and consists chiefly of broken
and scattered rays, and when distinct self-consciousness is hardly yet
developed, then the presences imagined in Nature are merely flickering and
intermittent phantoms, and their propitiation and placation comes more
properly under, the head of ‘Magic.’)
So much for the genesis of the religious ideas of Sin and Sacrifice, and
the rites connected with these ideas—their genesis through the
in-break of self-consciousness upon the corporate SUB-consciousness of the
life of the Community. But an exactly similar process may be observed in
the case of the other religious ideas.
I spoke of the doctrine of the SECOND BIRTH, and the rites connected with
it both in Paganism and in Christianity. There is much to show that among
quite primitive peoples there is less of shrinking from death and more of
certainty about a continued life after death than we generally find among
more intellectual and civilized folk. It is, or has been, quite, common
among many tribes for the old and decrepit, who are becoming a burden to
their fellows, to offer themselves for happy dispatch, and to take willing
part in the ceremonial preparations for their own extinction; and this
readiness is encouraged by their na[i:]ve and untroubled belief in a
speedy transference to “happy hunting-grounds” beyond the grave. The truth
is that when, as in such cases, the tribal life is very whole and unbroken—each
individual identifying himself completely with the tribe—the idea of
the individual’s being dropped out at death, and left behind by the tribe,
hardly arises. The individual is the tribe, has no other existence. The
tribe goes on, living a life which is eternal, and only changes its
hunting-grounds; and the individual, identified with the tribe, feels in
some subconscious way the same about himself.
But when one member has broken faith with the tribe, when he has sinned
against it and become an outcast—ah! then the terrors of death and
extinction loom large upon him. “The wages of sin is death.” There comes a
period in the evolution of tribal life when the primitive bonds are
loosening, when the tendency towards SELF-will and SELF-determination (so
necessary of course in the long run for the evolution of humanity) becomes
a real danger to the tribe, and a terror to the wise men and elders of the
community. It is seen that the children inherit this tendency—even
from their infancy. They are no longer mere animals, easily herded; it
seems that they are born in sin—or at least in ignorance and neglect
of their tribal life and calling. The only cure is that they MUST BE BORN
AGAIN. They must deliberately and of set purpose be adopted into the
tribe, and be made to realize, even severely, in their own persons what is
happening. They must go through the initiations necessary to impress this
upon them. Thus a whole series of solemn rites spring up, different no
doubt in every locality, but all having the same object and purpose. (And
one can understand how the necessity of such initiations and second birth
may easily have been itself felt in every race, at some stage of its
evolution—and THAT quite as a spontaneous growth, and independently
of any contagion of example caught from other races.)
The same may be said about the world-wide practice of the Eucharist. No
more effective method exists for impressing on the members of a body their
community of life with each other, and causing them to forget their
jangling self-interests, than to hold a feast in common. It is a method
which has been honored in all ages as well as to-day. But when the flesh
partaken of at the feast is that of the Totem—the guardian and
presiding genius of the tribe—or perhaps of one of its chief
food-animals—then clearly the feast takes on a holy and solemn
character. It becomes a sacrament of unity—of the unity of all with
the tribe, and with each other. Self-interests and self-consciousness are
for the time submerged, and the common life asserts itself; but here again
we see that a custom like this would not come into being as a deliberate
rite UNTIL self-consciousness and the divisions consequent thereon had
grown to be an obvious evil. The herd-animals (cows, sheep, and so forth)
do not have Eucharists, simply because they are sensible enough to feed
along the same pastures without quarrelling over the richest tufts of
grass.
When the flesh partaken of (either actually or symbolically) is not that
of a divinized animal, but the flesh of a human-formed god—as in the
mysteries of Dionysus or Osiris or Christ—then we are led to suspect
(and of course this theory is widely held and supported) that the rites
date from a very far-back period when a human being, as representative of
the tribe, was actually slain, dismembered and partly devoured; though as
time went on, the rite gradually became glossed over and mitigated into a
love-communion through the sharing of bread and wine.
It is curious anyhow that the dismemberment or division into fragments of
the body of a god (as in the case of Dionysus, Osiris, Attis, Praj[a’]pati
and others) should be so frequent a tenet of the old religions, and so
commonly associated with a love-feast of reconciliation and resurrection.
It may be fairly interpreted as a symbol of Nature-dismemberment in Winter
and resurrection in Spring; but we must also not forget that it may (and
indeed must) have stood as an allegory of TRIBAL dismemberment and
reconciliation—the tribe, conceived of as a divinity, having thus
suffered and died through the inbreak of sin and the self-motive, and
risen again into wholeness by the redemption of love and sacrifice.
Whatever view the rank and file of the tribe may have taken of the matter,
I think it is incontestable that the more thoughtful regarded these rites
as full of mystic and spiritual meaning. It is of the nature, as I have
said before, of these early symbols and ceremonies that they held so many
meanings in solution; and it is this fact which gave them a poetic or
creative quality, and their great hold upon the public mind.
I use the word “tribe” in many places here as a matter of convenience; not
forgetting however that in some cases “clan” might be more appropriate, as
referring to a section of a tribe; or “people” or “folk” as referring to
unions of SEVERAL tribes. It is impossible of course to follow out all the
gradations of organization from tribal up to national life; but it may be
remembered that while animal totems prevail as a rule in the earlier
stages, human-formed gods become more conspicuous in the later
developments. All through, the practice of the Eucharist goes on, in
varying forms adapting itself to the surrounding conditions; and where in
the later societies a religion like Mithraism or Christianity includes
people of very various race, the Rite loses quite naturally its tribal
significance and becomes a celebration of allegiance to a particular god—of
unity within a special Church, in fact. Ultimately it may become—as
for a brief moment in the history of the early Christians it seemed likely
to do—a celebration of allegiance to all Humanity, irrespective of
race or creed or color of skin or of mind: though unfortunately that day
seems still far distant and remains yet unrealized. It must not be
overlooked, however, that the religion of the Persian B[a^]b, first
promulgated in 1845 to 1850—and a subject I shall deal with
presently—had as a matter of fact this all embracing and universal
scope.
To return to the Golden Age or Garden of Eden. Our conclusion seems to be
that there really was such a period of comparative harmony in human life—to
which later generations were justified in looking back, and looking back
with regret. It corresponded in the psychology of human Evolution to stage
One. The second stage was that of the Fall; and so one is inevitably led
to the conjecture and the hope that a third stage will redeem the earth
and its inhabitants to a condition of comparative blessedness.
X.
THE SAVIOUR-GOD AND THE VIRGIN-MOTHER
From the consideration of the world-wide belief in a past Golden Age, and
the world-wide practice of the Eucharist, in the sense indicated in the
last chapter, to that of the equally widespread belief in a human-divine
Saviour, is a brief and easy step. Some thirty years ago, dealing with
this subject, (1) I wrote as follows:—“The true Self of man consists
in his organic relation with the whole body of his fellows; and when the
man abandons his true Self he abandons also his true relation to his
fellows. The mass-Man must rule in each unit-man, else the unit-man will
drop off and die. But when the outer man tries to separate himself from
the inner, the unit-man from the mass-Man, then the reign of individuality
begins—a false and impossible individuality of course, but the only
means of coming to the consciousness of the true individuality.” And
further, “Thus this divinity in each creature, being that which
constitutes it and causes it to cohere together, was conceived of as that
creature’s saviour, healer—healer of wounds of body and wounds of
heart—the Man within the man, whom it was not only possible to know,
but whom to know and be united with was the alone salvation. This, I take
it, was the law of health—and of holiness—as accepted at some
elder time of human history, and by us seen as through a glass darkly.”
(1) See Civilisation: its Cause and Cure, ch. i.
I think it is impossible not to see—however much in our pride of
Civilization (!) we like to jeer at the pettinesses of tribal life—that
these elder people perceived as a matter of fact and direct consciousness
the redeeming presence (within each unit-member of the group) of the
larger life to which he belonged. This larger life was a reality—“a
Presence to be felt and known”; and whether he called it by the name of a
Totem-animal, or by the name of a Nature-divinity, or by the name of some
gracious human-limbed God—some Hercules, Mithra, Attis, Orpheus, or
what-not—or even by the great name of Humanity itself, it was still
in any case the Saviour, the living incarnate Being by the realization of
whose presence the little mortal could be lifted out of exile and error
and death and suffering into splendor and life eternal.
It is impossible, I think, not to see that the myriad worship of
“Saviours” all over the world, from China to Peru, can only be ascribed to
the natural working of some such law of human and tribal psychology—from
earliest times and in all races the same—springing up quite
spontaneously and independently, and (so far) unaffected by the mere
contagion of local tradition. To suppose that the Devil, long before the
advent of Christianity, put the idea into the heads of all these earlier
folk, is really to pay TOO great a compliment both to the power and the
ingenuity of his Satanic Majesty—though the ingenuity with which the
early Church DID itself suppress all information about these pre-Christian
Saviours almost rivals that which it credited to Satan! And on the other
hand to suppose this marvellous and universal consent of belief to have
sprung by mere contagion from one accidental source would seem equally
far-fetched and unlikely.
But almost more remarkable than the world-encircling belief in
human-divine Saviours is the equally widespread legend of their birth from
Virgin-mothers. There is hardly a god—as we have already had
occasion to see—whose worship as a benefactor of mankind attained
popularity in any of the four continents, Europe, Asia, Africa and America—who
was not reported to have been born from a Virgin, or at least from a
mother who owed the Child not to any earthly father, but to an
impregnation from Heaven. And this seems at first sight all the more
astonishing because the belief in the possibility of such a thing is so
entirely out of the line of our modern thought. So that while it would
seem not unnatural that such a legend should have, sprung up spontaneously
in some odd benighted corner of the world, we find it very difficult to
understand how in that case it should have spread so rapidly in every
direction, or—if it did not spread—how we are to account for
its SPONTANEOUS appearance in all these widely sundered regions.
I think here, and for the understanding of this problem, we are thrown
back upon a very early age of human evolution—the age of Magic.
Before any settled science or philosophy or religion existed, there were
still certain Things—and consequently also certain Words—which
had a tremendous influence on the human mind, which in fact affected it
deeply. Such a word, for instance, is ‘Thunder’; to hear thunder, to
imitate it, even to mention it, are sure ways of rousing superstitious
attention and imagination. Such another word is ‘Serpent,’ another ‘Tree,’
and so forth. There is no one who is insensible to the reverberation of
these and other such words and images (1); and among them, standing
prominently out, are the two ‘Mother’ and ‘Virgin.’ The word Mother
touches the deepest springs of human feeling. As the earliest word learnt
and clung to by the child, it twines itself with the heart-strings of the
man even to his latest day. Nor must we forget that in a primitive state
of society (the Matriarchate) that influence was probably even greater
than now; for the father of the child being (often as not) UNKNOWN the
attachment to the mother was all the more intense and undivided. The word
Mother had a magic about it which has remained even until to-day. But if
that word rooted itself deep in the heart of the Child, the other word
‘virgin’ had an obvious magic for the full grown and sexually mature Man—a
magic which it, too, has never lost.
(1) Nor is it difficult to see how out of the discreet use of
such words and images, combined with elementary forms like the square,
the triangle and the circle, and elementary numbers like 3, 4, 5, etc.,
quite a science, so to speak, of Magic arose.
There is ample evidence that one of the very earliest objects of human
worship was the Earth itself, conceived of as the fertile Mother of all
things. Gaia or Ge (the earth) had temples and altars in almost all the
cities of Greece. Rhea or Cybele, sprung from the Earth, was “mother of
all the gods.” Demeter (“earth mother”) was honored far and wide as the
gracious patroness of the crops and vegetation. Ceres, of course, the
same. Maia in the Indian mythology and Isis in the Egyptian are forms of
Nature and the Earth-spirit, represented as female; and so forth. The
Earth, in these ancient cults, was the mystic source of all life, and to
it, as a propitiation, life of all kinds was sacrificed. (There are
strange accounts of a huge fire being made, with an altar to Cybele in the
midst, and of deer and fawns and wild animals, and birds and sheep and
corn and fruits being thrown pell-mell into the flames. (1)) It was, in a
way, the most natural, as it seems to have been the earliest and most
spontaneous of cults—the worship of the Earth-mother, the
all-producing eternal source of life, and on account of her never-failing
ever-renewed fertility conceived of as an immortal Virgin.
(1) See Pausanias iv. 32. 6; and Lucian, De Syria Dea, 49.
But when the Saviour-legend sprang up—as indeed I think it must have
sprung up, in tribe after tribe and people after people, independently—then,
whether it sprang from the divinization of some actual man who showed the
way of light and deliverance to his fellows “sitting in darkness,” or
whether from the personification of the tribe itself as a god, in either
case the question of the hero’s parentage was bound to arise. If the
‘saviour’ was plainly a personification of the tribe, it was obviously
impossible to suppose him the son of a mortal mother. In that case—and
if the tribe was generally traced in the legends to some primeval Animal
or Mountain or thing of Nature—it was probably easy to think of him
(the saviour) as, born out of Nature’s womb, descended perhaps from that
pure Virgin of the World who is the Earth and Nature, who rules the skies
at night, and stands in the changing phases of the Moon, and is worshiped
(as we have seen) in the great constellation Virgo. If, on the other hand,
he was the divinization of some actual man, more or less known either
personally or by tradition to his fellows, then in all probability the
name of his mortal mother would be recognized and accepted; but as to his
father, that side of parentage being, as we have said, generally very
uncertain, it would be easy to suppose some heavenly Annunciation, the
midnight visit of a God, and what is usually termed a Virgin-birth.
There are two elements to be remembered here, as conspiring to this
conclusion. One is the condition of affairs in a remote matriarchial
period, when descent was reckoned always through the maternal line, and
the fatherhood in each generation was obscure or unknown or commonly left
out of account; and the other is the fact—so strange and difficult
for us to realize—that among some very primitive peoples, like the
Australian aborigines, the necessity for a woman to have intercourse with
a male, in order to bring about conception and child-birth, was actually
not recognized. Scientific observation had not always got as far as that,
and the matter was still under the domain of Magic! (1) A Virgin-Mother
was therefore a quite imaginable (not to say ‘conceivable’) thing; and
indeed a very beautiful and fascinating thing, combining in one image the
potent magic of two very wonderful words. It does not seem impossible that
considerations of this kind led to the adoption of the doctrine or legend
of the virgin-mother and the heavenly father among so many races and in so
many localities—even without any contagion of tradition among them.
(1) Probably the long period (nine months) elapsing between
cohabitation and childbirth confused early speculation on the subject.
Then clearly cohabitation was NOT always followed by childbirth. And,
more important still, the number of virgins of a mature age in primitive
societies was so very minute that the fact of their childlessness
attracted no attention—whereas in OUR societies the sterility of the
whole class is patent to everyone.
Anyhow, and as a matter of fact, the world-wide dissemination of the
legend is most remarkable. Zeus, Father of the gods, visited Semele, it
will be remembered, in the form of a thunderstorm; and she gave birth to
the great saviour and deliverer Dionysus. Zeus, again, impregnated Danae
in a shower of gold; and the child was Perseus, who slew the Gorgons (the
powers of darkness) and saved Andromeda (the human soul (1)). Devaki, the
radiant Virgin of the Hindu mythology, became the wife of the god Vishnu
and bore Krishna, the beloved hero and prototype of Christ. With regard to
Buddha St. Jerome says (2) “It is handed down among the Gymnosophists, of
India that Buddha, the founder of their system, was brought forth by a
Virgin from her side.” The Egyptian Isis, with the child Horus, on her
knee, was honored centuries before the Christian era, and worshiped under
the names of “Our Lady,” “Queen of Heaven,” “Star of the Sea,” “Mother of
God,” and so forth. Before her, Neith, the Virgin of the World, whose
figure bends from the sky over the earthly plains and the children of men,
was acclaimed as mother of the great god Osiris. The saviour Mithra, too,
was born of a Virgin, as we have had occasion to notice before; and on the
Mithrais monuments the mother suckling her child is a not uncommon figure.
(3)
(1) For this interpretation of the word Andromeda see The Perfect
Way by Edward Maitland, preface to First Edition, 1881.
(2) Contra Jovian, Book I; and quoted by Rhys Davids in his
Buddhisim.
(3) See Doane’s Bible Myths, p. 332, and Dupuis’ Origins of
Religious Beliefs.
The old Teutonic goddess Hertha (the Earth) was a Virgin, but was
impregnated by the heavenly Spirit (the Sky); and her image with a child
in her arms was to be seen in the sacred groves of Germany. (1) The
Scandinavian Frigga, in much the same way, being caught in the embraces of
Odin, the All-father, conceived and bore a son, the blessed Balder, healer
and saviour of mankind. Quetzalcoatl, the (crucified) saviour of the
Aztecs, was the son of Chimalman, the Virgin Queen of Heaven. (2) Even the
Chinese had a mother-goddess and virgin with child in her arms (3); and
the ancient Etruscans the same. (4)
(1) R. P. Knight’s Ancient Art and Mythology, p. 21.
(2) See Kingsborough’s Mexican Antiquities, vol. vi, p. 176,
where it is said “an ambassador was sent from heaven on an embassy to a
Virgin of Tulan, called Chimalman… announcing that it was the will
of the God that she should conceive a son; and having delivered her the
message he rose and left the house; and as soon as he had left it
she conceived a son, without connection with man, who was called
Quetzalcoat, who they say is the god of air.” Further, it is explained
that Quetzalcoatl sacrificed himself, drawing forth his own blood with
thorns; and that the word Quetzalcoatlotopitzin means “our well-beloved
son.”
(3) Doane, p. 327.
(4) See Inman’s Pagan and Christian Symbolism, p. 27.
Finally, we have the curiously large number of BLACK virgin mothers who
are or have been worshiped. Not only cases like Devaki the Indian goddess,
or Isis the Egyptian, who would naturally appear black-skinned or dark;
but the large number of images and paintings of the same kind, yet extant—especially
in the Italian churches—and passing for representations of Mary and
the infant Jesus. Such are the well-known image in the chapel at Loretto,
and images and paintings besides in the churches at Genoa, Pisa, Padua,
Munich and other places. It is difficult not to regard these as very old
Pagan or pre-Christian relics which lingered on into Christian times and
were baptized anew—as indeed we know many relics and images actually
were—into the service of the Church. “Great is Diana of the
Ephesians”; and there is I believe more than one black figure extant of
this Diana, who, though of course a virgin, is represented with
innumerable breasts (1)—not unlike some of the archaic statues of
Artemis and Isis. At Paris, far on into Christian times there was, it is
said, on the site of the present Cathedral of Notre Dame, a Temple
dedicated to ‘our Lady’ Isis; and images belonging to the earlier shrine
would in all probability be preserved with altered name in the later.
(1) See illustration, p. 30, in Inman’s Pagan and Christian
Symbolism.
All this illustrates not only the wide diffusion of the doctrine of the
Virgin-mother, but its extreme antiquity. The subject is obscure, and
worthy of more consideration than has yet been accorded it; and I do not
feel able to add anything to the tentative explanations given a page or
two back, except perhaps to suppose that the vision of the Perfect Man
hovered dimly over the mind of the human race on its first emergence from
the purely animal stage; and that a quite natural speculation with regard
to such a being was that he would be born from a Perfect Woman—who
according to early ideas would necessarily be the Virgin Earth itself,
mother of all things. Anyhow it was a wonderful Intuition, slumbering as
it would seem in the breast of early man, that the Great Earth after
giving birth to all living creatures would at last bring forth a Child who
should become the Saviour of the human race.
There is of course the further theory, entertained by some, that
virgin-parturition—a kind of Parthenogenesis—has as a matter
of fact occasionally occurred among mortal women, and even still does
occur. I should be the last to deny the POSSIBILITY of this (or of
anything else in Nature), but, seeing the immense difficulties in the way
of PROOF of any such asserted case, and the absence so far of any
thoroughly attested and verified instance, it would, I think, be advisable
to leave this theory out of account at present.
But whether any of the EXPLANATIONS spoken of are right or wrong, and
whatever explanation we adopt, there remains the FACT of the universality
over the world of this legend—affording another instance of the
practical solidarity and continuity of the Pagan Creeds with Christianity.
XI.
RITUAL DANCING
It is unnecessary to labor the conclusion of the last two or three
chapters, namely that Christianity grew out of the former Pagan Creeds and
is in its general outlook and origins continuous and of one piece with
them. I have not attempted to bring together ALL the evidence in favor of
this contention, as such work would be too vast, but more illustrations of
its truth will doubtless occur to readers, or will emerge as we proceed.
I think we may take it as proved (1) that from the earliest ages, and
before History, a great body of religious belief and ritual—first
appearing among very primitive and unformed folk, whom we should call
‘savages’—has come slowly down, broadening and differentiating
itself on the way into a great variety of forms, but embodying always
certain main ideas which became in time the accepted doctrines of the
later Churches—the Indian, the Egyptian, the Mithraic, the
Christian, and so forth. What these ideas in their general outline have
been we can perhaps best judge from our “Apostles’ Creed,” as it is
recited every Sunday in our churches.
“I believe in God the Father Almighty, Maker of heaven and earth: And in
Jesus Christ his only Son our Lord, who was conceived by the Holy Ghost,
born of the Virgin Mary, suffered under Pontius Pilate, was crucified,
dead and buried. He descended into Hell; the third day he rose again from
the dead, He ascended into heaven, and sitteth on the right hand of God
the Father Almighty; from thence he shall come to judge the quick and the
dead. I believe in the Holy Ghost; the holy Catholic Church; the communion
of Saints; the Forgiveness of sins; the Resurrection of the body, and the
life everlasting. Amen.”
Here we have the All-Father and Creator, descending from the Sky in the
form of a spirit to impregnate the earthly Virgin-mother, who thus gives
birth to a Saviour-hero. The latter is slain by the powers of Evil, is
buried and descends into the lower world, but arises again as God into
heaven and becomes the leader and judge of mankind. We have the
confirmation of the Church (or, in earlier times, of the Tribe) by means
of a Eucharist or Communion which binds together all the members, living
or dead, and restores errant individuals through the Sacrifice of the hero
and the Forgiveness of their sins; and we have the belief in a bodily
Resurrection and continued life of the members within the fold of the
Church (or Tribe), itself regarded as eternal.
One has only, instead of the word ‘Jesus,’ to read Dionysus or Krishna or
Hercules or Osiris or Attis, and instead of ‘Mary’ to insert Semele or
Devaki or Alcmene or Neith or Nana, and for Pontius Pilate to use the name
of any terrestrial tyrant who comes into the corresponding story, and lo!
the creed fits in all particulars into the rites and worship of a pagan
god. I need not enlarge upon a thesis which is self-evident from all that
has gone before. I do not say, of course, that ALL the religious beliefs
of Paganism are included and summarized in our Apostles’ Creed, for—as
I shall have occasion to note in the next chapter—I think some very
important religious elements are there OMITTED; but I do think that all
the beliefs which ARE summarized in the said creed had already been fully
represented and elaborately expressed in the non-Christian religions and
rituals of Paganism.
Further (2) I think we may safely say that there is no certain proof that
the body of beliefs just mentioned sprang from any one particular centre
far back and radiated thence by dissemination and mental contagion over
the rest of the world; but the evidence rather shows that these beliefs
were, for the most part, the SPONTANEOUS outgrowths (in various
localities) of the human mind at certain stages of its evolution; that
they appeared, in the different races and peoples, at different periods
according to the degree of evolution, and were largely independent of
intercourse and contagion, though of course, in cases, considerably
influenced by it; and that one great and all-important occasion and
provocative of these beliefs was actually the RISE OF SELF-CONSCIOUSNESS—that
is, the coming of the mind to a more or less distinct awareness of itself
and of its own operation, and the consequent development and growth of
Individualism, and of the Self-centred attitude in human thought and
action.
In the third place (3) I think we may see—and this is the special
subject of the present chapter—that at a very early period, when
humanity was hardly capable of systematic expression in what we call
Philosophy or Science, it could not well rise to an ordered and literary
expression of its beliefs, such as we find in the later religions and the
‘Churches’ (Babylonian, Jewish, East Indian, Christian, or what-not), and
yet that it FELT these beliefs very intensely and was urged, almost
compelled, to their utterance in some form or other. And so it came about
that people expressed themselves in a vast mass of ritual and myth—customs,
ceremonies, legends, stories—which on account of their popular and
concrete form were handed down for generations, and some of which linger
on still in the midst of our modern civilization. These rituals and
legends were, many of them, absurd enough, rambling and childish in
character, and preposterous in conception, yet they gave the expression
needed; and some of them of course, as we have seen, were full of meaning
and suggestion.
A critical and commercial Civilization, such as ours, in which
(notwithstanding much TALK about Art) the artistic sense is greatly
lacking, or at any rate but little diffused, does not as a rule understand
that poetic RITES, in the evolution of peoples, came naturally before
anything like ordered poems or philosophy or systematized VIEWS about life
and religion—such as WE love to wallow in! Things were FELT before
they were spoken. The loading of diseases into disease-boats, of sins onto
scape-goats, the propitiation of the forces of nature by victims, human or
animal, sacrifices, ceremonies of re-birth, eucharistic feasts, sexual
communions, orgiastic celebrations of the common life, and a host of other
things—all SAID plainly enough what was meant, but not in WORDS.
Partly no doubt it was that at some early time words were more difficult
of command and less flexible in use than actions (and at all times are
they not less expressive?). Partly it was that mankind was in the
child-stage. The Child delights in ritual, in symbol, in expression
through material objects and actions:
See, at his feet some little plan or chart,
Some fragment from his dream of human life,
Shaped by himself with newly learned art;
A wedding or a festival,
A mourning or a funeral;
And this hath now his heart.
And primitive man in the child-stage felt a positive joy in ritual
celebrations, and indulged in expressions which we but little understand;
for these had then his heart.
One of the most pregnant of these expressions was DANCING. Children dance
instinctively. They dance with rage; they dance with joy, with sheer
vitality; they dance with pain, or sometimes with savage glee at the
suffering of others; they delight in mimic combats, or in animal plays and
disguises. There are such things as Courting-dances, when the mature male
and female go through a ritual together—not only in civilized
ball-rooms and the back-parlors of inns, but in the farmyards where the
rooster pays his addresses to the hen, or the yearling bull to the cow—with
quite recognized formalities; there are elaborate ceremonials performed by
the Australian bower-birds and many other animals. All these things—at
any rate in children and animals—come before speech; and anyhow we
may say that LOVE-RITES, even in mature and civilized man, hardly ADMIT of
speech. Words only vulgarize love and blunt its edge.
So Dance to the savage and the early man was not merely an amusement or a
gymnastic exercise (as the books often try to make out), but it was also a
serious and intimate part of life, an expression of religion and the
relation of man to non-human Powers. Imagine a young dancer—and the
admitted age for ritual dancing was commonly from about eighteen to thirty—coming
forward on the dancing-ground or platform for the INVOCATION OF RAIN. We
have unfortunately no kinematic records, but it is not impossible or very
difficult to imagine the various gestures and movements which might be
considered appropriate to such a rite in different localities or among
different peoples. A modern student of Dalcroze Eurhythmics would find the
problem easy. After a time a certain ritual dance (for rain) would become
stereotyped and generally adopted. Or imagine a young Greek leading an
invocation to Apollo to STAY SOME PLAGUE which was ravaging the country.
He might as well be accompanied by a small body of co-dancers; but he
would be the leader and chief representative. Or it might be a WAR-DANCE—as
a more or less magical preparation for the raid or foray. We are familiar
enough with accounts of war-dances among American Indians. C. O. Muller in
his History and Antiquities of the Doric Race (1) gives the following
account of the Pyrrhic dance among the Greeks, which was danced in full
armor:—“Plato says that it imitated all the attitudes of defence, by
avoiding a thrust or a cast, retreating, springing up, and crouching-as
also the opposite movements of attack with arrows and lances, and also of
every kind of thrust. So strong was the attachment to this dance at Sparta
that, long after it had in the other Greek states degenerated into a
Bacchanalian revel, it was still danced by the Spartans as a warlike
exercise, and boys of fifteen were instructed in it.” Of the Hunting-dance
I have already given instances. (2) It always had the character of Magic
about it, by which the game or quarry might presumably be influenced; and
it can easily be understood that if the Hunt was not successful the blame
might well be attributed to some neglect of the usual ritual mimes or
movements—no laughing matter for the leader of the dance.
(1) Book IV, ch. 6, Section 7.
(2) See also Winwood Reade’s Savage Africa, ch. xviii, in which
he speaks of the “gorilla dance,” before hunting gorillas, as a
“religious festival.”
Or there were dances belonging to the ceremonies of Initiation—dances
both by the initiators and the initiated. Jane E. Harrison in Themis (p.
24) says, “Instruction among savage peoples is always imparted in more or
less mimetic dances. At initiation you learn certain dances which confer
on you definite social status. When a man is too old to dance, he hands
over his dance to another and a younger, and he then among some tribes
ceases to exist socially…. The dances taught to boys at initiation are
frequently if not always ARMED dances. These are not necessarily warlike.
The accoutrement of spear and shield was in part decorative, in part a
provision for making the necessary hubbub.” (Here Miss Harrison reproduces
a photograph of an Initiation dance among the Akikuyu of British East
Africa.) The Initiation-dances blend insensibly and naturally with the
Mystery and Religion dances, for indeed initiation was for the most part
an instruction in the mysteries and social rites of the Tribe. They were
the expression of things which would be hard even for us, and which for
rude folk would be impossible, to put into definite words. Hence arose the
expression—whose meaning has been much discussed by the learned—“to
dance out ([gr ezorceisqai]) a mystery.” (1) Lucian, in a much-quoted
passage, (2) observes: “You cannot find a single ancient mystery in which
there is not dancing … and this much all men know, that most people say
of the revealers of the mysteries that they ‘dance them out.’” Andrew
Lang, commenting on this passage, (3) continues: “Clement of Alexandria
uses the same term when speaking of his own ‘appalling revelations.’ So
closely connected are mysteries with dancing among savages that when Mr.
Orpen asked Qing, the Bushman hunter, about some doctrines in which Qing
was not initiated, he said: ‘Only the initiated men of that dance know
these things.’ To ‘dance’ this or that means to be acquainted with this or
that myth, which is represented in a dance or ballet d’action. So widely
distributed is the practice that Acosta in an interesting passage mentions
it as familiar to the people of Peru before and after the Spanish
conquest.” (And we may say that when the ‘mysteries’ are of a sexual
nature it can easily be understood that to ‘dance them out’ is the only
way of explaining them!)
(1) Meaning apparently either simply to represent, or, sometimes
to DIVULGE, a mystery.
(2) [gr peri ‘Orchsews], Ch. xv. 277.
(3) Myth, Ritual and Religion, i, 272.
Thus we begin to appreciate the serious nature and the importance of the
dance among primitive folk. To dub a youth “a good dancer” is to pay him a
great compliment. Among the well-known inscriptions on the rocks in the
island of Thera in the Aegean sea there are many which record in deeply
graven letters the friendship and devotion to each other of Spartan
warrior-comrades; it seems strange at first to find how often such an
epithet of praise occurs as Bathycles DANCES WELL, Eumelos is a PERFECT
DANCER ([gr aristos orcestas]). One hardly in general expects one warrior
to praise another for his dancing! But when one realizes what is really
meant—namely the fitness of the loved comrade to lead in religious
and magical rituals—then indeed the compliment takes on a new
complexion. Religious dances, in dedication to a god, have of course been
honored in every country. Muller, in the work just cited, (1) describes a
lively dance called the hyporchema which, accompanied by songs, was used
in the worship of Apollo. “In this, besides the chorus of singers who
usually danced around THE BLAZING ALTAR, several persons were appointed to
accompany the action of the poem with an appropriate pantomimic display.”
It was probably some similar dance which is recorded in Exodus, ch. xxxii,
when Aaron made the Israelites a golden Calf (image of the Egyptian Apis).
There was an altar and a fire and burnt offerings for sacrifice, and the
people dancing around. Whether in the Apollo ritual the dancers were naked
I cannot say, but in the affair of the golden Calf they evidently were,
for it will be remembered that it was just this which upset Moses’
equanimity so badly—“when he SAW THAT THE PEOPLE WERE NAKED”—and
led to the breaking of the two tables of stone and the slaughter of some
thousands of folk. It will be remembered also that David on a sacrificial
occasion danced naked before the Lord. (2)
(1) Book II, ch. viii, Section 14.
(2) 2 Sam. vi.
It may seem strange that dances in honor of a god should be held naked;
but there is abundant evidence that this was frequently the case, and it
leads to an interesting speculation. Many of these rituals undoubtedly
owed their sanctity and solemnity to their extreme antiquity. They came
down in fact from very far back times when the average man or woman—as
in some of the Central African tribes to-day—wore simply nothing at
all; and like all religious ceremonies they tended to preserve their forms
long after surrounding customs and conditions had altered. Consequently
nakedness lingered on in sacrificial and other rites into periods when in
ordinary life it had come to be abandoned or thought indecent and
shameful. This comes out very clearly in both instances above—quoted
from the Bible. For in Exodus xxxii. 25 it is said that “Aaron had made
them (the dancers) naked UNTO THEIR SHAME among their enemies (READ
opponents),” and in 2 Sam. vi. 20 we are told that Michal came out and
sarcastically rebuked the “glorious king of Israel” for “shamelessly
uncovering himself, like a vain fellow” (for which rebuke, I am sorry to
say, David took a mean revenge on Michal). In both cases evidently custom
had so far changed that to a considerable section of the population these
naked exhibitions had become indecent, though as parts of an acknowledged
ritual they were still retained and supported by others. The same
conclusion may be derived from the commands recorded in Exodus xx. 26 and
xxviii. 42, that the priests be not “uncovered” before the altar—commands
which would hardly have been needed had not the practice been in vogue.
Then there were dances (partly magical or religious) performed at rustic
and agricultural festivals, like the Epilenios, celebrated in Greece at
the gathering of the grapes. (1) Of such a dance we get a glimpse in the
Bible (Judges xxi. 20) when the elders advised the children of Benjamin to
go out and lie in wait in the vineyards, at the time of the yearly feast;
and “when the daughters of Shiloh come out to dance in the dances, then
come ye out of the vineyards and catch you every man a wife from the
daughters of Shiloh”—a touching example apparently of early
so-called ‘marriage by capture’! Or there were dances, also partly or
originally religious, of a quite orgiastic and Bacchanalian character,
like the Bryallicha performed in Sparta by men and women in hideous masks,
or the Deimalea by Sileni and Satyrs waltzing in a circle; or the Bibasis
carried out by both men and women—a quite gymnastic exercise in
which the performers took a special pride in striking their own buttocks
with their heels! or others wilder still, which it would perhaps not be
convenient to describe.
(1) [gr Epilhnioi umnoi]: hymns sung over the winepress
(Dictionary).
We must see how important a part Dancing played in that great panorama of
Ritual and Religion (spoken of in the last chapter) which, having
originally been led up to by the ‘Fall of Man,’ has ever since the dawn of
history gradually overspread the world with its strange procession of
demons and deities, and its symbolic representations of human destiny.
When it is remembered that ritual dancing was the matrix out of which the
Drama sprang, and further that the drama in its inception (as still to-day
in India) was an affair of religion and was acted in, or in connection
with, the Temples, it becomes easier to understand how all this mass of
ceremonial sacrifices, expiations, initiations, Sun and Nature festivals,
eucharistic and orgiastic communions and celebrations, mystery-plays,
dramatic representations, myths and legends, etc., which I have touched
upon in the preceding chapters—together with all the emotions, the
desires, the fears, the yearnings and the wonderment which they
represented—have practically sprung from the same root: a root deep
and necessary in the psychology of Man. Presently I hope to show that they
will all practically converge again in the end to one meaning, and prepare
the way for one great Synthesis to come—an evolution also necessary
and inevitable in human psychology.
In that truly inspired Ode from which I quoted a few pages back, occur
those well-known words whose repetition now will, on account of their
beauty, I am sure be excused:—
Our birth is but a sleep and a forgetting:
The Soul that rises with us, our life’s Star,
Hath had elsewhere its setting,
And cometh from afar;
Not in entire forgetfulness,
And not in utter nakedness,
But trailing clouds of glory do we come
From God, who is our home:
Heaven lies about us in our infancy!
Shades of the prison-house begin to close
Upon the growing Boy,
But He beholds the light and whence it flows
He sees it in his joy;
The youth who daily farther from the east
Must travel, still is Nature’s Priest,
And by the vision splendid
Is on his way attended;
At length the man perceives it die away
And fade into the light of common day.
Wordsworth—though he had not the inestimable advantage of a
nineteenth-century education and the inheritance of the Darwinian
philosophy—does nevertheless put the matter of the Genius of the
Child in a way which (with the alteration of a few conventional terms) we
scientific moderns are quite inclined to accept. We all admit now that the
Child does not come into the world with a mental tabula rasa of entire
forgetfulness but on the contrary as the possessor of vast stores of
sub-conscious memory, derived from its ancestral inheritances; we all
admit that a certain grace and intuitive insight and even prophetic
quality, in the child-nature, are due to the harmonization of these racial
inheritances in the infant, even before it is born; and that after birth
the impact of the outer world serves rather to break up and disintegrate
this harmony than to confirm and strengthen it. Some psychologists indeed
nowadays go so far as to maintain that the child is not only ‘Father of
the man,’ but superior to the man, (1) and that Boyhood and Youth and
Maturity are attained to not by any addition but by a process of loss and
subtraction. It will be seen that the last ten lines of the above
quotation rather favor this view.
(1) “Man in the course of his life falls away more and more from
the specifically HUMAN type of his early years, but the Ape in the
course of his short life goes very much farther along the road of
degradation and premature senility.” (Man and Woman, by Havelock Ellis,
p. 24).
But my object in making the quotation was not to insist on the truth of
its application to the individual Child, but rather to point out the
remarkable way in which it illustrates what I have said about the
Childhood of the Race. In fact, if the quotation be read over again with
this interpretation (which I do not say Wordsworth intended) that the
‘birth’ spoken of is the birth or evolution of the distinctively
self-conscious Man from the Animals and the animal-natured,
unself-conscious human beings of a preceding age, then the parable unfolds
itself perfectly naturally and convincingly. THAT birth certainly was
sleep and a forgetting; the grace and intuition and instinctive perfection
of the animals was lost. But the forgetfulness was not entire; the memory
lingered long of an age of harmony, of an Eden-garden left behind. And
trailing clouds of this remembrance the first tribal men, on the edge of
but not yet WITHIN the civilization-period, appear in the dawn of History.
As I have said before, the period of the dawn of Self-consciousness was
also the period of the dawn of the practical and inquiring Intellect; it
was the period of the babyhood of both; and so we perceive among these
early people (as we also do among children) that while in the main the
heart and the intuitions were right, the intellect was for a long period
futile and rambling to a degree. As soon as the mind left the ancient
bases of instinct and sub-conscious racial experience it fell into a
hopeless bog, out of which it only slowly climbed by means of the
painfully-gathered stepping-stones of logic and what we call Science.
“Heaven lies about us in our infancy.” Wordsworth perceived that wonderful
world of inner experience and glory out of which the child emerges; and
some even of us may perceive that similar world in which the untampered
animals STILL dwell, and OUT of which self-regarding Man in the history of
the race was long ago driven. But a curse went with the exile. As the
Brain grew, the Heart withered. The inherited instincts and racially
accumulated wisdom, on which the first men thrived and by means of which
they achieved a kind of temporary Paradise, were broken up; delusions and
disease and dissension set in. Cain turned upon his brother and slew him;
and the shades of the prison-house began to close. The growing Boy,
however, (by whom we may understand the early tribes of Mankind) had yet a
radiance of Light and joy in his life; and the Youth—though
travelling daily farther from the East—still remained Nature’s
priest, and by the vision splendid was on his way attended: but
At length the Man perceived it die away.
And fade into the light of common day.
What a strangely apt picture in a few words (if we like to take it so) of
the long pilgrimage of the Human Race, its early and pathetic clinging to
the tradition of the Eden-garden, its careless and vigorous boyhood, its
meditative youth, with consciousness of sin and endless expiatory ritual
in Nature’s bosom, its fleeting visions of salvation, and finally its
complete disillusionment and despair in the world-slaughter and unbelief
of the twentieth century!
Leaving Wordsworth, however, and coming back to our main line of thought,
we may point out that while early peoples were intellectually mere babies—with
their endless yarns about heroes on horseback leaping over wide rivers or
clouds of monks flying for hundreds of miles through the air, and their
utter failure to understand the general concatenations of cause and effect—yet
practically and in their instinct of life and destiny they were, as I have
already said, by no means fools; certainly not such fools as many of the
arm-chair students of these things delight to represent them. For just as,
a few years ago, we modern civilizees studying outlying nations, the
Chinese for instance, rejoiced (in our vanity) to pick out every quaint
peculiarity and absurdity and monstrosity of a supposed topsyturvydom, and
failed entirely to see the real picture of a great and eminently sensible
people; so in the case of primitive men we have been, and even still are,
far too prone to catalogue their cruelties and obscenities and idiotic
superstitions, and to miss the sane and balanced setting of their actual
lives.
Mr. R. R. Marett, who has a good practical acquaintance with his subject,
had in the Hibbert Journal for October 1918 an article on “The Primitive
Medicine Man” in which he shows that the latter is as a rule anything but
a fool and a knave—although like ‘medicals’ in all ages he
hocuspocuses his patients occasionally! He instances the medicine-man’s
excellent management, in most cases, of childbirth, or of wounds and
fractures, or his primeval skill in trepanning or trephining—all of
which operations, he admits, may be accompanied with grotesque and
superstitious ceremonies, yet show real perception and ability. We all
know—though I think the article does not mention the matter—what
a considerable list there is of drugs and herbs which the modern art of
healing owes to the ancient medicine-man, and it may be again mentioned
that one of the most up-to-date treatments—the use of a prolonged
and exclusive diet of MILK as a means of giving the organism a new start
in severe cases—has really come down to us through the ages from
this early source. (1) The real medicine-man, Mr. Marett says, is largely
a ‘faith-healer’ and ‘soul-doctor’; he believes in his vocation, and
undergoes much for the sake of it: “The main point is to grasp that by his
special initiation and the rigid taboos which he practises—not to
speak of occasional remarkable gifts, say of trance and ecstasy, which he
may inherit by nature and have improved by art—he HAS access to a
wonder-working power…. And the great need of primitive folk is for this
healer of souls.” Our author further insists on the enormous play and
influence of Fear in the savage mind—a point we have touched on
already—and gives instances of Thanatomania, or cases where, after a
quite slight and superficial wound, the patient becomes so depressed that
he, quite needlessly, persists in dying! Such cases, obviously, can only
be countered by Faith, or something (whatever it may be) which restores
courage, hope and energy to the mind. Nor need I point out that the
situation is exactly the same among a vast number of ‘patients’ to-day. As
to the value, in his degree, of the medicine-man many modern observers and
students quite agree with the above. (2) Also as the present chapter is on
Ritual Dancing it may not be out of place to call attention to the
supposed healing of sick people in Ceylon and other places by
Devil-dancing—the enormous output of energy and noise in the ritual
possibly having the effect of reanimating the patient (if it does not kill
him), or of expelling the disease from his organism.
(1) Milk (“fast-milk” or vrata) was, says Mr. Hewitt, the only
diet in the Soma-sacrifice. See Ruling Races of Prehistoric Times
(preface). The Soma itself was a fermented drink prepared with ceremony
from the milky and semen-like sap of certain plants, and much used in
sacrificial offerings. (See Monier-Williams. Sanskrit Dictionary.)
(2) See Winwood Reade (Savage Africa), Salamon Reinach (Cults,
Myths and Religions), and others.
With regard to the practical intelligence of primitive peoples, derived
from their close contact with life and nature, Bishop Colenso’s
experiences among the Zulus may appropriately be remembered. When
expounding the Bible to these supposedly backward ‘niggers’ he was met at
all points by practical interrogations and arguments which he was
perfectly unable to answer—especially over the recorded passage of
the Red Sea by the Israelites in a single night. From the statistics given
in the Sacred Book these naughty savages proved to him absolutely
conclusively that the numbers of fugitives were such that even supposing
them to have marched—men, women and children—FIVE ABREAST and
in close order, they would have formed a column 100 miles long, and this
not including the baggage, sheep and cattle! Of course the feat was
absolutely impossible. They could not have passed the Red Sea in a night
or a week of nights.
But the sequel is still more amusing and instructive. Colenso, in his
innocent sincerity, took the side of the Zulus, and feeling sure the
Church at home would be quite glad to have its views with regard to the
accuracy of Bible statistics corrected, wrote a book embodying the
amendments needed. Modest as his criticisms were, they raised a STORM of
protest and angry denunciation, which even led to his deposition for the
time being from his bishopric! While at the same time an avalanche of
books to oppose his heresy poured forth from the press. Lately I had the
curiosity to look through the British Museum catalogue and found that in
refutation of Colenso’s Pentateuch Examined some 140 (a hundred and forty)
volumes were at that time published! To-day, I need hardly say, all these
arm-chair critics and their works have sunk into utter obscurity, but the
arguments of the Zulus and their Bishop still stand unmoved and immovable.
This is a case of searching intelligence shown by ‘savages,’ an
intelligence founded on intimate knowledge of the needs of actual life. I
think we may say that a similarly instinctive intelligence (sub-conscious
if you like) has guided the tribes of men on the whole in their long
passage through the Red Sea of the centuries, from those first days of
which I speak even down to the present age, and has in some strange, even
if fitful, way kept them along the path of that final emancipation towards
which Humanity is inevitably moving.
XII.
THE SEX-TABOO
In the course of the last few chapters I have spoken more than once of the
solidarity and continuity of Christianity, in its essential doctrines,
with the Pagan rites. There is, however, one notable exception to this
statement. I refer of course to Christianity’s treatment of Sex. It is
certainly very remarkable that while the Pagan cults generally made a
great deal of all sorts of sex-rites, laid much stress upon them, and
introduced them in what we consider an unblushing and shameless way into
the instincts connected with it. I say ‘the Christian Church,’ on the
whole took quite the opposite line—ignored sex, condemned it, and
did much despite to the perfectly natural instincts connected with it. I
say ‘the Christian Church,’ because there is nothing to show that Jesus
himself (if we admit his figure as historical) adopted any such extreme or
doctrinaire attitude; and the quite early Christian teachers (with the
chief exception of Paul) do not exhibit this bias to any great degree. In
fact, as is well known, strong currents of pagan usage and belief ran
through the Christian assemblies of the first three or four centuries.
“The Christian art of this period remained delightfully pagan. In the
catacombs we see the Saviour as a beardless youth, like a young Greek god;
sometimes represented, like Hermes the guardian of the flocks, bearing a
ram or lamb round his neck; sometimes as Orpheus tuning his lute among the
wild animals.” (1) The followers of Jesus were at times even accused—whether
rightly or wrongly I know not—of celebrating sexual mysteries at
their love-feasts. But as the Church through the centuries grew in power
and scope—with its monks and their mutilations and asceticisms, and
its celibate clergy, and its absolute refusal to recognize the sexual
meaning of its own acclaimed symbols (like the Cross, the three fingers of
Benediction, the Fleur de Lys and so forth)—it more and more
consistently defined itself as anti-sexual in its outlook, and stood out
in that way in marked contrast to the earlier Nature-religions.
(1) Angels’ Wings, by E. Carpenter, p. 104.
It may be said of course that this anti-sexual tendency can be traced in
other of the pre-Christian Churches, especially the later ones, like the
Buddhist, the Egyptian, and so forth; and this is perfectly true; but it
would seem that in many ways the Christian Church marked the culmination
of the tendency; and the fact that other cults participated in the taboo
makes us all the more ready and anxious to inquire into its real cause.
To go into a disquisition on the Sex-rites of the various pre-Christian
religions would be ‘a large order’—larger than I could attempt to
fill; but the general facts in this connection are fairly patent. We know,
of course, from the Bible that the Syrians in Palestine were given to
sexual worships. There were erect images (phallic) and “groves” (sexual
symbols) on every high hill and under every green tree; (1) and these same
images and the rites connected with them crept into the Jewish Temple and
were popular enough to maintain their footing there for a long period from
King Rehoboam onwards, notwithstanding the efforts of Josiah (2) and other
reformers to extirpate them. Moreover there were girls and men
(hierodouloi) regularly attached during this period to the Jewish Temple
as to the heathen Temples, for the rendering of sexual services, which
were recognized in many cases as part of the ritual. Women were persuaded
that it was an honor and a privilege to be fertilized by a ‘holy man’ (a
priest or other man connected with the rites), and children resulting from
such unions were often called “Children of God”—an appellation which
no doubt sometimes led to a legend of miraculous birth! Girls who took
their place as hierodouloi in the Temple or Temple-precincts were expected
to surrender themselves to men-worshipers in the Temple, much in the same
way, probably, as Herodotus describes in the temple of the Babylonian
Venus Mylitta, where every native woman, once in her life, was supposed to
sit in the Temple and have intercourse with some stranger. (3) Indeed the
Syrian and Jewish rites dated largely from Babylonia. “The Hebrews
entering Syria,” says Richard Burton (4) “found it religionized by Assyria
and Babylonia, when the Accadian Ishtar had passed West, and had become
Ashtoreth, Ashtaroth, or Ashirah, the Anaitis of Armenia, the Phoenician
Astarte, and the Greek Aphrodite, the great Moon-goddess who is queen of
Heaven and Love.” The word translated “grove” as above, in our Bible, is
in fact Asherah, which connects it pretty clearly with the Babylonian
Queen of Heaven.
(1) 1 Kings xiv. 22-24.
(2) 2 Kings xxiii.
(3) See Herodotus i. 199; also a reference to this custom in the
apocryphal Baruch, vi. 42, 43.
(4) The Thousand Nights and a Night (1886 edn.), vol. x, p. 229.
In India again, in connection with the Hindu Temples and their rites, we
have exactly the same institution of girls attached to the Temple service—the
Nautch-girls—whose functions in past times were certainly sexual,
and whose dances in honor of the god are, even down to the present day,
decidedly amatory in character. Then we have the very numerous lingams
(conventional representations of the male organ) to be seen, scores and
scores of them, in the arcades and cloisters of the Hindu Temples—to
which women of all classes, especially those who wish to become mothers,
resort, anointing them copiously with oil, and signalizing their respect
and devotion to them in a very practical way. As to the lingam as
representing the male organ, in some form or other—as upright stone
or pillar or obelisk or slender round tower—it occurs all over the
world, notably in Ireland, and forms such a memorial of the adoration paid
by early folk to the great emblem and instrument of human fertility, as
cannot be mistaken. The pillars set up by Solomon in front of his temple
were obviously from their names—Jachin and Boaz (1)—meant to
be emblems of this kind; and the fact that they were crowned with
pomegranates—the universally accepted symbol of the female—confirms
and clinches this interpretation. The obelisks before the Egyptians’
temples were signs of the same character. The well-known T-shaped cross
was in use in pagan lands long before Christianity, as a representation of
the male member, and also at the same time of the ‘tree’ on which the god
(Attis or Adonis or Krishna or whoever it might be) was crucified; and the
same symbol combined with the oval (or yoni) formed THE Crux Ansata {Ankh}
of the old Egyptian ritual—a figure which is to-day sold in Cairo as
a potent charm, and confessedly indicates the conjunction of the two sexes
in one design. (2) MacLennan in The Fortnightly Review (Oct. 1869) quotes
with approval the words of Sanchoniathon, as saying that “men first
worship plants, next the heavenly bodies, supposed to be animals, then
‘pillars’ (emblems of the Procreator), and last, the anthropomorphic
gods.”
(1) “He shall establish” and “In it is strength” are in the Bible
the marginal interpretations of these two words.
(2) The connection between the production of fire by means of the
fire-drill and the generation of life by sex-intercourse is a very
obvious one, and lends itself to magical ideas. J. E. Hewitt in his
Ruling Races of Prehistoric Times (1894) says (vol. i, p. 8) that
“Magha, the mother-goddess worshipped in Asia Minor, was originally the
socket-block from which fire was generated by the fire-drill.” Hence we
have, he says, the Magi of Persia, and the Maghadas of Indian History,
also the word “Magic.”
It is not necessary to enlarge on this subject. The facts of the
connection of sexual rites with religious services nearly everywhere in
the early world are, as I say, sufficiently patent to every inquirer. But
it IS necessary to try to understand the rationale of this connection. To
dispatch all such cases under the mere term “religious prostitution” is no
explanation. The term suggests, of course, that the plea of religion was
used simply as an excuse and a cover for sexual familiarities; but though
this kind of explanation commends itself, no doubt, to the modern man—whose
religion is as commercial as his sex-relationships are—and though in
CASES no doubt it was a true explanation—yet it is obvious that
among people who took religion seriously, as a matter of life and death
and who did not need hypocritical excuses or covers for sex-relationships,
it cannot be accepted as in general the RIGHT explanation. No, the real
explanation is—and I will return to this presently—that sexual
relationships are so deep and intimate a part of human nature that from
the first it has been simply impossible to keep them OUT of religion—it
being of course the object of religion to bring the whole human being into
some intelligible relation with the physical, moral, and if you like
supernatural order of the great world around him. Sex was felt from the
first to be part, and a foundational part, of the great order of the world
and of human nature; and therefore to separate it from Religion was
unthinkable and a kind of contradiction in terms. (1)
(1) For further development of this subject see ch. xv.
If that is true—it will be asked—how was it that that divorce
DID take place—that the taboo did arise? How was it that the Jews,
under the influence of Josiah and the Hebrew prophets, turned their faces
away from sex and strenuously opposed the Syrian cults? How was it that
this reaction extended into Christianity and became even more definite in
the Christian Church—that monks went by thousands into the deserts
of the Thebaid, and that the early Fathers and Christian apologists could
not find terms foul enough to hurl at Woman as the symbol (to them) of
nothing but sex-corruption and delusion? How was it that this contempt of
the body and degradation of sex-things went on far into the Middle Ages of
Europe, and ultimately created an organized system of hypocrisy, and
concealment and suppression of sex-instincts, which, acting as cover to a
vile commercial Prostitution and as a breeding ground for horrible
Disease, has lasted on even to the edge of the present day?
This is a fair question, and one which demands an answer. There must have
been a reason, and a deep-rooted one, for this remarkable reaction and
volte-face which has characterized Christianity, and, perhaps to a lesser
degree, other both earlier and later cults like those of the Buddhists,
the Egyptians, the Aztecs, (1) and so forth.
(1) For the Aztecs, see Acosta, vol. ii, p. 324 (London, 1604).
It may be said—and this is a fair answer on the SURFACE of the
problem—that the main reason WAS something in the nature of a
reaction. The excesses and corruptions of sex in Syria had evidently
become pretty bad, and that very fact may have led to a pendulum-swing of
the Jewish Church in the opposite direction; and again in the same way the
general laxity of morals in the decay of the Roman empire may have
confirmed the Church of early Christendom in its determination to keep
along the great high road of asceticism. The Christian followed on the
Jewish and Egyptian Churches, and in this way a great tradition of sexual
continence and anti-pagan morality came right down the centuries even into
modern times.
This seems so far a reasonable theory; but I think we shall go farther and
get nearer the heart of the problem if we revert to the general clue which
I have followed already more than once—the clue of the necessary
evolution of human Consciousnss. In the first or animal stage of human
evolution, Sex was (as among the animals) a perfectly necessary,
instinctive and unself-conscious activity. It was harmonious with itself,
natural, and unproductive of evil. But when the second stage set in, in
which man became preponderantly self-conscious, he inevitably set about
deflecting sex-activities to his own private pleasure and advantage; he
employed his budding intellect in scheming the derailment of passion and
desire from tribal needs and Nature’s uses to the poor details of his own
gratification. If the first stage of harmonious sex-instinct and activity
may be held as characteristic of the Golden Age, the second stage must be
taken to represent the Fall of man and his expulsion from Paradise in the
Garden of Eden story. The pleasure and glory of Sex having been turned to
self-purposes, Sex itself became the great Sin. A sense of guilt
overspread man’s thoughts on the subject. “He knew that he was naked,” and
he fled from the voice and face of the Lord. From that moment one of the
main objects of his life (in its inner and newer activities) came to be
the denial of Sex. Sex was conceived of as the great Antagonist, the old
Serpent lying ever in wait to betray him; and there arrived a moment in
the history of every race, and of every representative religion, when the
sexual rites and ceremonies of the older time lost their naive and
quasi-innocent character and became afflicted with a sense of guilt and
indecency. This extraordinarily interesting and dramatic moment in human
evolution was of course that in which self-consciousness grew powerful
enough to penetrate to the centre of human vitality, the sanctum of man’s
inner life, his sexual instinct, and to deal it a terrific blow—a
blow from which it has never yet recovered, and from which indeed it will
not recover, until the very nature of man’s inner life is changed.
It may be said that it was very foolish of Man to deny and to try to expel
a perfectly natural and sensible thing, a necessary and indispensable part
of his own nature. And that, as far as I can see, is perfectly true. But
sometimes it is unavoidable, it would seem, to do foolish things—if
only to convince oneself of one’s own foolishness. On the other hand, this
policy on the part of Man was certainly very wise—wiser than he knew—for
in attempting to drive out Sex (which of course he could not do) he
entered into a conflict which was bound to end in the expulsion of
SOMETHING; and that something was the domination, within himself, of
self-consciousness, the very thing which makes and ever has made sex
detestable. Man did not succeed in driving the snake out of the Garden,
but he drove himself out, taking the real old serpent of self-greed and
self-gratification with him. When some day he returns to Paradise this
latter will have died in his bosom and been cast away, but he will find
the good Snake there as of old, full of healing and friendliness, among
the branches of the Tree of Life.
Besides it is evident from other considerations that this moment of the
denial of sex HAD to come. When one thinks of the enormous power of this
passion, and its age-long, hold upon the human race, one realizes that
once liberated from the instinctive bonds of nature, and backed by a
self-conscious and self-seeking human intelligence it was on the way to
become a fearful curse.
A monstrous Eft was of old the Lord and Master of Earth;
For him did his high sun flame, and his river billowing ran.
And this may have been all very well and appropriate in the carboniferous
Epoch, but WE in the end of Time have no desire to fall under any such
preposterous domination, or to return to the primal swamps from which
organic nature has so slowly and painfully emerged.
I say it was the entry of self-consciousness into the sphere of Sex, and
the consequent use of the latter for private ends, which poisoned this
great race-power at its root. For above all, Sex, as representing through
Childbirth the life of the Race (or of the Tribe, or, if you like, of
Humanity at large) should be sacred and guarded from merely selfish aims,
and therefore to use it only for such aims is indeed a desecration. And
even if—as some maintain and I think rightly (1)—sex is not
MERELY for child-birth and physical procreation, but for mutual vitalizing
and invigoration, it still subserves union and not egotism; and to use it
egotistically is to commit the sin of Separation indeed. It is to cast
away and corrupt the very bond of life and fellowship. The ancient peoples
at any rate threw an illumination of religious (that is, of communal and
public) value over sex-acts, and to a great extent made them into matters
either of Temple-ritual and the worship of the gods, or of communal and
pandemic celebration, as in the Saturnalia and other similar festivals. We
have certainly no right to regard these celebrations—of either kind—as
insincere. They were, at any rate in their inception, genuinely religious
or genuinely social and festal; and from either point of view they were
far better than the secrecy of private indulgence which characterizes our
modern world in these matters. The thorough and shameless commercialism of
Sex has alas! been reserved for what is called “Christian civilization,”
and with it (perhaps as a necessary consequence) Prostitution and Syphilis
have grown into appalling evils, accompanied by a gigantic degradation of
social standards, and upgrowth of petty Philistinism and niaiserie. Love,
in fact, having in this modern world-movement been denied, and its natural
manifestations affected with a sense of guilt and of sin, has really
languished and ceased to play its natural part in life; and a vast number
of people—both men and women, finding themselves barred or derailed
from the main object of existence, have turned their energies to
‘business’ or ‘money-making’ or ‘social advancement’ or something equally
futile, as the only poor substitute and pis aller open to them.
(1) See Havelock Ellis, The Objects of Marriage, a pamphlet
published by the “British Society for the Study of Sex-psychology.”
Why (again we ask) did Christianity make this apparently great mistake?
And again we must reply: Perhaps the mistake was not so great as it
appears to be. Perhaps this was another case of the necessity of learning
by loss. Love had to be denied, in the form of sex, in order that it might
thus the better learn its own true values and needs. Sex had to be
rejected, or defiled with the sense of guilt and self-seeking, in order
that having cast out its defilement it might return one day, transformed
in the embrace of love. The whole process has had a deep and strange
world-significance. It has led to an immensely long period of suppression—suppression
of two great instincts—the physical instinct of sex and the
emotional instinct of love. Two things which should naturally be conjoined
have been separated; and both have suffered. And we know from the Freudian
teachings what suppressions in the root-instincts necessarily mean. We
know that they inevitably terminate in diseases and distortions of proper
action, either in the body or in the mind, or in both; and that these
evils can only be cured by the liberation of the said instincts again to
their proper expression and harmonious functioning in the whole organism.
No wonder then that, with this agelong suppression (necessary in a sense
though it may have been) which marks the Christian dispensation, there
should have been associated endless Sickness and Crime and sordid Poverty,
the Crucifixion of animals in the name of Science and of human workers in
the name of Wealth, and wars and horrors innumerable! Hercules writhing in
the Nessus-shirt or Prometheus nailed to the rocks are only as figures of
a toy miniature compared with this vision of the great and divine Spirit
of Man caught in the clutches of those dread Diseases which through the
centuries have been eating into his very heart and vitals.
It would not be fair to pile on the Christian Church the blame for all
this. It had, no doubt, its part to play in the whole great scheme,
namely, to accentuate the self-motive; and it played the part very
thoroughly and successfully. For it must be remembered (what I have again
and again insisted on) that in the pagan cults it was always the salvation
of the CLAN, the TRIBE, the people that was the main consideration; the
advantage of the individual took only a very secondary part. But in
Christendom—after the communal enthusiasms of apostolic days and of
the medieval and monastic brotherhoods and sisterhoods had died down—religion
occupied itself more and more with each man or woman’s INDIVIDUAL
salvation, regardless of what might happen to the community; till, with
the rise of Protestantism and Puritanism, this tendency reached such an
extreme that, as some one has said, each man was absorbed in polishing up
his own little soul in a corner to himself, in entire disregard to the
damnation which might come to his neighbor. Religion, and Morality too,
under the commercial regime became, as was natural, perfectly selfish. It
was always: “Am I saved? Am I doing the right thing? Am I
winning the favor of God and man? Will my claims to salvation be allowed?
Did I make a good bargain in allowing Jesus to be crucified for
me?” The poison of a diseased self-consciousness entered into the whole
human system.
As I say, one must not blame the Christians too much for all this—partly
because, AFTER the communal periods which I have just mentioned,
Christianity was evidently deeply influenced by the rise of COMMERCIALISM,
to which during the last two centuries it has so carefully and piously
adapted itself; and partly because—if our view is anywhere near
right—this microbial injection of self-consciousness was just the
necessary work which (in conjunction with commercialism) it HAD to
perform. But though one does not blame Christianity one cannot blind
oneself to its defects—the defects necessarily arising from the part
it had to play. When one compares a healthy Pagan ritual—say of
Apollo or Dionysus—including its rude and crude sacrifices if you
like, but also including its whole-hearted spontaneity and dedication to
the common life and welfare—with the morbid self-introspection of
the Christian and the eternally recurring question “What shall I do to be
saved?”—the comparison is not favorable to the latter. There is (at
any rate in modern days) a mawkish milk-and-wateriness about the Christian
attitude, and also a painful self-consciousness, which is not pleasant;
and though Nietzsche’s blonde beast is a sufficiently disagreeable animal,
one almost thinks that it were better to be THAT than to go about with
one’s head meekly hanging on one side, and talking always of altruism and
self-sacrifice, while in reality one’s heart was entirely occupied with
the question of one’s own salvation. There is besides a lamentable want of
grit and substance about the Christian doctrines and ceremonials. Somehow
under the sex-taboo they became spiritualized and etherealized out of all
human use. Study the initiation-rites of any savage tribe—with their
strict discipline of the young braves in fortitude, and the overcoming of
pain and fear; with their very detailed lessons in the arts of war and
life and the duties of the grown man to his tribe; and with their quite
practical instruction in matters of Sex; and then read our little
Baptismal and Confirmation services, which ought to correspond thereto.
How thin and attenuated and weak the latter appear! Or compare the Holy
Communion, as celebrated in the sentimental atmosphere of a Protestant
Church, with an ancient Eucharistic feast of real jollity and community of
life under the acknowledged presence of the god; or the Roman Catholic
service of the Mass, including its genuflexions and mock oblations and
droning ritual sing-song, with the actual sacrifice in early days of an
animal-god-victim on a blazing altar; and I think my meaning will be
clear. We do not want, of course, to return to all the crudities and
barbarities of the past; but also we do not want to become attenuated and
spiritualized out of all mundane sense and recognition, and to live in an
otherworld Paradise void of application to earthly affairs.
The sex-taboo in Christianity was apparently, as I have said, an effort of
the human soul to wrest itself free from the entanglement of physical lust—which
lust, though normal and appropriate and in a way gracious among the
animals, had through the domination of self-consciousness become diseased
and morbid or monstrous in Man. The work thus done has probably been of
the greatest value to the human race; but, just as in other cases it has
sometimes happened that the effort to do a certain work has resulted in
the end in an unbalanced exaggeration so here. We are beginning to see now
the harmful side of the repression of sex, and are tentatively finding our
way back again to a more pagan attitude. And as this return-movement is
taking place at a time when, from many obvious signs, the self-conscious,
grasping, commercial conception of life is preparing to go on the wane,
and the sense of solidarity to re-establish itself, there is really good
hope that our return-journey may prove in some degree successful.
Man progresses generally, not both legs at once like a sparrow, but by
putting one leg forward first, and then the other. There was this
advantage in the Christian taboo of sex that by discouraging the physical
and sensual side of love it did for the time being allow the spiritual
side to come forward. But, as I have just now indicated, there is a limit
to that process. We cannot always keep one leg first in walking, and we do
not want, in life, always to put the spiritual first, nor always the
material and sensual. The two sides in the long run have to keep pace with
each other.
And it may be that a great number of the very curious and seemingly
senseless taboos that we find among the primitive peoples can be partly
explained in this way: that is, that by ruling out certain directions of
activity they enabled people to concentrate more effectually, for the time
being, on other directions. To primitive folk the great world, whose ways
are puzzling enough in all conscience to us, must have been simply
bewildering in its dangers and complications. It was an amazement of Fear
and Ignorance. Thunderbolts might come at any moment out of the blue sky,
or a demon out of an old tree trunk, or a devastating plague out of a bad
smell—or apparently even out of nothing at all! Under those
circumstances it was perhaps wise, wherever there was the smallest
SUSPICION of danger or ill-luck, to create a hard and fast TABOO—just
as we tell our children ON NO ACCOUNT to walk under a ladder (thereby
creating a superstition in their minds), partly because it would take too
long to explain all about the real dangers of paint-pots and other things,
and partly because for the children themselves it seems simpler to have a
fixed and inviolable law than to argue over every case that occurs. The
priests and elders among early folk no doubt took the line of FORBIDDAL of
activities, as safer and simpler, even if carried sometimes too far, than
the opposite, of easy permission and encouragement. Taboos multiplied—many
of them quite senseless—but perhaps in this perilous maze of the
world, of which I have spoken, it really WAS simpler to cut out a large
part of the labyrinth, as forbidden ground, thus rendering it easier for
the people to find their way in those portions of the labyrinth which
remained. If you read in Deuteronomy (ch. xiv) the list of birds and
beasts and fishes permitted for food among the Israelites, or tabooed, you
will find the list on the whole reasonable, but you will be struck by some
curious exceptions (according to our ideas), which are probably to be
explained by the necessity of making the rules simple enough to be
comprehended by everybody—even if they included the forbiddal of
some quite eatable animals.
At some early period, in Babylonia or Assyria, a very stringent taboo on
the Sabbath arose, which, taken up in turn by the Jewish and Christian
Churches, has ruled the Western World for three thousand years or more,
and still survives in a quite senseless form among some of our rural
populations, who will see their corn rot in the fields rather than save it
on a Sunday. (1) It is quite likely that this taboo in its first beginning
was due not to any need of a weekly rest-day (a need which could never be
felt among nomad savages, but would only occur in some kind of industrial
and stationary civilization), but to some superstitious fear, connected
with such things as the changes of the Moon, and the probable ILL-LUCK of
any enterprise undertaken on the seventh day, or any day of Moon-change.
It is probable, however, that as time went on and Society became more
complex, the advantages of a weekly REST-DAY (or market-day) became more
obvious and that the priests and legislators deliberately turned the taboo
to a social use. (2) The learned modern Ethnologists, however, will
generally have none of this latter idea. As a rule they delight in
representing early peoples as totally destitute of common sense (which is
supposed to be a monopoly of us moderns!); and if the Sabbath-arrangement
has had any value or use they insist on ascribing this to pure accident,
and not to the application of any sane argument or reason.
(1) For other absurd Sunday taboos see Westermarck on The Moral
Ideas, vol. ii, p. 289.
(2) For a tracing of this taboo from useless superstition to
practical utility see Hastings’s Encycl. Religion and Ethics, art. “The
Sabbath.”
It is true indeed that a taboo—in order to be a proper taboo—must
not rest in the general mind on argument or reason. It may have had good
sense in the past or even an underlying good sense in the present, but its
foundation must rest on something beyond. It must be an absolute fiat—something
of the nature of a Mystery (1) or of Religion or Magic-and not to be
disputed. This gives it its blood-curdling quality. The rustic does not
know what would happen to him if he garnered his corn on Sunday, nor does
the diner-out in polite society know what would happen if he spooned up
his food with his knife—but they both are stricken with a sort of
paralysis at the very suggestion of infringing these taboos.
(1) See Westermarck, Ibid., ii. 586.
Marriage-customs have always been a fertile field for the generation of
taboos. It seems doubtful whether anything like absolute promiscuity ever
prevailed among the human race, but there is much to show that wide choice
and intercourse were common among primitive folk and that the tendency of
later marriage custom has been on the whole to LIMIT this range of choice.
At some early period the forbiddal of marriage between those who bore the
same totem-name took place. Thus in Australia “no man of the Emu stock
might marry an Emu woman; no Blacksnake might marry a Blacksnake woman,
and so forth.” (1) Among the Kamilaroi and the Arunta of S. Australia the
tribe was divided into classes or clans, sometimes four, sometimes eight,
and a man of one particular clan was only marriageable with a woman of
another particular clan—say (1) with (3) or (2) with (4), and so on.
(2) Customs with a similar tendency, but different in detail, seem to have
prevailed among native tribes in Central Africa and N. America. And the
regulations in all this matter have been so (apparently) entirely
arbitrary in the various cases that it would almost appear as if the bar
of kinship through the Totem had been the EXCUSE, originating perhaps in
some superstition, but that the real and more abiding object was simply
limitation. And this perhaps was a wise line to take. A taboo on
promiscuity had to be created, and for this purpose any current prejudice
could be made use of. (3)
(1) Myth, Ritual and Religion, i, p. 66.
(2) See Spencer and Gillen, Native Tribes of Australia.
(3) The author of The Mystic Rose seems to take this view. See
p. 214 of that book.
With us moderns the whole matter has taken a different complexion. When we
consider the enormous amount of suffering and disease, both of mind and
body, arising from the sex-suppression of which I have just spoken,
especially among women, we see that mere unreasoning taboos—which
possibly had their place and use in the past—can be tolerated no
longer. We are bound to turn the searchlight of reason and science on a
number of superstitions which still linger in the dark and musty places of
the Churches and the Law courts. Modern inquiry has shown conclusively not
only the foundational importance of sex in the evolution of each human
being, but also the very great VARIETY of spontaneous manifestations in
different individuals and the vital necessity that these should be
recognized, if society is ever to expand into a rational human form. It is
not my object here to sketch the future of marriage and sex-relations
generally—a subject which is now being dealt with very effectively
from many sides; but only to insist on our using our good sense in the
whole matter, and refusing any longer to be bound by senseless
pre-judgments.
Something of the same kind may be said with regard to Nakedness, which in
modern Civilization has become the object of a very serious and indeed
harmful taboo; both of speech and act. As someone has said, it became in
the end of the nineteenth century almost a crime to mention by name any
portion of the human body within a radius of about twenty inches from its
centre (!) and as a matter of fact a few dress-reformers of that period
were actually brought into court and treated as criminals for going about
with legs bare up to the knees, and shoulders and chest uncovered! Public
follies such as these have been responsible for much of the bodily and
mental disease and suppression just mentioned, and the sooner they are
sent to limbo the better. No sensible person would advocate promiscuous
nakedness any more than promiscuous sex-relationship; nor is it likely
that aged and deformed people would at any time wish to expose themselves.
But surely there is enough good sense and appreciation of grace and
fitness in the average human mind for it to be able to liberate the body
from senseless concealment, and give it its due expression. The Greeks of
old, having on the whole clean bodies, treated them with respect and
distinction. The young men appeared quite naked in the palaestra, and even
the girls of Sparta ran races publicly in the same condition; (1) and some
day when our bodies (and minds too) have become clean we shall return to
similar institutions. But that will not be just yet. As long as the
defilement of this commercial civilization is on us we shall prefer our
dirt and concealment. The powers that be will protest against change.
Heinrich Scham, in his charming little pamphlet Nackende Menschen, (2)
describes the consternation of the commercial people at such ideas:
“‘What will become of us,’ cried the tailors, ‘if you go naked?’
“And all the lot of them, hat, cravat, shirt, and shoemakers joined in the
chorus.
“‘AND WHERE SHALL I CARRY MY MONEY?’ cried one who had just been made a
director.”
(1) See Theocritus, Idyll xviii.
(2) Published at Leipzig about 1893.
XIII.
THE GENESIS OF CHRISTIANITY
Referring back to the existence of something resembling a great
World-religion which has come down the centuries, continually expanding
and branching in the process, we have now to consider the genesis of that
special brand or branch of it which we call Christianity. Each religion or
cult, pagan or Christian, has had, as we have seen, a vast amount in
common with the general World-religion; yet each has had its own special
characteristics. What have been the main characteristics of the Christian
branch, as differentiating it from the other branches?
We saw in the last chapter that a certain ascetic attitude towards Sex was
one of the most salient marks of the Christian Church; and that whereas
most of the pagan cults (though occasionally favoring frightful
austerities and cruel sacrifices) did on the whole rejoice in pleasure and
the world of the senses, Christianity—following largely on Judaism—displayed
a tendency towards renunciation of the world and the flesh, and a
withdrawal into the inner and more spiritual regions of the mind. The same
tendency may be traced in the Egyptian and Phrygian cults of that period.
It will be remembered how Juvenal (Sat. VI, 510-40) chaffs the priests of
Cybele at Rome for making themselves “eunuchs for the kingdom of heaven’s
sake,” or the rich Roman lady for plunging in the wintry Tiber for a
propitiation to Isis. No doubt among the later pagans “the long
intolerable tyranny of the senses over the soul” had become a very serious
matter. But Christianity represented perhaps the most powerful reaction
against this; and this reaction had, as indicated in the last chapter, the
enormously valuable result that (for the time) it disentangled love from
sex and established Love, pure and undefiled, as ruler of the world. “God
is Love.” But, as also indicated, the divorce between the two elements of
human nature, carried to an extreme, led in time to a crippling of both
elements and the development of a certain morbidity and self-consciousness
which, it cannot be denied, is painfully marked among some sections of
Christians—especially those of the altruistic and ‘philanthropic’
type.
Another characteristic of Christianity which is also very fine in its way
but has its limits of utility, has been its insistence on “morality.” Some
modern writers indeed have gone so far—forgetting, I suppose, the
Stoics—as to claim that Christianity’s chief mark is its high
morality, and that the pagans generally were quite wanting in the moral
sense! This, of course, is a profound mistake. I should say that, in the
true sense of the word, the early and tribal peoples have been much more
‘moral’ as a rule—that is, ready as individuals to pay respect to
the needs of the community—than the later and more civilized
societies. But the mistake arises from the different interpretations of
the word; for whereas all the pagan religions insisted very strongly on
the just-mentioned kind of morality, which we should call civic duty to
one’s neighbor, the Christian made morality to consist more especially in
a man’s duty to God. It became with them a private affair between a man’s
self and God, rather than a public affair; and thus led in the end to a
very obnoxious and quite pharisaic kind of morality, whose chief
inspiration was not the helping of one’s fellow-man but the saving of
one’s own soul.
There may perhaps be other salient points of differentiation between
Christianity and the preceding pagan religions; but for the present we may
recognize these two—(a) the tendency towards a renunciation of the
world, and the consequent cultivation of a purely spiritual love and (b)
the insistence on a morality whose inspiration was a private sense of duty
to God rather than a public sense of duty to one’s neighbor and to society
generally. It may be interesting to trace the causes which led to this
differentiation.
Three centuries before our era the conquests of Alexander had had the
effect of spreading the Greek thought and culture over most of the known
world. A vast number of small bodies of worshipers of local deities, with
their various rituals and religious customs, had thus been broken up, or
at least brought into contact with each other and partially modified and
hellenized. The orbit of a more general conception of life and religion
was already being traced. By the time of the founding of the first
Christian Church the immense conquests of Rome had greatly extended and
established the process. The Mediterranean had become a great Roman lake.
Merchant ships and routes of traffic crossed it in all directions;
tourists visited its shores. The known world had become one. The
numberless peoples, tribes, nations, societies within the girdle of the
Empire, with their various languages, creeds, customs, religions,
philosophies, were profoundly influencing each other. (1) A great fusion
was taking place; and it was becoming inevitable that the next great
religious movement would have a world-wide character.
(1) For an enlargement on this theme see Glover’s Conflict of
Religions in the early Roman Empire; also S. J. Case, Evolution of
Early Christianity (University of Chicago, 1914). The Adonis worship, for
instance (a resurrection-cult), “was still thriving in Syria and Cyprus
when Paul preached there,” and the worship of Isis and Serapis had
already reached then, Rome and Naples.
It was probable that this new religion would combine many elements from
the preceding rituals in one cult. In connection with the fine temples and
elaborate services of Isis and Cybele and Mithra there was growing up a
powerful priesthood; Franz Cumont (1) speaks of “the learned priests of
the Asiatic cults” as building up, on the foundations of old fetichism and
superstition, a complete religious philosophy—just as the Brahmins
had built the monism of the Vedanta on the “monstrous idolatries of
Hinduism.” And it was likely that a similar process would evolve the new
religion expected. Toutain again calls attention to the patronage accorded
to all these cults by the Roman Emperors, as favoring a new combination
and synthesis:—“Hadrien, Commode, Septime Sévère, Julia Domna,
Elagabal, Alexandre Sévère, en particulier ont contribué personnellement a
la popularité et au succes des cultes qui se celebraient en l’honneur de
Serapis et d’Isis, des divinités syriennes et de Mithra.” (2)
(1) See Cumont, Religions Orientales dans le Paganisme Romain
(Paris, 1906), p. 253.
(2) Cultes paiens dans l’Empire Romain (2 vols., 1911), vol. ii,
p. 263.
It was also probable that this new Religion would show (as indicated in
the last chapter) a reaction against mere sex-indulgence; and, as regards
its standard of Morality generally, that, among so many conflicting
peoples with their various civic and local customs, it could not well
identify itself with any ONE of these but would evolve an inner
inspiration of its own which in its best form would be love of the
neighbor, regardless of the race, creed or customs of the neighbor, and
whose sanction would not reside in any of the external authorities thus
conflicting with each other, but in the sense of the soul’s direct
responsibility to God.
So much for what we might expect a priori as to the influence of the
surroundings on the general form of the new Religion. And what about the
kind of creed or creeds which that religion would favor? Here again we
must see that the influence of the surroundings compelled a certain
result. Those doctrines which we have described in the preceding chapters—doctrines
of Sin and Sacrifice, a Savior, the Eucharist, the Trinity, the
Virgin-birth, and so forth—were in their various forms seething, so
to speak, all around. It was impossible for any new religious synthesis to
escape them; all it could do would be to appropriate them, and to give
them perhaps a color of its own. Thus it is into the midst of this
germinating mass that we must imagine the various pagan cults, like
fertilizing streams, descending. To trace all these streams would of
course be an impossible task; but it may be of use, as an example of the
process, to take the case of some particular belief. Let us take the
belief in the coming of a Savior-god; and this will be the more suitable
as it is a belief which has in the past been commonly held to be
distinctive of Christianity. Of course we know now that it is not in any
sense distinctive, but that the long tradition of the Savior comes down
from the remotest times, and perhaps from every country of the world. (1)
The Messianic prophecies of the Jews and the fifty-third chapter of Isaiah
emptied themselves into the Christian teachings, and infected them to some
degree with a Judaic tinge. The “Messiah” means of course the Anointed
One. The Hebrew word occurs some 40 times in the Old Testament; and each
time in the Septuagint or Greek translation (made mainly in the third
century BEFORE our era) the word is translated [gr cristos], or Christos,
which again means Anointed. Thus we see that the idea or the word “The
Christ” was in vogue in Alexandria as far back certainly as 280 B.C., or
nearly three centuries before Jesus. And what the word “The Anointed”
strictly speaking means, and from what the expression is probably derived,
will appear later. In The Book of Enoch, written not later than B.C. 170,
(2) the Christ is spoken of as already existing in heaven, and about to
come as judge of all men, and is definitely called “the Son of Man.” The
Book of Revelations is FULL of passages from Enoch; so are the Epistles of
Paul; so too the Gospels. The Book of Enoch believes in a Golden Age that
is to come; it has Dantesque visions of Heaven and Hell, and of Angels
good and evil, and it speaks of a “garden of Righteousness” with the “Tree
of Wisdom” in its midst. Everywhere, says Prof. Drews, in the first
century B.C., there was the longing for a coming Savior.
(1) Even to-day, the Arabian lands are always vibrating with
prophecies of a coming Mahdi.
(2) See Edition by R. H. Charles (1893).
But the Savior-god, as we also know, was a familiar figure in Egypt. The
great Osiris was the Savior of the world, both in his life and death: in
his life through the noble works he wrought for the benefit of mankind,
and in his death through his betrayal by the powers of darkness and his
resurrection from the tomb and ascent into heaven. (1) The Egyptian
doctrines descended through Alexandria into Christianity—and though
they did not influence the latter deeply until about 300 A.D., yet they
then succeeded in reaching the Christian Churches, giving a color to their
teachings with regard to the Savior, and persuading them to accept and
honor the Egyptian worship of Isis in the Christian form of the Virgin
Mary.
(1) See ch. ii.
Again, another great stream of influence descended from Persia in the form
of the cult of Mithra. Mithra, as we have seen, (1) stood as a great
Mediator between God and man. With his baptisms and eucharists, and his
twelve disciples, and his birth in a cave, and so forth, he seemed to the
early Fathers an invention of the devil and a most dangerous mockery on
Christianity—and all the more so because his worship was becoming so
exceedingly popular. The cult seems to have reached Rome about B.C. 70. It
spread far and wide through the Empire. It extended to Great Britain, and
numerous remains of Mithraic monuments and sculptures in this country—at
York, Chester and other places—testify to its wide acceptance even
here. At Rome the vogue of Mithraism became so great that in the third
century A. D., it was quite doubtful (2) whether it OR Christianity would
triumph; the Emperor Aurelian in 273 founded a cult of the Invincible Sun
in connection with Mithraism; (3) and as St. Jerome tells us in his
letters, (4) the latter cult had at a later time to be suppressed in Rome
and Alexandria by PHYSICAL FORCE, so powerful was it.
(1) Ch. ii.
(2) See Cumont, op. cit., who says, p. 171:—“Jamais, pas meme a
l’epoque des invasions mussulmanes, l’Europe ne sembla plus pres
de devenir asiatique qu’au moment ou Diocletien reconnaissait
officiellement en Mithra, le protecteur de l’empire reconstitue.” See
also Cumont’s Mysteres de Mithra, preface. The Roman Army, in fact,
stuck to Mithra throughout, as against Christianity; and so did the
Roman nobility. (See S. Augustine’s Confessions, Book VIII, ch. 2.)
(3) Cumont indeed says that the identification of Mithra with the
Sun (the emblem of imperial power) formed one reason why Mithraism was
NOT persecuted at that time.
(4) Epist. cvii, ad Laetam. See Robertson’s Pagan Christs, p.
350.
Nor was force the only method employed. IMITATION is not only the
sincerest flattery, but it is often the most subtle and effective way of
defeating a rival. The priests of the rising Christian Church were, like
the priests of ALL religions, not wanting in craft; and at this moment
when the question of a World-religion was in the balance, it was an
obvious policy for them to throw into their own scale as many elements as
possible of the popular Pagan cults. Mithraism had been flourishing for
600 years; and it is, to say the least, CURIOUS that the Mithraic
doctrines and legends which I have just mentioned should all have been
adopted (quite unintentionally of course!) into Christianity; and still
more so that some others from the same source, like the legend of the
Shepherds at the Nativity and the doctrine of the Resurrection and
Ascension, which are NOT mentioned at all in the original draft of the
earliest Gospel (St. Mark), should have made their appearance, in the
Christian writings at a later time, when Mithraism was making great
forward strides. History shows that as a Church progresses and expands it
generally feels compelled to enlarge and fortify its own foundations by
inserting material which was not there at first. I shall shortly give
another illustration of this; at present I will merely point out that the
Christian writers, as time went on, not only introduced new doctrines,
legends, miracles and so forth—most of which we can trace to
antecedent pagan sources—but that they took especial pains to
destroy the pagan records and so obliterate the evidence of their own
dishonesty. We learn from Porphyry (1) that there were several elaborate
treatises setting forth the religion of Mithra; and J. M. Robertson adds
(Pagan Christs, p. 325): “everyone of these has been destroyed by the care
of the Church, and it is remarkable that even the treatise of Firmicus is
mutilated at a passage (v.) where he seems to be accusing Christians of
following Mithraic usages.” While again Professor Murray says, “The
polemic literature of Christianity is loud and triumphant; the books of
the Pagans have been DESTROYED.” (2)
(1) De Abstinentia, ii. 56; iv. 16.
(2) Four Stages, p. 180. We have probably an instance of this
destruction in the total disappearance of Celsus’ lively attack
on Christianity (180 A.D.), of which, however, portions have been
fortunately preserved in Origen’s rather prolix refutation of the same.
Returning to the doctrine of the Savior, I have already in preceding
chapters given so many instances of belief in such a deity among the
pagans—whether he be called Krishna or Mithra or Osiris or Horus or
Apollo or Hercules—that it is not necessary to dwell on the subject
any further in order to persuade the reader that the doctrine was ‘in the
air’ at the time of the advent of Christianity. Even Dionysus, then a
prominent figure in the ‘Mysteries,’ was called Eleutherios, The
Deliverer. But it may be of interest to trace the same doctrine among the
PRE-CHRISTIAN sects of Gnostics. The Gnostics, says Professor Murray, (1)
“are still commonly thought of as a body of CHRISTIAN heretics. In reality
there were Gnostic sects scattered over the Hellenistic world BEFORE
Christianity as well as after. They must have been established in Antioch
and probably in Tarsus well before the days of Paul or Apollos. Their
Savior, like the Jewish Messiah, was established in men’s minds before the
Savior of the Christians. ‘If we look close,’ says Professor Bousset, ‘the
result emerges with great clearness that the figure of the Redeemer as
such did not wait for Christianity to force its way into the religion of
Gnosis, but was already present there under various forms.’”
(1) Four Stages, p. 143.
This Gnostic Redeemer, continues Professor Murray, “is descended by a
fairly clear genealogy from the ‘Tritos Soter’ (‘third Savior’) (1) of
early Greece, contaminated with similar figures, like Attis and Adonis
from Asia Minor, Osiris from Egypt, and the special Jewish conception of
the Messiah of the Chosen people. He has various names, which the name of
Jesus or ‘Christos,’ ‘the Anointed,’ tends gradually to supersede. Above
all, he is in some sense Man, or ‘the second Man’ or ‘the Son of Man’…
He is the real, the ultimate, the perfect and eternal Man, of whom all
bodily men are feeble copies.” (2)
(1) There seems to be some doubt about the exact meaning of this
expression. Even Zeus himself was sometimes called ‘Soter,’ and at
feasts, it is said, the THIRD goblet was always drunk in his honor.
(2) See also The Gnostic Story of Jesus Christ, by Gilbert T.
Sadler (C. W. Daniel, 1919).
This passage brings vividly before the mind the process of which I have
spoken, namely, the fusion and mutual interchange of ideas on the subject
of the Savior during the period anterior to our era. Also it exemplifies
to us through what an abstract sphere of Gnostic religious speculation the
doctrine had to travel before reaching its expression in Christianity. (1)
This exalted and high philosophical conception passed on and came out
again to some degree in the Fourth Gospel and the Pauline Epistles
(especially I Cor. xv); but I need hardly say it was not maintained. The
enthusiasm of the little scattered Christian bodies—with their
communism of practice with regard to THIS world and their intensity of
faith with regard to the next—began to wane in the second and third
centuries A.D. As the Church (with capital initial) grew, so was it less
and less occupied with real religious feeling, and more and more with its
battles against persecution from outside, and its quarrels and dissensions
concerning heresies within its own borders. And when at the Council of
Nicaea (325 A.D.) it endeavored to establish an official creed, the strife
and bitterness only increased. “There is no wild beast,” said the Emperor
Julian, “like an angry theologian.” Where the fourth Evangelist had
preached the gospel of Love, and Paul had announced redemption by an inner
and spiritual identification with Christ, “As in Adam all die, so in
Christ shall all be made alive”; and whereas some at any rate of the Pagan
cults had taught a glorious salvation by the new birth of a divine being
within each man: “Be of good cheer, O initiates in the mystery of the
liberated god; For to you too out of all your labors and sorrows shall
come Liberation”—the Nicene creed had nothing to propound except
some extremely futile speculations about the relation to each other of the
Father and the Son, and the relation of BOTH to the Holy Ghost, and of all
THREE to the Virgin Mary—speculations which only served for the
renewal of shameful strife and animosities—riots and bloodshed and
murder—within the Church, and the mockery of the heathen without.
And as far as it dealt with the crucifixion, death and resurrection of the
Lord it did not differ from the score of preceding pagan creeds, except in
the thorough materialism and lack of poetry in statement which it
exhibits. After the Council of Nicaea, in fact, the Judaic tinge in the
doctrines of the Church becomes more apparent, and more and more its
Scheme of Salvation through Christ takes the character of a rather sordid
and huckstering bargain by which Man gets the better of God by persuading
the latter to sacrifice his own Son for the redemption of the world! With
the exception of a few episodes like the formation during the Middle Ages
of the noble brotherhoods and sisterhoods of Frairs and Nuns, dedicated to
the help and healing of suffering humanity, and the appearance of a few
real lovers of mankind (and the animals) like St. Francis—(and these
manifestations can hardly be claimed by the Church, which pretty
consistently opposed them)—it may be said that after about the
fourth century the real spirit and light of early Christian enthusiasm
died away. The incursions of barbarian tribes from the North and East, and
later of Moors and Arabs from the South, familiarized the European peoples
with the ideas of bloodshed and violence; gross and material conceptions
of life were in the ascendant; and a romantic and aspiring Christianity
gave place to a worldly and vulgar Churchianity.
(1) When travelling in India I found that the Gnanis or Wise Men
there quite commonly maintained that Jesus (judging from his teaching)
must have been initiated at some time in the esoteric doctrines of the
Vedanta.
I have in these two or three pages dealt only—and that very briefly—with
the entry of the pagan doctrine of the Savior into the Christian field,
showing its transformation there and how Christianity could not well
escape having a doctrine of a Savior, or avoid giving a color of its own
to that doctrine. To follow out the same course with other doctrines, like
those which I have mentioned above, would obviously be an endless task—which
must be left to each student or reader to pursue according to his
opportunity and capacity. It is clear anyhow, that all these elements of
the pagan religions—pouring down into the vast reservoir, or rather
whirlpool, of the Roman Empire, and mixing among all these numerous
brotherhoods, societies, collegia, mystery-clubs, and groups which were at
that time looking out intently for some new revelation or inspiration—did
more or less automatically act and react upon each other, and by the
general conditions prevailing were modified, till they ultimately combined
and took united shape in the movement which we call Christianity, but
which only—as I have said—narrowly escaped being called
Mithraism—so nearly related and closely allied were these cults with
each other.
At this point it will naturally be asked: “And where in this scheme of the
Genesis of Christianity is the chief figure and accredited leader of the
movement—namely Jesus Christ himself—for to all appearance in
the account here given of the matter he is practically non-existent or a
negligible quantity?” And the question is a very pertinent one, and very
difficult to answer. “Where is the founder of the Religion?”—or to
put it in another form: “Is it necessary to suppose a human and visible
Founder at all?” A few years ago such a mere question would have been
accounted rank blasphemy, and would only—if passed over—have
been ignored on account of its supposed absurdity. To-day, however, owing
to the enormous amount of work which has been done of late on the subject
of Christian origins, the question takes on quite a different complexion.
And from Strauss onwards a growingly influential and learned body of
critics is inclined to regard the whole story of the Gospels as LEGENDARY.
Arthur Drews, for instance, a professor at Karlsruhe, in his celebrated
book The Christ-Myth, (1) places David F. Strauss as first in the myth
field—though he allows that Dupuis in L’origine de tous les cultes
(1795) had given the clue to the whole idea. He then mentions Bruno Bauer
(1877) as contending that Jesus was a pure invention of Mark’s, and John
M. Robertson as having in his Christianity and Mythology (1900) given the
first thoroughly reasoned exposition of the legendary theory; also Emilio
Bossi in Italy, who wrote Jesu Christo non e mai esistito, and similar
authors in Holland, Poland, and other countries, including W. Benjamin
Smith, the American author of The Pre-christian Jesus (1906), and P.
Jensen in Das Gilgamesch Epos in den Welt-literatur (1906), who makes the
Jesus-story a variant of the Babylonian epic, 2000 B.C. A pretty strong
list! (2) “But,” continues Drews, “ordinary historians still ignore all
this.” Finally, he dismisses Jesus as “a figure swimming obscurely in the
mists of tradition.” Nevertheless I need hardly remark that, large and
learned as the body of opinion here represented is, a still larger (but
less learned) body fights desperately for the actual HISTORICITY of Jesus,
and some even still for the old view of him as a quite unique and
miraculous revelation of Godhood on earth.
(1) Die Christus-mythe: verbesserte und erweitezte Ausgabe, Jena,
1910.
(2) To which we may also add Schweitzer’s Quest of the historical
Jesus (1910).
At first, no doubt, the LEGENDARY theory seems a little TOO far-fetched.
There is a fashion in all these things, and it MAY be that there is a
fashion even here. But when you reflect how rapidly legends grow up even
in these days of exact Science and an omniscient Press; how the figure of
Shakespeare, dead only 300 years, is almost completely lost in the mist of
Time, and even the authenticity of his works has become a subject of
controversy; when you find that William Tell, supposed to have lived some
300 years again before Shakespeare, and whose deeds in minutest detail
have been recited and honored all over Europe, is almost certainly a pure
invention, and never existed; when you remember—as mentioned earlier
in this book (1)—that it was more than five hundred years after the
supposed birth of Jesus before any serious effort was made to establish
the date of that birth—and that then a purely mythical date was
chosen: the 25th December, the day of the SUN’S new birth after the winter
solstice, and the time of the supposed birth of Apollo, Bacchus, and the
other Sungods; when, moreover, you think for a moment what the state of
historical criticism must have been, and the general standard of
credibility, 1,900 years ago, in a country like Syria, and among an
ignorant population, where any story circulating from lip to lip was
assured of credence if sufficiently marvelous or imaginative;—why,
then the legendary theory does not seem so improbable. There is no doubt
that after the destruction of Jerusalem (in A.D. 70), little groups of
believers in a redeeming ‘Christ’ were formed there and in other places,
just as there had certainly existed, in the first century B.C., groups of
Gnostics, Therapeutae, Essenes and others whose teachings were very
SIMILAR to the Christian, and there was now a demand from many of these
groups for ‘writings’ and ‘histories’ which should hearten and confirm the
young and growing Churches. The Gospels and Epistles, of which there are
still extant a great abundance, both apocryphal and canonical, met this
demand; but how far their records of the person of Jesus of Nazareth are
reliable history, or how far they are merely imaginative pictures of the
kind of man the Saviour might be expected to be, (2) is a question which,
as I have already said, is a difficult one for skilled critics to answer,
and one on which I certainly have no intention of giving a positive
verdict. Personally I must say I think the ‘legendary’ solution quite
likely, and in some ways more satisfactory than the opposite one—for
the simple reason that it seems much more encouraging to suppose that the
story of Jesus, (gracious and beautiful as it is) is a myth which
gradually formed itself in the conscience of mankind, and thus points the
way of humanity’s future evolution, than to suppose it to be the mere
record of an unique and miraculous interposition of Providence, which
depended entirely on the powers above, and could hardly be expected to
occur again.
(1) Ch. II.
(2) One of Celsus’ accusations against the Christians was that
their Gospels had been written “several times over” (see Origen, Contra
Celsum, ii. 26, 27).
However, the question is not what we desire, but what we can prove to be
the actual fact. And certainly the difficulties in the way of regarding
the Gospel story (or stories, for there is not one consistent story) as
TRUE are enormous. If anyone will read, for instance, in the four Gospels,
the events of the night preceding the crucifixion and reckon the time
which they would necessarily have taken to enact—the Last Supper,
the agony in the Garden, the betrayal by Judas, the haling before Caiaphas
and the Sanhedrin, and then before Pilate in the Hall of judgment (though
courts for the trial of malefactors do not GENERALLY sit in the middle of
the night); then—in Luke—the interposed visit to Herod, and
the RETURN to Pilate; Pilate’s speeches and washing of hands before the
crowd; then the scourging and the mocking and the arraying of Jesus in
purple robe as a king; then the preparation of a Cross and the long and
painful journey to Golgotha; and finally the Crucifixion at sunrise;—he
will see—as has often been pointed out—that the whole story is
physically impossible. As a record of actual events the story is
impossible; but as a record or series of notes derived from the witnessing
of a “mystery-play”—and such plays with VERY SIMILAR incidents were
common enough in antiquity in connection with cults of a dying Savior, it
very likely IS true (one can see the very dramatic character of the
incidents: the washing of hands, the threefold denial by Peter, the purple
robe and crown of thorns, and so forth); and as such it is now accepted by
many well-qualified authorities. (1)
(1) Dr. Frazer in The Golden Bough (vol. ix, “The Scapegoat,” p.
400) speaks of the frequency in antiquity of a Mystery-play relating
to a God-man who gives his life and blood for the people; and he
puts forward tentatively and by no means dogmatically the following
note:—“Such a drama, if we are right, was the original story of Esther
and Mordecai, or (to give their older names) Ishtar and Marduk. It was
played in Babylonia, and from Babylonia the returning Captives brought
it to Judaea, where it was acted, rather as an historical than a
mythical piece, by players who, having to die in grim earnest on a
cross or gallows, were naturally drawn from the gaol rather than the
green-room. A chain of causes, which because we cannot follow them
might—in the loose language of common life—be called an accident,
determined that the part of the dying god in this annual play should
be thrust upon Jesus of Nazareth, whom the enemies he had made in high
places by his outspoken strictures were resolved to put out of the way.”
See also vol. iv, “The Dying God,” in the same book.
There are many other difficulties. The raising of Lazarus, already dead
three days, the turning of water into wine (a miracle attributed to
Bacchus, of old), the feeding of the five thousand, and others of the
marvels are, to say the least, not easy of digestion. The “Sermon on the
Mount” which, with the “Lord’s Prayer” embedded in it, forms the great and
accepted repository of ‘Christian’ teaching and piety, is well known to be
a collection of sayings from pre-christian writings, including the Psalms,
Isaiah, Ecclesiasticus, the Secrets of Enoch, the Shemonehesreh (a book of
Hebrew prayers), and others; and the fact that this collection was really
made AFTER the time of Jesus, and could not have originated from him, is
clear from the stress which it lays on “persecutions” and “false prophets”—things
which were certainly not a source of trouble at the time Jesus is supposed
to be speaking, though they were at a later time—as well as from the
occurrence of the word “Gentiles,” which being here used apparently in
contra-distinction to “Christians” could not well be appropriate at a time
when no recognized Christian bodies as yet existed.
But the most remarkable point in this connection is the absolute silence
of the Gospel of Mark on the subject of the Resurrection and Ascension—that
is, of the ORIGINAL Gospel, for it is now allowed on all hands that the
twelve verses Mark xvi. 9 to the end, are a later insertion. Considering
the nature of this event, astounding indeed, if physically true, and
unique in the history of the world, it is strange that this Gospel—the
earliest written of the four Gospels, and nearest in time to the actual
evidence—makes no mention of it. The next Gospel in point of time—that
of Matthew—mentions the matter rather briefly and timidly, and
reports the story that the body had been STOLEN from the sepulchre. Luke
enlarges considerably and gives a whole long chapter to the resurrection
and ascension; while the Fourth Gospel, written fully twenty years later
still—say about A. D. 120—gives two chapters and a GREAT
VARIETY OF DETAILS!
This increase of detail, however, as one gets farther and farther from the
actual event is just what one always finds, as I have said before, in
legendary traditions. A very interesting example of this has lately come
to light in the case of the traditions concerning the life and death of
the Persian Bab. The Bab, as most of my readers will know, was the Founder
of a great religious movement which now numbers (or numbered before the
Great War) some millions of adherents, chiefly Mahommedans, Christians,
Jews and Parsees. The period of his missionary activity was from 1845 to
1850. His Gospel was singularly like that of Jesus—a gospel of love
to mankind—only (as might be expected from the difference of date)
with an even wider and more deliberate inclusion of all classes, creeds
and races, sinners and saints; and the incidents and entourage of his
ministry were also singularly similar. He was born at Shiraz in 1820, and
growing up a promising boy and youth, fell at the age of 21 under the
influence of a certain Seyyid Kazim, leader of a heterodox sect, and a
kind of fore-runner or John the Baptist to the Bab. The result was a
period of mental trouble (like the “temptation in the wilderness”), after
which the youth returned to Shiraz and at the age of twenty-five began his
own mission. His real name was Mirza Ali Muhammad, but he called himself
thenceforth The Bab, i.e. the Gate (“I am the Way”); and gradually there
gathered round him disciples, drawn by the fascination of his personality
and the devotion of his character. But with the rapid increase of his
following great jealousy and hatred were excited among the Mullahs, the
upholders of a fanatical and narrow-minded Mahommedanism and quite
corresponding to the Scribes and Pharisees of the New Testament. By them
he was denounced to the Turkish Government. He was arrested on a charge of
causing political disturbance, and was condemned to death. Among his
disciples was one favorite, (1) who was absolutely devoted to his Master
and refused to leave him at the last. So together they were suspended over
the city wall (at Tabriz) and simultaneously shot. This was on the 8th
July, 1850.
(1) Mirza Muhammad Ali; and one should note the similarity of
the two names.
In November 1850—or between that date and October 1851, a book
appeared, written by one of the B[a^]b’s earliest and most enthusiastic
disciples—a merchant of Kashan—and giving in quite simple and
unpretending form a record of the above events. There is in it no account
of miracles or of great pretensions to godhood and the like. It is just a
plain history of the life and death of a beloved teacher. It was cordially
received and circulated far and wide; and we have no reason for doubting
its essential veracity. And even if proved now to be inaccurate in one or
two details, this would not invalidate the moral of the rest of the story—which
is as follows:
After the death of the Bab a great persecution took place (in 1852); there
were many Babi martyrs, and for some years the general followers were
scattered. But in time they gathered themselves together again; successors
to the original prophet were appointed—though not without
dissensions—and a Babi church, chiefly at Acca or Acre in Syria,
began to be formed. It was during this period that a great number of
legends grew up—legends of miraculous babyhood and boyhood, legends
of miracles performed by the mature Bab, and so forth; and when the
newly-forming Church came to look into the matter it concluded (quite
naturally!) that such a simple history as I have outlined above would
never do for the foundation of its plans, now grown somewhat ambitious. So
a new Gospel was framed, called the Tarikh-i-Jadid (“The new History” or
“The new Way”), embodying and including a lot of legendary matter, and
issued with the authority of “the Church.” This was in 1881-2; and
comparing this with the original record (called The point of Kaf) we get a
luminous view of the growth of fable in those thirty brief years which had
elapsed since the Bab’s death. Meanwhile it became very necessary of
course to withdraw from circulation as far as possible all copies of the
original record, lest they should give the lie to the later ‘Gospel’; and
this apparently was done very effectively—so effectively indeed that
Professor Edward Browne (to whom the world owes so much on account of his
labors in connection with Babism), after arduous search, came at one time
to the conclusion that the original was no longer extant. Most
fortunately, however, the well-known Comte de Gobineau had in the course
of his studies on Eastern Religions acquired a copy of The point of Kaf;
and this, after his death, was found among his literary treasures and
identified (as was most fitting) by Professor Browne himself.
Such in brief is the history of the early Babi Church (1)—a Church
which has grown up and expanded greatly within the memory of many yet
living. Much might be written about it, but the chief point at present is
for us to note the well-verified and interesting example it gives of the
rapid growth in Syria of a religious legend and the reasons which
contributed to this growth—and to be warned how much more rapidly
similar legends probably grew up in the same land in the middle of the
First Century, A.D. The story of the Bab is also interesting to us
because, while this mass of legend was formed around it, there is no
possible doubt about the actual existence of a historical nucleus in the
person of Mirza Ali Muhammad.
(1) For literature, see Edward G. Browne’s Traveller’s Narrative
on the Episode of the Bab (1891), and his New History of the Bab
translated from the Persian of the Tarikh-i-Jadid (Cambridge, 1893).
Also Sermons and Essays by Herbert Rix (Williams and Norgate, 1907), pp.
295-325, “The Persian Bab.”
On the whole, one is sometimes inclined to doubt whether any great
movement ever makes itself felt in the world, without dating first from
some powerful personality or group of personalities, ROUND which the
idealizing and myth-making genius of mankind tends to crystallize. But one
must not even here be too certain. Something of the Apostle Paul we know,
and something of ‘John’ the Evangelist and writer of the Epistle I John;
and that the ‘Christian’ doctrines dated largely from the preaching and
teaching of these two we cannot doubt; but Paul never saw Jesus (except
“in the Spirit”), nor does he ever mention the man personally, or any
incident of his actual life (the “crucified Christ” being always an ideal
figure); and ‘John’ who wrote the Gospel was certainly not the same as the
disciple who “lay in Jesus’ bosom”—though an intercalated verse, the
last but one in the Gospel, asserts the identity. (1)
(1) It is obvious, in fact, that the WHOLE of the last chapter of
St. John is a later insertion, and again that the two last verses of
that chapter are later than the chapter itself!
There may have been a historic Jesus—and if so, to get a reliable
outline of his life would indeed be a treasure; but at present it would
seem there is no sign of that. If the historicity of Jesus, in any degree,
could be proved, it would give us reason for supposing—what I have
personally always been inclined to believe—that there was also a
historical nucleus for such personages as Osiris, Mithra, Krishna,
Hercules, Apollo and the rest. The question, in fact, narrows itself down
to this, Have there been in the course of human evolution certain, so to
speak, NODAL points or periods at which the psychologic currents ran
together and condensed themselves for a new start; and has each such node
or point of condensation been marked by the appearance of an actual and
heroic man (or woman) who supplied a necessary impetus for the new
departure, and gave his name to the resulting movement? OR is it
sufficient to suppose the automatic formation of such nodes or
starting-points without the intervention of any special hero or genius,
and to imagine that in each case the myth-making tendency of mankind
CREATED a legendary and inspiring figure and worshiped the same for a long
period afterwards as a god?
As I have said before, this is a question which, interesting as it is, is
not really very important. The main thing being that the prophetic and
creative spirit of mankind HAS from time to time evolved those figures as
idealizations of its “heart’s desire” and placed a halo round their heads.
The long procession of them becomes a REAL piece of History—the
history of the evolution of the human heart, and of human consciousness.
But with the psychology of the whole subject I shall deal in the next
chapter.
I may here, however, dwell for a moment on two other points which belong
properly to this chapter. I have already mentioned the great reliance
placed by the advocates of a unique ‘revelation’ on the high morality
taught in the Gospels and the New Testament generally. There is no need of
course to challenge that morality or to depreciate it unduly; but the
argument assumes that it is so greatly superior to anything of the kind
that had been taught before that we are compelled to suppose something
like a revelation to explain its appearance—whereas of course anyone
familiar with the writings of antiquity, among the Greeks or Romans or
Egyptians or Hindus or later Jews, knows perfectly well that the reported
sayings of Jesus and the Apostles may be paralleled abundantly from these
sources. I have illustrated this already from the Sermon on the Mount. If
anyone will glance at the Testament of the Twelve Patriarchs—a
Jewish book composed about 120 B. C.—he will see that it is full of
moral precepts, and especially precepts of love and forgiveness, so ardent
and so noble that it hardly suffers in any way when compared with the New
Testament teaching, and that consequently no special miracle is required
to explain the appearance of the latter.
The twelve Patriarchs in question are the twelve sons of Jacob, and the
book consists of their supposed deathbed scenes, in which each patriarch
in turn recites his own (more or less imaginary) life and deeds and gives
pious counsel to his children and successors. It is composed in a fine and
poetic style, and is full of lofty thought, remindful in scores of
passages of the Gospels—words and all—the coincidences being
too striking to be accidental. It evidently had a deep influence on the
authors of the Gospels, as well as on St. Paul. It affirms a belief in the
coming of a Messiah, and in salvation for the Gentiles. The following are
some quotations from it: (1) Testament of Zebulun (p. 116): “My children,
I bid you keep the commands of the Lord, and show mercy to your
neighbours, and have compassion towards all, not towards men only, but
also towards beasts.” Dan (p. 127): “Love the Lord through all your life,
and one another with a true heart.” Joseph (p. 173): “I was sick, and the
Lord visited me; in prison, and my God showed favor unto me.” Benjamin (p.
209): “For as the sun is not defiled by shining on dung and mire, but
rather drieth up both and driveth away the evil smell, so also the pure
mind, encompassed by the defilements of earth, rather cleanseth them and
is not itself defiled.”
(1) The references being to the Edition by R. H. Charles (1907).
I think these quotations are sufficient to prove the high standard of this
book, which was written in the Second Century B. C., and FROM which the
New Testament authors copiously borrowed.
The other point has to do with my statement at the beginning of this
chapter that two of the main ‘characteristics’ of Christianity were its
insistence on (a) a tendency towards renunciation of the world, and a
consequent cultivation of a purely spiritual love, and (b) on a morality
whose inspiration was a private sense of duty to God rather than a public
sense of duty to one’s neighbor and to society generally. I think,
however, that the last-mentioned characteristic ought to be viewed in
relation to a third, namely, (c) the extraordinarily DEMOCRATIC tendency
of the new Religion. (1) Celsus (A.D. 200) jeered at the early Christians
for their extreme democracy: “It is only the simpletons, the ignoble, the
senseless—slaves and womenfolk and children—whom they wish to
persuade (to join their churches) or CAN persuade”—“wool-dressers
and cobblers and fullers, the most uneducated and vulgar persons,” and
“whosoever is a sinner, or unintelligent or a fool, in a word, whoever is
god-forsaken ([gr kakodaimwn]), him the Kingdom of God will receive.” (2)
Thus Celsus, the accomplished, clever, philosophic and withal humorous
critic, laughed at the new religionists, and prophesied their speedy
extinction. Nevertheless he was mistaken. There is little doubt that just
the inclusion of women and weaklings and outcasts did contribute LARGELY
to the spread of Christianity (and Mithraism). It brought hope and a sense
of human dignity to the despised and rejected of the earth. Of the immense
numbers of lesser officials who carried on the vast organization of the
Roman Empire, most perhaps, were taken from the ranks of the freedmen and
quondam slaves, drawn from a great variety of races and already familiar
with pagan cults of all kinds—Egyptian, Syrian, Chaldean, Iranian,
and so forth. (3) This fact helped to give to Christianity—under the
fine tolerance of the Empire—its democratic character and also its
willingness to accept all. The rude and menial masses, who had hitherto
been almost beneath the notice of Greek and Roman culture, flocked in; and
though this was doubtless, as time went on, a source of weakness to the
Church, and a cause of dissension and superstition, yet it was in the
inevitable line of human evolution, and had a psychological basis which I
must now endeavor to explain.
(1) It is important to note, however, that this same democratic
tendency was very marked in Mithraism. “Il est certain,” says Cumont,
“qu’il a fait ses premieres conquetes dans les classes inferieures de
la societe et c’est l’a un fait considerable; le mithracisme est reste
longtemps la religion des humbles.” Mysteres de Mithra, p. 68.
(2) See Glover’s Conflict of Religions in the early Roman Empire,
ch. viii.
(3) See Toutain, Cultes paiens, vol. ii, conclusion.
XIV.
THE MEANING OF IT ALL
The general drift and meaning of the present book must now, I think, from
many hints scattered in the course of it, be growing clear. But it will be
well perhaps in this chapter, at the risk of some repetition, to bring the
whole argument together. And the argument is that since the dawn of
humanity on the earth—many hundreds of thousands or perhaps a
million years ago—there has been a slow psychologic evolution, a
gradual development or refinement of Consciousness, which at a certain
stage has spontaneously given birth in the human race to the phenomena of
religious belief and religious ritual—these phenomena (whether in
the race at large or in any branch of it) always following, step by step,
a certain order depending on the degrees of psychologic evolution
concerned; and that it is this general fact which accounts for the strange
similarities of belief and ritual which have been observed all over the
world and in places far remote from each other, and which have been
briefly noted in the preceding chapters.
And the main stages of this psychologic evolution—those at any rate
with which we are here concerned—are Three: the stage of Simple
Consciousness, the stage of Self-consciousness, and a third Stage which
for want of a better word we may term the stage of Universal
Consciousness. Of course these three stages may at some future time be
analyzed into lesser degrees, with useful result—but at present I
only desire to draw attention to them in the rough, so to speak, to show
that it is from them and from their passage one into another that there
has flowed by a perfectly natural logic and concatenation the strange
panorama of humanity’s religious evolution—its superstitions and
magic and sacrifices and dancings and ritual generally, and later its
incantations and prophecies, and services of speech and verse, and
paintings and forms of art and figures of the gods. A wonderful Panorama
indeed, or poem of the Centuries, or, if you like, World-symphony with
three great leading motives!
And first we have the stage of Simple Consciousness. For hundreds of
centuries (we cannot doubt) Man possessed a degree of consciousness not
radically different from that of the higher Animals, though probably more
quick and varied. He saw, he heard, he felt, he noted. He acted or
reacted, quickly or slowly, in response to these impressions. But the
consciousness of himSELF, as a being separate from his impressions, as
separate from his surroundings, had not yet arisen or taken hold on him.
He was an instinctive part, of Nature. And in this respect he was very
near to the Animals. Self-consciousness in the animals, in a germinal form
is there, no doubt, but EMBEDDED, so to speak, in the general world
consciousness. It is on this account that the animals have such a
marvellously acute perception and instinct, being embedded in Nature. And
primitive Man had the same. Also we must, as I have said before, allow
that man in that stage must have had the same sort of grace and perfection
of form and movement as we admire in the (wild) animals now. It would be
quite unreasonable to suppose that he, the crown in the same sense of
creation, was from the beginning a lame and ill-made abortion. For a long
period the tribes of men, like the tribes of the higher animals, must have
been (on the whole, and allowing for occasional privations and sufferings
and conflicts) well adapted to their surroundings and harmonious with the
earth and with each other. There must have been a period resembling a
Golden Age—some condition at any rate which, compared with
subsequent miseries, merited the epithet ‘golden.’
It was during this period apparently that the system of Totems arose. The
tribes felt their relationship to their winged and fourfooted mates
(including also other objects of nature) so deeply and intensely that they
adopted the latter as their emblems. The pre-civilization Man fairly
worshipped, the animals and was proud to be called after them. Of course
we moderns find this strange. We, whose conceptions of these beautiful
creatures are mostly derived from a broken-down cab-horse, or a melancholy
milk-rummaged cow in a sooty field, or a diseased and despondent lion or
eagle at the Zoo, have never even seen or loved them and have only
wondered with our true commercial instinct what profit we could extract
from them. But they, the primitives, loved and admired the animals; they
domesticated many of them by the force of a natural friendship, (1) and
accorded them a kind of divinity. This was the age of tribal solidarity
and of a latent sense of solidarity with Nature. And the point of it all
is (with regard to the subject we have in hand) that this was also the age
from which by a natural evolution the sense of Religion came to mankind.
If Religion in man is the sense of ties binding his inner self to the
powers of the universe around him, then it is evident I think that
primitive man as I have described him possessed the REALITY of this sense—though
so far buried and subconscious that he was hardly aware of it. It was only
later, and with the coming of the Second Stage, that this sense began to
rise distinctly into consciousness.
(1) See ch. iv. Tylor in his Primitive Culture (vol. i, p. 460,
edn. 1903) says: “The sense of an absolute psychical distinction between
man and beast, so prevalent in the civilized world, is hardly to be
found among the lower races.”
Let us pass then to the Second Stage. There is a moment in the evolution
of a child—somewhere perhaps about the age of three (1)—when
the simple almost animal-like consciousness of the babe is troubled by a
new element—SELF-consciousness. The change is so marked, so
definite, that (in the depth of the infant’s eyes) you can almost SEE it
take place. So in the evolution of the human race there has been a period—also
marked and definite, though extending intermittent over a vast interval of
time—when on men in general there dawned the consciousness of
THEMSELVES, of their own thoughts and actions. The old simple acceptance
of sensations and experiences gave place to REFLECTION. The question
arose: “How do these sensations and experiences affect ME? What can I
do to modify them, to encourage the pleasurable, to avoid or inhibit the
painful, and so on?” From that moment a new motive was added to life. The
mind revolved round a new centre. It began to spin like a little eddy
round its own axis. It studied ITSELF first and became deeply concerned
about its own pleasures and pains, losing touch the while with the larger
life which once dominated it—the life of Nature, the life of the
Tribe. The old unity of the spirit, the old solidarity, were broken up.
(1) See Bucke’s Cosmic Consciousness (Philadelphia, 1901), pp. 1
and 39; also W. McDougall’s Social Psychology (1908), p. 146—where the
same age is tentatively suggested.
I have touched on this subject before, but it is so important that the
reader must excuse repetition. There came an inevitable severance, an
inevitable period of strife. The magic mirror of the soul, reflecting
nature as heretofore in calm and simple grace, was suddenly cracked
across. The new self-conscious man (not all at once but gradually) became
alienated from his tribe. He lapsed into strife with his fellows.
Ambition, vanity, greed, the love of domination, the desire for property
and possessions, set in. The influences of fellowship and solidarity grew
feebler. He became alienated from his great Mother. His instincts were
less and less sure—and that in proportion as brain-activity and
self-regarding calculation took their place. Love and mutual help were
less compelling in proportion as the demands of self-interest grew louder
and more insistent. Ultimately the crisis came. Cain murdered his brother
and became an outcast. The Garden of Eden and the Golden Age closed their
gates behind him. He entered upon a period of suffering—a period of
labor and toil and sorrow such as he had never before known, and such as
the animals certainly have never known. And in that distressful state, in
that doleful valley of his long pilgrimage, he still remains to-day.
Thus has the canker of self-consciousness done its work. It would be
foolish and useless to rail against the process, or to blame any one for
it. It had to be. Through this dismal vale of self-seeking mankind had to
pass—if only in order at last to find the True Self which was (and
still remains) its goal. The pilgrimage will not last for ever. Indeed
there are signs that the recent Great War and the following Events mark
the lowest point of descent and the beginning of the human soul’s return
to sanity and ascent towards the heavenly Kingdom. No doubt Man will
arrive again SOME day at the grace, composure and leisurely beauty of life
which the animals realized long ago, though he seems a precious long time
about it; and when all this nightmare of Greed and Vanity and Self-conceit
and Cruelty and Lust of oppression and domination, which marks the present
period, is past—and it WILL pass—then Humanity will come again
to its Golden Age and to that Paradise of redemption and peace which has
for so long been prophesied.
But we are dealing with the origins of Religion; and what I want the
reader to see is that it was just this breaking up of the old psychologic
unity and continuity of man with his surroundings which led to the whole
panorama of the rituals and creeds. Man, centering round himself,
necessarily became an exile from the great Whole. He committed the sin (if
it was a sin) of Separation. Anyhow Nemesis was swift. The sense of
loneliness and the sense of guilt came on him. The realization of himself
as a separate conscious being necessarily led to his attributing a similar
consciousness of some kind to the great Life around him. Action and
reaction are equal and opposite. Whatever he may have felt before, it
became clear to him now that beings more or less like himself—though
doubtless vaster and more powerful—moved behind the veil of the
visible world. From that moment the belief in Magic and Demons and Gods
arose or slowly developed itself; and in the midst of this turmoil of
perilous and conflicting powers, he perceived himself an alien and an
exile, stricken with Fear, stricken with the sense of Sin. If before, he
had experienced fear—in the kind of automatic way of
self-preservation in which the animals feel it—he now, with fevered
self-regard and excited imagination, experienced it in double or treble
degree. And if, before, he had been aware that fortune and chance were not
always friendly and propitious to his designs, he now perceived or thought
he perceived in every adverse happening the deliberate persecution of the
powers, and an accusation of guilt directed against him for some neglect
or deficiency in his relation to them. Hence by a perfectly logical and
natural sequence there arose the belief in other-world or supernatural
powers, whether purely fortuitous and magical or more distinctly rational
and personal; there arose the sense of Sin, or of offence against these
powers; there arose a complex ritual of Expiation—whether by
personal sacrifice and suffering or by the sacrifice of victims. There
arose too a whole catalogue of ceremonies—ceremonies of Initiation,
by which the novice should learn to keep within the good grace of the
Powers, and under the blessing of his Tribe and the protection of its
Totem; ceremonies of Eucharistic meals which should restore the lost
sanctity of the common life and remove the sense of guilt and isolation;
ceremonies of Marriage and rules and rites of sex-connection, fitted to
curb the terrific and demonic violence of passions which else indeed might
easily rend the community asunder. And so on. It is easy to see that
granted an early stage of simple unreflecting nature-consciousness, and
granting this broken into and, after a time, shattered by the arrival of
SELF-consciousness there would necessarily follow in spontaneous yet
logical order a whole series of religious institutions and beliefs, which
phantasmal and unreal as they may appear to us, were by no means unreal to
our ancestors. It is easy also to see that as the psychological process
was necessarily of similar general character in every branch of the human
race and all over the world, so the religious evolutions—the creeds
and rituals—took on much the same complexion everywhere; and, though
they differed in details according to climate and other influences, ran on
such remarkably parallel lines as we have noted.
Finally, to make the whole matter clear, let me repeat that this event,
the inbreak of Self-consciousness, took place, or BEGAN to take place, an
enormous time ago, perhaps in the beginning of the Neolithic Age. I dwell
on the word “began” because I think it is probable that in its beginnings,
and for a long period after, this newborn consciousness had an infantile
and very innocent character, quite different from its later and more
aggressive forms—just as we see self-consciousness in a little child
has a charm and a grace which it loses later in a boastful or grasping
boyhood and manhood. So we may understand that though self-consciousness
may have begun to appear in the human race at this very early time (and
more or less contemporaneously with the invention of very rude tools and
unformed language), there probably did elapse a very long period—perhaps
the whole of the Neolithic Age—before the evils of this second stage
of human evolution came to a head. Max Muller has pointed out that among
the words which are common to the various branches of Aryan language, and
which therefore belong to the very early period before the separation of
these branches, there are not found the words denoting war and conflict
and the weapons and instruments of strife—a fact which suggests a
long continuance of peaceful habit among mankind AFTER the first formation
and use of language.
That the birth of language and the birth of self-consciousness were
APPROXIMATELY simultaneous is a probable theory, and one favored by many
thinkers; (1) but the slow beginnings of both must have been so very
protracted that it is perhaps useless to attempt any very exact
determination. Late researches seem to show that language began in what
might be called TRIBAL expressions of mood and feeling (holophrases like
“go-hunting-kill-bear”) without reference to individual personalities and
relationships; and that it was only at a later stage that words like “I”
and “Thou” came into use, and the holophrases broke up into “parts of
speech” and took on a definite grammatical structure. (2) If true, these
facts point clearly to a long foreground of rude communal language,
something like though greatly superior to that of the animals, preceding
or preparing the evolution of Self-consciousness proper, in the forms of
“I” and “Thou” and the grammar of personal actions and relations. “They
show that the plural and all other forms of number in grammar arise not by
multiplication of an original ‘I,’ but by selection and gradual EXCLUSION
from an original collective ‘we.’” (3) According to this view the birth of
self-consciousness in the human family, or in any particular race or
section of the human family, must have been equally slow and hesitating;
and it would be easy to imagine, as just said, that there may have been a
very long and ‘golden’ period at its beginning, before the new
consciousness took on its maturer and harsher forms.
(1) Dr. Bucke (Cosmic Consciousness) insists on their
simultaneity, but places both events excessively far back, as we
should think, i.e. 200,000 or 300,000 years ago. Possibly he does not
differentiate sufficiently between the rude language of the holophrase
and the much later growth of formed and grammatical speech.
(2) See A. E. Crawley’s Idea of the Soul, ch. ii; Jane Harrison’s
Themis, pp. 473-5; and E. J. Payne’s History of the New World called
America, vol. ii, pp. 115 sq., where the beginning of self-consciousness
is associated with the break-up of the holophrase.
(3) Themis, p. 471.
All estimates of the Time involved in these evolutions of early man are
notoriously most divergent and most difficult to be sure of; but if we
take 500,000 years ago for the first appearance of veritable Man (homo
primigenius), (2) and (following Professor W. J. Sollas) (3) 30,000 or
40,000 years ago for the first tool-using men (homo sapiens) of the
Chellean Age (palaeolithic), 15,000 for the rock-paintings and
inscriptions of the Aurignacian and Magdalenian peoples, and 5,000 years
ago for the first actual historical records that have come down to us, we
may perhaps get something like a proportion between the different periods.
That is to say, half a million years for the purely animal man in his
different forms and grades of evolution. Then somewhere towards the end of
palaeolithic or commencement of neolithic times Self-consciousness dimly
beginning and, after some 10,000 years of slow germination and
pre-historic culture, culminating in the actual historic period and the
dawn of civilization 40 or 50 centuries ago, and to-day (we hope),
reaching the climax which precedes or foretells its abatement and
transformation.
(2) Though Dr. Arthur Keith, Ancient Types of Man (1911), pp. 93
and 102, puts the figure at more like a million.
(3) See Ancient Hunters (1915); also Hastings’s Encycl. art.
“Ethnology”; and Havelock Ellis, “The Origin of War,” in The Philosophy
of Conflict and other Essays.
No doubt many geologists and anthropologists would favor periods greatly
LONGER than those here mentioned; but possibly there would be some
agreement as to the RATIO to each other of the times concerned: that is,
the said authorities would probably allow for a VERY long animal-man
(1)-period corresponding to the first stage; for a much shorter
aggressively ‘self conscious’ period, corresponding to the Second Stage—perhaps
lasting only one thirtieth or fiftieth of the time of the first period;
and then—if they looked forward at all to a third stage—would
be inclined for obvious reasons to attribute to that again a very extended
duration.
(1) I use the phrase ‘animal-man’ here, not with any flavor of
contempt or reprobation, as the dear Victorians would have used it, but
with a sense of genuine respect and admiration such as one feels towards
the animals themselves.
However, all this is very speculative. To return to the difficulty about
Language and the consideration of those early times when words adequate to
the expression of religious or magical ideas simply did not exist, it is
clear that the only available, or at any rate the CHIEF means of
expression, in those times, must have consisted in gestures, in attitudes,
in ceremonial ACTIONS—in a more or less elaborate ritual, in fact.
(1) Such ideas as Adoration, Thanksgiving, confession of Guilt, placation
of Wrath, Expiation, Sacrifice, Celebration of Community, sacramental
Atonement, and a score of others could at that time be expressed by
appropriate rites—and as a matter of fact are often so expressed
even now—MORE readily and directly than by language. ‘Dancing’—when
that word came to be invented—did not mean a mere flinging about of
the limbs in recreation, but any expressive movements of the body which
might be used to convey the feelings of the dancer or of the audience whom
he represented. And so the ‘religious dance’ became a most important part
of ritual.
(1) See ch. ix and xi.
So much for the second stage of Consciousness. Let us now pass on to the
Third Stage. It is evident that the process of disruption and dissolution—disruption
both of the human mind, and of society round about it, due to the action
of the Second Stage—could not go on indefinitely. There are hundreds
of thousands of people at the present moment who are dying of mental or
bodily disease—their nervous systems broken down by troubles
connected with excessive self-consciousness—selfish fears and
worries and restlessness. Society at large is perishing both in industry
and in warfare through the domination in its organism of the self-motives
of greed and vanity and ambition. This cannot go on for ever. Things must
either continue in the same strain, in which case it is evident that we
are approaching a crisis of utter dissolution, OR a new element must enter
in, a new inspiration of life, and we (as individuals) and the society of
which we form a part, must make a fresh start. What is that new and
necessary element of regeneration?
It is evident that it must be a new birth—the entry into a further
stage of consciousness which must supersede the present one. Through some
such crisis as we have spoken of, through the extreme of suffering, the
mind of Man, AS AT PRESENT CONSTITUTED, has to die. (1) Self-consciousness
has to die, and be buried, and rise again in a new form. Probably nothing
but the extreme of suffering can bring this about. (2) And what is this
new form in which consciousness has to rearise? Obviously, since the
miseries of the world during countless centuries have dated from that
fatal attempt to make the little personal SELF the centre of effort and
activity, and since that attempt has inevitably led to disunity and
discord and death, both within the mind itself and within the body of
society, there is nothing left but the return to a Consciousness which
shall have Unity as its foundation-principle, and which shall proceed from
the direct SENSE AND PERCEPTION of such an unity throughout creation. The
simple mind of Early Man and the Animals was of that character—a
consciousness, so to speak, continuous through nature, and though running
to points of illumination and foci of special activity in individuals, yet
at no point essentially broken or imprisoned in separate compartments.
(And it is this CONTINUITY of the primitive mind which enables us, as I
have already explained, to understand the mysterious workings of instinct
and intuition.) To some such unity-consciousness we have to return; but
clearly it will be—it is not—of the simple inchoate character
of the First Stage, for it has been enriched, deepened, and greatly
extended by the experience of the Second Stage. It is in fact, a new order
of mentality—the consciousness of the Third Stage.
(1) “The mind must be restrained in the heart till it comes to an
end,” says the Maitrayana-Brahmana-Upanishad.
(2) One may remember in this connection the tapas of the Hindu
yogi, or the ordeals of initiates into the pagan Mysteries generally.
In order to understand the operation and qualities of this Third
Consciousness, it may be of assistance just now to consider in what more
or less rudimentary way or ways it figured in the pagan rituals and in
Christianity. We have seen the rude Siberyaks in North-Eastern Asia or the
‘Grizzly’ tribes of North American Indians in the neighborhood of Mount
Shasta paying their respects and adoration to a captive bear—at once
the food-animal, and the divinity of the Tribe. A tribesman had slain a
bear—and, be it said, had slain it not in a public hunt with all due
ceremonies observed, but privately for his own satisfaction. He had
committed, therefore, a sin theoretically unpardonable; for had he not—to
gratify his personal desire for food—levelled a blow at the guardian
spirit of the Tribe? Had he not alienated himself from his fellows by
destroying its very symbol? There was only one way by which he could
regain the fellowship of his companions. He must make amends by some
public sacrifice, and instead of retaining the flesh of the animal for
himself he must share it with the whole tribe (or clan) in a common feast,
while at the same time, tensest prayers and thanks are offered to the
animal for the gift of his body for food. The Magic formula demanded
nothing less than this—else dread disaster would fall upon the man
who sinned, and upon the whole brotherhood. Here, and in a hundred similar
rites, we see the three phases of tribal psychology—the first, in
which the individual member simply remains within the compass of the
tribal mind, and only acts in harmony with it; the second, in which the
individual steps outside and to gratify his personal SELF performs an
action which alienates him from his fellows; and the third, in which, to
make amends and to prove his sincerity, he submits to some sacrifice, and
by a common feast or some such ceremony is received back again into the
unity of the fellowship. The body of the animal-divinity is consumed, and
the latter becomes, both in the spirit and in the flesh, the Savior of the
tribe.
In course of time, when the Totem or Guardian-spirit is no longer merely
an Animal, or animal-headed Genius, but a quite human-formed Divinity,
still the same general outline of ideas is preserved—only with
gathered intensity owing to the specially human interest of the drama. The
Divinity who gives his life for his flock is no longer just an ordinary
Bull or Lamb, but Adonis or Osiris or Dionysus or Jesus. He is betrayed by
one of his own followers, and suffers death, but rises again redeeming all
with himself in the one fellowship; and the corn and the wine and the wild
flesh which were his body, and which he gave for the sustenance of
mankind, are consumed in a holy supper of reconciliation. It is always the
return to unity which is the ritual of Salvation, and of which the symbol
is the Eucharist—the second birth, the formation of “a new creature
when old things are passed away.” For “Except a man be born again, he
cannot see the Kingdom of God”; and “the first man is of the earth,
earthly, but the second man is the Lord from heaven.” Like a strange
refrain, and from centuries before our era, comes down this belief in a
god who is imprisoned in each man, and whose liberation is a new birth and
the beginning of a new creature: “Rejoice, ye initiates in the mystery of
the liberated god”—rejoice in the thought of the hero who died as a
mortal in the coffin, but rises again as Lord of all!
Who then was this “Christos” for whom the world was waiting three
centuries before our era (and indeed centuries before that)? Who was this
“thrice Savior” whom the Greek Gnostics acclaimed? What was the meaning of
that “coming of the Son of Man” whom Daniel beheld in vision among the
clouds of heaven? or of the “perfect man” who, Paul declared, should
deliver us from the bondage of corruption into the glorious liberty of the
children of God? What was this salvation which time after time and times
again the pagan deities promised to their devotees, and which the
Eleusinian and other Mysteries represented in their religious dramas with
such convincing enthusiasm that even Pindar could say “Happy is he who has
seen them (the Mysteries) before he goes beneath the hollow earth: that
man knows the true end of life and its source divine”; and concerning
which Sophocles and Aeschylus were equally enthusiastic? (1)
(1) See Farnell’s Cults of the Greek States, vol. iii, p. 194;
also The Mysteries, Pagan and Christian, by S. Cheetham, D.D. (London,
1897).
Can we doubt, in the light of all that we have already said, what the
answer to these questions is? As with the first blossoming of
self-consciousness in the human mind came the dawn of an immense cycle of
experience—a cycle indeed of exile from Eden, of suffering and toil
and blind wanderings in the wilderness, yet a cycle absolutely necessary
and unavoidable—so now the redemption, the return, the restoration
has to come through another forward step, in the same domain. Abandoning
the quest and the glorification of the separate isolated self we have to
return to the cosmic universal life. It is the blossoming indeed of this
‘new’ life in the deeps of our minds which is salvation, and which all the
expressions which I have just cited have indicated. It is this presence
which all down the ages has been hailed as Savior and Liberator: the
daybreak of a consciousness so much vaster, so much more glorious, than
all that has gone before that the little candle of the local self is
swallowed up in its rays. It is the return home, the return into direct
touch with Nature and Man—the liberation from the long exile of
separation, from the painful sense of isolation and the odious nightmare
of guilt and ‘sin.’ Can we doubt that this new birth—this third
stage of consciousness, if we like to call it so—has to come, that
it is indeed not merely a pious hope or a tentative theory, but a FACT
testified to already by a cloud of witnesses in the past—witnesses
shining in their own easily recognizable and authentic light, yet for the
most part isolated from each other among the arid and unfruitful wastes of
Civilization, like glow-worms in the dry grass of a summer night?
Since the first dim evolution of human self-consciousness an immense
period, as we have said—perhaps 30,000 years, perhaps even
more—has elapsed. Now, in the present day this period is reaching
its culmination, and though it will not terminate immediately, its end
is, so to speak, in sight. Meanwhile, during all the historical age
behind us—say for the last 4,000 or 5,000 years—evidence has
been coming in (partly in the religious rites recorded, partly in
oracles, poems and prophetic literature) of the onset of this further
illumination—“the light which never was on sea or land”—and
the cloud of witnesses, scattered at first, has in these later centuries
become so evident and so notable that we are tempted to believe in or to
anticipate a great and general new birth, as now not so very far off. (1)
(We should, however, do well to remember, in this connexion, that many a
time already in the history the Millennium has been prophesied, and yet
not arrived punctual to date, and to take to ourselves the words of
‘Peter,’ who somewhat grievously disappointed at the long-delayed second
coming of the Lord Jesus in the clouds of heaven, wrote in his second
Epistle: “There shall come in the last days scoffers, walking after their
own lusts, and saying, Where is the promise of his coming? for since the
fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning
of the creation.” (2))
(1) For an amplification of all this theme, see Dr. Bucke’s
remarkable and epoch-making book, Cosmic Consciousness (first published
at Philadelphia, 1901).
(2) 2 Peter iii. 4; written probably about A.D. 150.
I say that all through the historical age behind us there has been
evidence—even though scattered—of salvation and the return of
the Cosmic life. Man has never been so completely submerged in the bitter
sea of self-centredness but what he has occasionally been able to dash the
spray from his eyes and glimpse the sun and the glorious light of heaven.
From how far back we cannot say, but from an immense antiquity come the
beautiful myths which indicate this.
Cinderella, the cinder-maiden, sits unbeknown in her earthly hutch;
Gibed and jeered at she bewails her lonely fate;
Nevertheless youngest-born she surpasses her sisters and endues a garment of the sun and stars;
From a tiny spark she ascends and irradiates the universe, and is wedded to the prince of heaven.
How lovely this vision of the little maiden sitting unbeknown close to the
Hearth-fire of the universe—herself indeed just a little spark from
it; despised and rejected; rejected by the world, despised by her two
elder sisters (the body and the intellect); yet she, the soul, though
latest-born, by far the most beautiful of the three. And of the Prince of
Love who redeems and sets her free; and of her wedding garment the glory
and beauty of all nature and of the heavens! The parables of Jesus are
charming in their way, but they hardly reach this height of inspiration.
Or the world-old myth of Eros and Psyche. How strange that here again
there are three sisters (the three stages of human evolution), and the
latest-born the most beautiful of the three, and the jealousies and
persecutions heaped on the youngest by the others, and especially by
Aphrodite the goddess of mere sensual charm. And again the coming of the
unknown, the unseen Lover, on whom it is not permitted for mortals to
look; and the long, long tests and sufferings and trials which Psyche has
to undergo before Eros may really take her to his arms and translate her
to the heights of heaven. Can we not imagine how when these things were
represented in the Mysteries the world flocked to see them, and the poets
indeed said, “Happy are they that see and seeing can understand?” Can we
not understand how it was that the Amphictyonic decree of the second
century B.C. spoke of these same Mysteries as enforcing the lesson that
“the greatest of human blessings is fellowship and mutual trust”?
XV.
THE ANCIENT MYSTERIES
Thus we come to a thing which we must not pass over, because it throws
great light on the meaning and interpretation of all these rites and
ceremonies of the great World-religion. I mean the subject of the Ancient
Mysteries. And to this I will give a few pages.
These Mysteries were probably survivals of the oldest religious rites of
the Greek races, and in their earlier forms consisted not so much in
worship of the gods of Heaven as of the divinities of Earth, and of Nature
and Death. Crude, no doubt, at first, they gradually became (especially in
their Eleusinian form) more refined and philosophical; the rites were
gradually thrown open, on certain conditions, not only to men generally,
but also to women, and even to slaves; and in the end they influenced
Christianity deeply. (1)
(1) See Edwin Hatch, D.D., The Influence of Greek Ideas and
Usages on the Christian Church (London, 1890), pp. 283-5.
There were apparently three forms of teaching made use of in these rites:
these were [gr legomena], things SAID; [gr deiknumena], things SHOWN; and
[gr drwmena], things PERFORMED or ACTED. (1) I have given already some
instances of things said—texts whispered for consolation in the neophyte’s
ear, and so forth; of the THIRD group, things enacted, we have a fair
amount of evidence. There were ritual dramas or passion-plays, of which an
important one dealt with the descent of Kore or Proserpine into the
underworld, as in the Eleusinian representations, (2) and her redemption
and restoration to the upper world in Spring; another with the sufferings
of Psyche and her rescue by Eros, as described by Apuleius (3)—himself
an initiate in the cult of Isis. There is a parody by Lucian, which tells
of the birth of Apollo, the marriage of Coronis, and the coming of
Aesculapius as Savior; there was the dying and rising again of Dionysus
(chief divinity of the Orphic cult); and sometimes the mystery of the
birth of Dionysus as a holy child. (4) There was, every year at Eleusis, a
solemn and lengthy procession or pilgrimage made, symbolic of the long
pilgrimage of the human soul, its sufferings and deliverance.
(1) Cheetham, op. cit., pp. 49-61 sq.
(2) See Farnell, op. cit., iii. 158 sq.
(3) See The Golden Ass.
(4) Farnell, ii, 177.
“Almost always,” says Dr. Cheetham, “the suffering of a god—suffering
followed by triumph—seems to have been the subject of the sacred
drama.” Then occasionally to the Neophytes, after taking part in the
pilgrimage, and when their minds had been prepared by an ordeal of
darkness and fatigue and terrors, was accorded a revelation of Paradise,
and even a vision of Transfiguration—the form of the Hierophant
himself, or teacher of the Mysteries, being seen half-lost in a blaze of
light. (1) Finally, there was the eating of food and drinking of
barley-drink from the sacred chest (2)—a kind of Communion or
Eucharist.
(1) Ibid., 179 sq.
(2) Ibid., 186. Sacred chests, in which holy things were kept,
figure frequently in early rites and legends—as in the case of the ark
of the Jewish tabernacle, the ark or box carried in celebrations of the
mysteries of Bacchus (Theocritus, Idyll xxvi), the legend of Pandora’s
box which contained the seeds of all good and evil, the ark of Noah
which saved all living creatures from the flood, the Argo of the
argonauts, the moonshaped boat in which Isis floating over the waters
gathered together the severed limbs of Osiris, and so brought about his
resurrection, and the many chests or coffins out of which the various
gods (Adonis, Attis, Osiris, Jesus), having been laid there in death,
rose again for the redemption of the world. They all evidently refer to
the mystic womb of Nature and of Woman, and are symbols of salvation and
redemption (For a full discussion of this subject, see The Great Law of
religious origins, by W. Williamson, ch. iv.)
Apuleius in The Golden Ass gives an interesting account of his induction
into the mysteries of Isis: how, bidding farewell one evening to the
general congregation outside, and clothed in a new linen garment, he was
handed by the priest into the inner recesses of the temple itself; how he
“approached the confines of death, and having trod on the threshold of
Proserpine (the Underworld), returned therefrom, being borne through all
the elements. At midnight I saw the sun shining with its brilliant light:
and I approached the presence of the Gods beneath and the Gods above, and
stood near and worshipped them.” During the night things happened which
must not be disclosed; but in the morning he came forth “consecrated by
being dressed in twelve stoles painted with the figures of animals.” (1)
He ascended a pulpit in the midst of the Temple, carrying in his right
hand a burning torch, while a chaplet encircled his head, from which
palm-leaves projected like rays of light. “Thus arrayed like the Sun, and
placed so as to resemble a statue, on a sudden the curtains being drawn
aside, I was exposed to the gaze of the multitude. After this I celebrated
the most joyful day of my initiation, as my natal day (day of the New
Birth) and there was a joyous banquet and mirthful conversation.”
(1) An allusion no doubt to the twelve signs of the Zodiac, the
pathway of the Sun, as well as to the practice of the ancient priests of
wearing the skins of totem-animals in sign of their divinity.
One can hardly refuse to recognize in this account the description of some
kind of ceremony which was supposed to seal the illumination of a man and
his new birth into divinity—the animal origin, the circling of all
experience, the terrors of death, and the resurrection in the form of the
Sun, the symbol of all light and life. The very word “illumination”
carries the ideas of light and a new birth with it. Reitzenstein in his
very interesting book on the Greek Mysteries (1) speaks over and over
again of the illumination ([gr fwtismos]) which was held to attend
Initiation and Salvation. The doctrine of Salvation indeed ([gr swthria])
was, as we have already seen, rife and widely current in the Second
Century B. C. It represented a real experience, and the man who shared
this experience became a [gr qeios] [gr anqrwpos] or divine man. (2) In
the Orphic Tablets the phrase “I am a child of earth and the starry
heaven, but my race is of heaven (alone)” occurs more than once. In one of
the longest of them the dead man is instructed “after he has passed the
waters (of Lethe) where the white Cypress and the House of Hades are” to
address these very words to the guardians of the Lake of Memory while he
asks for a drink of cold water from that Lake. In another the dead person
himself is thus addressed: “Hail, thou who hast endured the Suffering,
such as indeed thou hadst never suffered before; thou hast become god from
man!” (3) Ecstacy was the acme of the religious life; and, what is
especially interesting to us, Salvation or the divine nature was open to
all men—to all, that is, who should go through the necessary stages
of preparation for it. (4)
(1) Die hellenistischen Mysterien-Religionen, by R. Reitzenstein,
Leipzig, 1910.
(2) Reitzenstein, p. 12.
(3) These Tablets (so-called) are instructions to the dead as to
their passage into the other world, and have been found in the tombs, in
Italy and elsewhere, inscribed on very thin gold plates and buried with
the departed. See Manual of Greek Antiquities by Percy Gardner and F.
B. Jerome (1896); also Prolegomena to Greek Religion by Jane E. Harrison
(1908).
(4) Reitzenstein, pp. 15 and 18; also S. J. Case, Evolution of
Early Christianity, p. 301.
Reitzenstein contends (p. 26) that in the Mysteries, transfiguration ([gr
metamorfwsis]), salvation ([gr swthria]), and new birth ([gr
paliggenesia]) were often conjoined. He says (p. 31), that in the Egyptian
Osiris-cult, the Initiate acquires a nature “equal to God” ([gr isoqeos]),
the very same expression as that used of Christ Jesus in Philippians ii.
6; he mentions Apollonius of Tyana and Sergius Paulus as instances of men
who by their contemporaries were considered to have attained this nature;
and he quotes Akhnaton (Pharaoh of Egypt in 1375 B.C.) as having said,
“Thou art in my heart; none other knows Thee, save thy son Akhnaton; Thou
hast initiated him into thy wisdom and into thy power.” He also quotes the
words of Hermes (Trismegistus)—“Come unto Me, even as children to
their mother’s bosom: Thou art I, and I am Thou; what is thine is mine,
and what is mine is thine; for indeed I am thine image ([gr eidwlon]),”
and refers to the dialogue between Hermes and Tat, in which they speak of
the great and mystic New Birth and Union with the All—with all
Elements, Plants and Animals, Time and Space.
“The Mysteries,” says Dr. Cheetham very candidly, “influenced Christianity
considerably and modified it in some important respects”; and Dr. Hatch,
as we have seen, not only supports this general view, but follows it out
in detail. (1) He points out that the membership of the Mystery-societies
was very numerous in the earliest times, A.D.; that their general aims
were good, including a sense of true religion, decent life, and
brotherhood; that cleanness from crime and confession were demanded from
the neophyte; that confession was followed by baptism ([gr kaqarsis]) and
THAT by sacrifice; that the term [gr fwtismos] (illumination) was adopted
by the Christian Church as the name for the new birth of baptism; that the
Christian usage of placing a seal on the forehead came from the same
source; that baptism itself after a time was called a mystery ([gr
musihriou]); that the sacred cakes and barley-drink of the Mysteries
became the milk and honey and bread and wine of the first Christian
Eucharists, and that the occasional sacrifice of a lamb on the Christian
altar (“whose mention is often suppressed”) probably originated in the
same way. Indeed, the conception of the communion-table AS an altar and
many other points of ritual gradually established themselves from these
sources as time went on. (2) It is hardly necessary to say more in proof
of the extent to which in these ancient representations “things said” and
“scenes enacted” forestalled the doctrines and ceremonials of
Christianity.
(1) See Hatch, op. cit., pp. 290 sq.
(2) See Dionysus Areop. (end of fifth century), who describes the
Christian rites generally in Mystery language (Hatch, 296).
“But what of the second group above-mentioned, the “things SHOWN”? It is
not so easy naturally to get exact information concerning these, but they
seem to have been specially holy objects, probably things connected with
very ancient rituals in the past—such as sacred stones, old and rude
images of the gods, magic nature-symbols, like that half-disclosed ear of
corn above-mentioned (Ch. V.). “In the Temple of Isis at Philae,” says Dr.
Cheetham, “the dead body of Osiris is represented with stalks of corn
springing from it, which a priest waters from a vessel. An inscription
says: ‘This is the form of him whom we may not name, Osiris of the
Mysteries who sprang from the returning waters’ (the Nile).” Above all, no
doubt, there were images of the phallus and the vulva, the great symbols
of human fertility. We have seen (Ch. XII) that the lingam and the yoni
are, even down to to-day, commonly retained and honored as holy objects in
the S. Indian Temples, and anointed with oil (some of them) for a very
practical reason. Sir J. G. Frazer, in his lately published volumes on The
Folk-lore of the Old Testament, has a chapter (in vol. ii) on the very
numerous sacred stones of various shapes and sizes found or spoken of in
Palestine and other parts of the world. Though uncertain as to the meaning
of these stones he mentions that they are “frequently, though not always,
UPRIGHT.” Anointing them with oil, he assures us, “is a widespread
practice, sometimes by women who wish to obtain children.” And he
concludes the chapter by saying: “The holy stone at Bethel was probably
one of those massive standing stones or rough pillars which the Hebrews
called masseboth, and which, as we have seen, were regular adjuncts of
Canaanite and early Israelitish sanctuaries.” We have already mentioned
the pillars Jachin and Boaz which stood before the Temple of Solomon, and
which had an acknowledged sexual significance; and so it seems probable
that a great number of these holy stones had a similar meaning. (1)
Following this clue it would appear likely that the lingam thus anointed
and worshipped in the Temples of India and elsewhere IS the original [gr
cristos] (2) adored by the human race from the very beginning, and that at
a later time, when the Priest and the King, as objects of worship, took
the place of the Lingam, THEY also were anointed with the chrism of
fertility. That the exhibition of these emblems should be part of the
original ‘Mystery’-rituals was perfectly natural—especially because,
as we have explained already (3) old customs often continued on in a quite
naive fashion in the rituals, when they had come to be thought indecent or
improper by a later public opinion; and (we may say) was perfectly in
order, because there is plenty of evidence to show that in SAVAGE
initiations, of which the Mysteries were the linear descendants, all these
things WERE explained to the novices, and their use actually taught. (4)
No doubt also there were some representations or dramatic incidents of a
fairly coarse character, as deriving from these ancient sources. (5) It
is, however, quaint to observe how the mere mention of such things has
caused an almost hysterical commotion among the critics of the Mysteries—from
the day of the early Christians who (in order to belaud their own
religion) were never tired of abusing the Pagans, onward to the present
day when modern scholars either on the one hand follow the early
Christians in representing the Mysteries as sinks of iniquity or on the
other (knowing this charge could not be substantiated except in the period
of their final decadence) take the line of ignoring the sexual interest
attaching to them as non-existent or at any rate unworthy of attention.
The good Archdeacon Cheetham, for instance, while writing an interesting
book on the Mysteries passes by this side of the subject ALMOST as if it
did not exist; while the learned Dr. Farnell, overcome apparently by the
weight of his learning, and unable to confront the alarming obstacle
presented by these sexual rites and aspects, hides himself behind the
rather non-committal remark (speaking of the Eleusinian rites) “we have no
right to imagine any part of this solemn ceremony as coarse or obscene.”
(6) As Nature, however, has been known (quite frequently) to be coarse or
obscene, and as the initiators of the Mysteries were probably neither
‘good’ nor ‘learned,’ but were simply anxious to interpret Nature as best
they could, we cannot find fault with the latter for the way they handled
the problem, nor indeed well see how they could have handled it better.
(1) F. Nork, Der Mystagog, mentions that the Roman Penates were
commonly anointed with oil. J. Stuart Hay, in his Life of Elagabalus
(1911), says that “Elagabal was worshipped under the symbol of a great
black stone or meteorite, in the shape of a Phallus, which having fallen
from the heavens represented a true portion of the Godhead, much after
the style of those black stone images popularly venerated in Norway and
other parts of Europe.”
(2) J. E. Hewitt, in his Ruling Races of Pre-historic Times (p.
64), gives a long list of pre-historic races who worshipped the lingam.
(3) See Ch. XI.
(4) See Ernest Crawley’s Mystic Rose, ch. xiii, pp. 310 and 313:
“In certain tribes of Central Africa both boys and girls after
initiation must as soon as possible have intercourse.” Initiation being
not merely preliminary to, but often ACTUALLY marriage. The same
among Kaffirs, Congo tribes, Senegalese, etc. Also among the Arunta of
Australia.
(5) Professor Diederichs has said that “in much ancient ritual it
was thought that mystic communion with the deity could be obtained
through the semblance of sex-intercourse—as in the Attis-Cybele
worship, and the Isis-ritual.” (Farnell.) Reitzenstein says (op. cit.,
p. 20.) that the Initiates, like some of the Christian Nuns at a later
time, believed in union with God through receiving the seed.
(6) Farnell, op. cit., iii. 176. Messrs. Gardner and Jevons, in
their Manual of Greek Antiquities, above-quoted, compare the Eleusinian
Mysteries favorably with some of the others, like the Arcadian, the
Troezenian, the Aeginaean, and the very primitive Samothracian:
saying (p. 278) that of the last-mentioned “we know little, but safely
conjecture that in them the ideas of sex and procreation dominated EVEN
MORE than in those of Eleusis.”
After all it is pretty clear that the early peoples saw in Sex the great
cohesive force which kept (we will not say Humanity but at any rate) the
Tribe together, and sustained the race. In the stage of simple
Consciousness this must have been one of the first things that the budding
intellect perceived. Sex became one of the earliest divinities, and there
is abundant evidence that its organs and processes generally were invested
with a religious sense of awe and sanctity. It was in fact the symbol (or
rather the actuality) of the permanent undying life of the race, and as
such was sacred to the uses of the race. Whatever taboos may have, among
different peoples, guarded its operations, it was not essentially a thing
to be concealed, or ashamed of. Rather the contrary. For instance the
early Christian writer, Hippolytus, Bishop of Pontus (A.D. 200), in his
Refutation of all Heresies, Book V, says that the Samothracian Mysteries,
just mentioned, celebrate Adam as the primal or archetypal Man eternal in
the heavens; and he then continues: “Habitually there stand in the temple
of the Samothracians two images of naked men having both hands stretched
aloft towards heaven, and their pudenda turned upwards, as is also the
case with the statue of Mercury on Mt. Cyllene. And the aforesaid images
are figures of the primal man, and of that spiritual one that is born
again, in every respect of the same substance with that (first) man.”
This extract from Hippolytus occurs in the long discourse in which he
‘exposes’ the heresy of the so-called Naassene doctrines and mysteries.
But the whole discourse should be read by those who wish to understand the
Gnostic philosophy of the period contemporary with and anterior to the
birth of Christianity. A translation of the discourse, carefully analyzed
and annotated, is given in G. R. S. Mead’s Thrice-greatest Hermes (1)
(vol. i); and Mead himself, speaking of it, says (p. 141): “The claim of
these Gnostics was practically that the good news of the Christ (the
Christos) was the consummation of the inner doctrine of the
Mystery-institutions of all the nations; the end of them all being the
revelation of the Mystery of Man.” Further, he explains that the Soul, in
these doctrines, was regarded as synonymous with the Cause of All; and
that its loves were twain—of Aphrodite (or Life), and of Persephone
(or Death and the other world). Also that Attis, abandoning his sex in the
worship of the Mother-Goddess (Dea Syria), ascends to Heaven—a new
man, Male-female, and the origin of all things: the hidden Mystery being
the Phallus itself, erected as Hermes in all roads and boundaries and
temples, the Conductor and Reconductor of Souls.
(1) Reitzenstein, op. cit., quotes the discourse largely. The
Thrice-greatest Hermes may also be consulted for a translation of
Plutarch’s Isis and Osiris.
All this may sound strange, but one may fairly say that it represented in
its degree, and in that first ‘unfallen’ stage of human thought and
psychology, a true conception of the cosmic Life, and indeed a conception
quite sensible and admirable, until, of course, the Second Stage brought
corruption. No sooner was this great force of the cosmic life diverted
from its true uses of Generation and Regeneration (1) and appropriated by
the individual to his own private pleasure—no sooner was its
religious character as a tribal service (2), (often rendered within the
Temple precincts) lost sight of or degraded into a commercial transaction—than
every kind of evil fell upon mankind. Corruptio optimi pessima. It must be
remembered too that simultaneous with this sexual disruption occurred the
disruption of other human relations; and we cease to be surprised that
disease and selfish passions, greed, jealousy, slander, cruelty, and
wholesale murder, raged—and have raged ever since.
(1) For the special meaning of these two terms, see The Drama of
Love and Death, by E. Carpenter, pp. 59-61.
(2) Ernest Crawley in The Mystic Rose challenges this
identification of Religion with tribal interests; yet his arguments
are not very convincing. On p. 5 he admits that “there is a religious
meaning inherent in the primitive conception and practice of ALL human
relations”; and a large part of his ch. xii is taken up in showing that
even such institutions as the Saturnalia were religious in confirming
the sense of social union and leading to ‘extended identity.’
But for the human soul—whatever its fate, and whatever the dangers
and disasters that threaten it—there is always redemption waiting.
As we saw in the last chapter, this corruption of Sex led (quite
naturally) to its denial and rejection; and its denial led to the
differentiation from it of Love. Humanity gained by the enthronement and
deification of Love, pure and undefiled, and (for the time being) exalted
beyond this mortal world, and free from all earthly contracts. But again
in the end, the divorce thus introduced between the physical and the
spiritual led to the crippling of both. Love relegated, so to speak, to
heaven as a purely philanthropical, pious and ‘spiritual’ affair, became
exceedingly DULL; and sex, remaining on earth, but deserted by the
redeeming presence, fell into mere “carnal curiosity and wretchedness of
unclean living.” Obviously for the human race there remains nothing, in
the final event, but the reconciliation of the physical and the spiritual,
and after many sufferings, the reunion of Eros and Psyche.
There is still, however, much to be said about the Third State of
Consciousness. Let us examine into it a little more closely. Clearly,
since it is a new state, and not merely an extension of a former one, one
cannot arrive at it by argument derived from the Second state, for all
conscious Thought such as we habitually use simply keeps us IN the Second
state. No animal or quite primitive man could possibly understand what we
mean by Self-consciousness till he had experienced it. Mere argument would
not enlighten him. And so no one in the Second state can quite realize the
Third state till he has experienced it. Still, explanations may help us to
perceive in what direction to look, and to recognize in some of our
experiences an approach to the condition sought.
Evidently it is a mental condition in some respects more similar to the
first than to the second stage. The second stage of human psychologic
evolution is an aberration, a divorce, a parenthesis. With its culmination
and dismissal the mind passes back into the simple state of union with the
Whole. (The state of Ekagrata in the Hindu philosophy: one-pointedness,
singleness of mind.) And the consciousness of the Whole, and of things
past and things to come and things far around—which consciousness
had been shut out by the concentration on the local self—begins to
return again. This is not to say, of course, that the excursus in the
second stage has been a loss and a defect. On the contrary, it means that
the Return is a bringing of all that has been gained during the period of
exile (all sorts of mental and technical knowledge and skill, emotional
developments, finesse and adaptability of mind) BACK into harmony with the
Whole. It means ultimately a great gain. The Man, perfected, comes back to
a vastly extended harmony. He enters again into a real understanding and
confidential relationship with his physical body and with the body of the
society in which he dwells—from both of which he has been sadly
divorced; and he takes up again the broken thread of the Cosmic Life.
Everyone has noticed the extraordinary consent sometimes observable among
the members of an animal community—how a flock of 500 birds (e. g.
starlings) will suddenly change its direction of flight—the light on
the wings shifting INSTANTANEOUSLY, as if the impulse to veer came to all
at the same identical moment; or how bees will swarm or otherwise act with
one accord, or migrating creatures (lemmings, deer, gossamer spiders,
winged ants) the same. Whatever explanation of these facts we favor—whether
the possession of swifter and finer means of external communication than
we can perceive, or whether a common and inner sensitivity to the genius
of the Tribe (the “Spirit of the Hive”) or to the promptings of great
Nature around—in any case these facts of animal life appear to throw
light on the possibilities of an accord and consent among the members of
emaciated humanity, such as we dream of now, and seem to bid us have good
hope for the future.
It is here, perhaps, that the ancient worship of the Lingam comes in. The
word itself is apparently connected with our word ‘link,’ and has
originally the same meaning. (1) It is the link between the generations.
Beginning with the worship of the physical Race-life, the course of
psychologic evolution has been first to the worship of the Tribe (or of
the Totem which represents the tribe); then to the worship of the
human-formed God of the tribe—the God who dies and rises again
eternally, as the tribe passes on eternal—though its members
perpetually perish; then to the conception of an undying Savior, and the
realization and distinct experience of some kind of Super-consciousness
which does certainly reside, more or less hidden, in the deeps of the
mind, and has been waiting through the ages for its disclosure and
recognition. Then again to the recognition that in the sacrifices, the
Slayer and the Slain are one—the strange and profoundly mystic
perception that the God and the Victim are in essence the same—the
dedication of ‘Himself to Himself’ (2) and simultaneously with this the
interpretation of the Eucharist as meaning, even for the individual, the
participation in Eternal Life—the continuing life of the Tribe, or
ultimately of Humanity. (3) The Tribal order rises to Humanity; love
ascends from the lingam to yogam, from physical union alone to the union
with the Whole—which of course includes physical and all other kinds
of union. No wonder that the good St. Paul, witnessing that extraordinary
whirlpool of beliefs and practices, new and old, there in the first
century A.D.—the unabashed adoration of sex side by side with the
transcendental devotions of the Vedic sages and the Gnostics—became
somewhat confused himself and even a little violent, scolding his
disciples (I Cor. x. 21) for their undiscriminating acceptance, as it
seemed to him, of things utterly alien and antagonistic. “Ye cannot drink
the cup of the Lord and the cup of devils: ye cannot be partakers of the
Lord’s table and the table of devils.”
(1) See Sanskrit Dictionary.
(2) See Ch. VIII.
(3) There are many indications in literature—in prophetic or
poetic form—of this awareness and distinct conviction of an eternal
life, reached through love and an inner sense of union with others and
with humanity at large; indications which bear the mark of absolute
genuineness and sincerity of feeling. See, for instance, Whitman’s poem,
“To the Garden the World” (Leaves of Grass, complete edition, p. 79).
But an eternal life of the third order; not, thank heaven! an eternity
of the meddling and muddling self-conscious Intellect!
Every careful reader has noticed the confusedness of Paul’s mind and
arguments. Even taking only those Epistles (Galatians, Romans and
Corinthians) which the critics assign to his pen, the thing is observable—and
some learned Germans even speak of TWO Pauls. (1) But also the thing is
quite natural. There can be little doubt that Paul of Tarsus, a Jew
brought up in the strictest sect of the Pharisees, did at some time fall
deeply under the influence of Greek thought, and quite possibly became an
initiate in the Mysteries. It would be difficult otherwise to account for
his constant use of the Mystery-language. Reitzenstein says (p. 59): “The
hellenistic religious literature MUST have been read by him; he uses its
terms, and is saturated with its thoughts (see Rom. vi. 1-14.” And this
conjoined with his Jewish experience gave him creative power. “A great
deal in his sentiment and thought may have REMAINED Jewish, but to his
Hellenism he was indebted for his love of freedom and his firm belief in
his apostleship.” He adopts terms (like [gr sarkikos], [gr yucikos] and
[gr pneumatikos]) (2) which were in use among the hellenistic sects of the
time; and he writes, as in Romans vi. 4, 5, about being “buried” with
Christ or “planted” in the likeness of his death, in words which might
well have been used (with change of the name) by a follower of Attis or
Osiris after witnessing the corresponding ‘mysteries’; certainly the
allusion to these ancient deities would have been understood by every
religionist of that day. These few points are sufficient to acentuate{sic}
the two elements in Paul, the Jewish and the Greek, and to explain (so
far) the seeming confusion in his utterances. Further it is interesting to
note—as showing the pagan influences in the N. T. writings—the
degree to which the Epistle to Philemon (ascribed to Paul) is FULL—short
as it is—of expressions like PRISONER of the Lord, FELLOW SOLDIER,
CAPTIVE or BONDMAN, (3) which were so common at the time as to be almost a
cant in Mithraism and the allied cults. In I Peter ii. 2 (4), we have the
verse “As newborn babes, desire ye the sincere MILK of the word, that ye
may grow thereby.” And again we may say that no one in that day could
mistake the reference herein contained to old initiation ceremonies and
the new birth (as described in Chapter VIII above), for indeed milk was
the well-known diet of the novice in the Isis mysteries, as well as (in
some savage tribes) of the Medicine-man when practising his calling.
(1) “Die Mysterien-anschauungen, die bei Paulus im Hintergrunde
stehen, drangen sich in dem sogenarmten Deuteropaulinismus machtig vor”
(Reitzenstein).
(2) Remindful of our Three Stages: the Animal, the
Self-conscious, and the Cosmic.
(3) [gr desmios, stratiwths, doulos].
(4) See also I Cor. iii. 2.
And here too Democracy comes in—strangely foreboded from the first
in all this matter. (1) Not only does the Third Stage bring illumination,
intuitive understanding of processes in Nature and Humanity, sympathy with
the animals, artistic capacity, and so forth, but it necessarily brings a
new Order of Society. A preposterous—one may almost say a hideous—social
Age is surely drawing to its end, The debacle we are witnessing to-day all
over Europe (including the British Islands), the break-up of old
institutions, the generally materialistic outlook on life, the coming to
the surface of huge masses of diseased and fatuous populations, the scum
and dregs created by the past order, all point to the End of a
Dispensation. Protestantism and Commercialism, in the two fields of
religion and daily life have, as I have indicated before, been occupied in
concentrating the mind of each man solely on his OWN welfare, the
salvation of his OWN soul or body. These two forces have therefore been
disruptive to the last degree; they mark the culmination of the
Self-conscious Age—a culmination in War, Greed, Materialism, and the
general principle of Devil-take-the-hindmost—and the clearing of the
ground for the new order which is to come. So there is hope for the human
race. Its evolution is not all a mere formless craze and jumble. There is
an inner necessity by which Humanity unfolds from one degree or plane of
consciousness to another. And if there has been a great ‘Fall’ or Lapse
into conflict and disease and ‘sin’ and misery, occupying the major part
of the Historical period hitherto, we see that this period is only brief,
so to speak, in comparison with the whole curve of growth and expansion.
We see also that, as I have said before, the belief in a state of
salvation or deliverance has in the past ages never left itself quite
without a witness in the creeds and rituals and poems and prophecies of
mankind. Art, in some form or other, as an activity or inspiration dating
not from the conscious Intellect, but from deeper regions of sub-conscious
feeling and intuition, has continually come to us as a message from and an
evidence of the Third stage or state, and as a promise of its more
complete realization under other conditions.
Through the long night-time where the Nations wander
From Eden past to Paradise to be,
Art’s sacred flowers, like fair stars shining yonder,
Alone illumine Life’s obscurity.
O gracious Artists, out of your deep hearts
’Tis some great Sun, I doubt, by men unguessed,
Whose rays come struggling thus, in slender darts,
To shadow what Is, till Time shall manifest.
(1) See the germs of Democracy in the yoga teaching of the
Hindus, and in the Upanishads, the Bhagavat Gita, and other books.
With the Cosmic stage comes also necessarily the rehabilitation of the
WHOLE of Society in one fellowship (the true Democracy). Not the rule or
domination of one class or caste—as of the Intellectual, the Pious,
the Commercial or the Military—but the fusion or at least
consentaneous organization of ALL (as in the corresponding functions of
the human Body). Class rule has been the mark of that second period of
human evolution, and has inevitably given birth during that period to wars
and self-agrandizements of classes and sections, and their consequent
greeds and tyrannies over other classes and sections. It is not found in
the primitive human tribes and societies, and will not be found in the
final forms of human association. The liberated and emancipated Man passes
unconstrained and unconstraining through all grades and planes of human
fellowship, equal and undisturbed, and never leaving his true home and
abiding place in the heart of all. Equally necessarily with the
rehabilitation of Society as an entirety will follow the rehabilitation of
the entire physical body IN each member of Society. We have spoken already
of Nakedness: its meaning and likely extent of adoption (Ch. XII). The
idea that the head and the hands are the only seemly and presentable
members of the organism, and that the other members are unworthy and
indecent, is obviously as onesided and lopsided as that which honors
certain classes in the commonwealth and despises others. Why should the
head brag of its ascendancy and domination, and the heart be smothered up
and hidden? It will only be a life far more in the open air than that
which we lead at present, which will restore the balance and ultimately
bring us back to sanity and health.
XVI.
THE EXODUS OF CHRISTIANITY
We have dealt with the Genesis of Christianity; we now come to the Exodus.
For that Christianity can CONTINUE to hold the field of Religion in the
Western World is neither probable nor desirable. It is true, as I have
remarked already, that there is a certain trouble about defining what we
mean by “Christianity” similar to that about the word “Civilization.” If
we select out of the great mass of doctrines and rites favored by the
various Christian Churches just those which commend themselves to the most
modern and humane and rational human mind and choose to call that
resulting (but rather small) body of belief and practice ‘Christianity’ we
are, of course, entitled to do so, and to hope (as we do hope) that this
residuum will survive and go forward into the future. But this sort of
proceeding is hardly fair and certainly not logical. It enables
Christianity to pose as an angel of light while at the same time keeping
discreetly out of sight all its own abominations and deeds of darkness.
The Church—which began its career by destroying, distorting and
denying the pagan sources from which it sprang; whose bishops and other
ecclesiastics assassinated each other in their theological rancour “of
wild beasts,” which encouraged the wicked folly of the Crusades—especially
the Children’s Crusades—and the shameful murders of the Manicheans,
the Albigenses, and the Huguenots; which burned at the stake thousands and
thousands of poor ‘witches’ and ‘heretics’; which has hardly ever spoken a
generous word in favor or defence of the animals; which in modern times
has supported vivisection as against the latter, Capitalism and
Commercialism as against the poorer classes of mankind; and whose priests
in the forms of its various sects, Greek or Catholic, Lutheran or
Protestant, have in these last days rushed forth to urge the nations to
slaughter each other with every diabolical device of Science, and to
glorify the war-cry of Patriotism in defiance of the principle of
universal Brotherhood—such a Church can hardly claim to have
established the angelic character of its mission among mankind! And if it
be said—as it often IS SAID: “Oh! but you must go back to the
genuine article, and the Church’s real origin and one foundation in the
person and teaching of Jesus Christ,” then indeed you come back to the
point which this book, as above, enforces: namely, that as to the person
of Jesus, there is no CERTAINTY at all that he ever existed; and as to the
teaching credited to him, it is certain that that comes down from a period
long anterior to ‘Christianity’ and is part of what may justly be called a
very ancient World-religion. So, as in the case of ‘Civilization,’ we are
compelled to see that it is useless to apply the word to some ideal state
of affairs or doctrine (an ideal by no means the same in all people’s
minds, or in all localities and times), but that the only reasonable thing
to do is to apply it in each case to a HISTORICAL PERIOD. In the case of
Christianity the historical period has lasted nearly 2,000 years, and, as
I say, we can hardly expect or wish that it should last much longer.
The very thorough and careful investigation of religious origins which has
been made during late years by a great number of students and observers
undoubtedly tends to show that there has been something like a great
World-religion coming down the centuries from the remotest times and
gradually expanding and branching as it has come—that is to say that
the similarity (in ESSENCE though not always in external detail) between
the creeds and rituals of widely sundered tribes and peoples is so great
as to justify the view—advanced in the present volume—that
these creeds and rituals are the necessary outgrowths of human psychology,
slowly evolving, and that consequently they have a common origin and in
their various forms a common expression. Of this great World-religion, so
coming down, Christianity is undoubtedly a branch, and an important
branch. But there have been important branches before; and while it may be
true that Christianity emphasizes some points which may have been
overlooked or neglected in the Vedic teachings or in Buddhism, or in the
Persian and Egyptian and Syrian cults, or in Mahommedanism, and so forth,
it is also equally true that Christianity has itself overlooked or
neglected valuable points in these religions. It has, in fact, the defects
of its qualities. If the World-religion is like a great tree, one cannot
expect or desire that all its branches should be directed towards the same
point of the compass.
Reinach, whose studies of religious origins are always interesting and
characterized by a certain Gallic grace and nettete, though with a
somewhat Jewish non-perception of the mystic element in life, defines
Religion as a combination of animism and scruples. This is good in a way,
because it gives the two aspects of the subject: the inner, animism,
consisting of the sense of contact with more or less intelligent beings
moving in Nature; and the outer, consisting in scruples or taboos. The one
aspect shows the feeling which INSPIRES religion, the other, the checks
and limitations which DEFINE it and give birth to ritual. But like most
anthropologists he (Reinach) is a little TOO patronizing towards the “poor
Indian with untutored mind.” He is sorry for people so foolish as to be
animistic in their outlook, and he is always careful to point out that the
scruples and taboos were quite senseless in their origin, though
occasionally (by accident) they turned out useful. Yet—as I have
said before—Animism is a perfectly sensible, logical and NECESSARY
attitude of the human mind. It is a necessary attribute of man’s psychical
nature, by which he projects into the great World around him the image of
his own mind. When that mind is in a very primitive, inchoate, and
fragmentary condition, the images so projected are those of fragmentary
intelligences (‘spirits,’ gnomes, etc.—the age of magic); when the
mind rises to distinct consciousness of itself the reflections of it are
anthropomorphic ‘gods’; when finally it reaches the universal or cosmic
state it perceives the presence of a universal Being behind all phenomena—which
Being is indeed itself—“Himself to Himself.” If you like you may
call the whole process by the name of Animism. It is perfectly sensible
throughout. The only proviso is that you should also be sensible, and
distinguish the different stages in the process.
Jane Harrison makes considerable efforts to show that Religion is
primarily a reflection of the SOCIAL Conscience (see Themis, pp. 482-92)—that
is, that the sense in Man of a “Power that makes for righteousness”
outside (and also inside) him is derived from his feeling of continuity
with the Tribe and his instinctive obedience to its behests, confirmed by
ages of collective habit and experience. He cannot in fact sever the
navel-string which connects him with his tribal Mother, even though he
desires to do so. And no doubt this view of the origin of Religion is
perfectly correct. But it must be pointed out that it does not by any
means exclude the view that religion derives also from an Animism by which
man recognizes in general Nature his foster-mother and feels himself in
closest touch with HER. Which may have come first, the Social affiliation
or the Nature affiliation, I leave to the professors to determine. The
term Animism may, as far as I can see, be quite well applied to the social
affiliation, for the latter is evidently only a case in which the
individual projects his own degree of consciousness into the human group
around him instead of into the animals or the trees, but it is a case of
which the justice is so obvious that the modern man can intellectually
seize and understand it, and consequently he does not tar it with the
‘animistic’ brush.
And Miss Harrison, it must be noticed, does, in other passages of the same
book (see Themis, pp. 68, 69), admit that Religion has its origin not only
from unity with the Tribe but from the sense of affiliation to Nature—the
sense of “a world of unseen power lying behind the visible universe, a
world which is the sphere, as will be seen, of magical activity and the
medium of mysticism. The mystical element, the oneness and continuousness
comes out very clearly in the notion of Wakonda among the Sioux
Indians…. The Omahas regarded all animate and inanimate forms, all
phenomena, as pervaded by a common life, which was continuous and similar
to the will-power they were conscious of in themselves. This mysterious
power in all things they called Wakonda, and through it all things were
related to man, and to each other. In the idea of the continuity of life,
a relation was maintained between the seen and the unseen, the dead and
the living, and also between the fragment of anything and its entirety.”
Thus our general position is confirmed, that Religion in its origin has
been INSPIRED by a deep instinctive conviction or actual sense of
continuity with a being or beings in the world around, while it has
derived its FORM and ritual by slow degrees from a vast number of taboos,
generated in the first instance chiefly by superstitious fears, but
gradually with the growth of reason and observation becoming simplified
and rationalized into forms of use. On the one side there has been the
positive impulse—of mere animal Desire and the animal urge of
self-expression; on the other there has been the negative force of Fear
based on ignorance—the latter continually carving, moulding and
shaping the former. According to this an organized study and
classification of taboos might yield some interesting results; because
indeed it would throw light on the earliest forms of both religion and
science. It would be seen that some taboos, like those of CONTACT (say
with a menstruous woman, or a mother-in-law, or a lightning-struck tree)
had an obvious basis of observation, justifiable but very crude; while
others, like the taboo against harming an enemy who had contracted
blood-friendship with one of your own tribe, or against giving decent
burial to a murderer, were equally rough and rude expressions or
indications of the growing moral sentiment of mankind. All the same there
would be left, in any case, a large residuum of taboos which could only be
judged as senseless, and the mere rubbish of the savage mind.
So much for the first origins of the World-religion; and I think enough
has been said in the various chapters of this book to show that the same
general process has obtained throughout. Man, like the animals, began with
this deep, subconscious sense of unity with surrounding Nature. When this
became (in Man) fairly conscious, it led to Magic and Totemism. More
conscious, and it branched, on the one hand, into figures of Gods and
definite forms of Creeds, on the other into elaborate Scientific Theories—the
latter based on a strong INTELLECTUAL belief in Unity, but fervently
denying any ‘anthropomorphic’ or ‘animistic’ SENSE of that unity. Finally,
it seems that we are now on the edge of a further stage when the theories
and the creeds, scientific and religious, are on the verge of collapsing,
but in such a way as to leave the sense and the perception of Unity—the
real content of the whole process—not only undestroyed, but
immensely heightened and illuminated. Meanwhile the taboos—of which
there remain some still, both religious and scientific—have been
gradually breaking up and merging themselves into a reasonable and humane
order of life and philosophy.
I have said that out of this World-religion Christianity really sprang. It
is evident that the time has arrived when it must either acknowledge its
source and frankly endeavor to affiliate itself to the same, or failing
that must perish. In the first case it will probably have to change its
name; in the second the question of its name ‘will interest it no more.’
With regard to the first of these alternatives, I might venture—though
with indifference—to make a few suggestions. Why should we not have—instead
of a Holy Roman Church—a Holy HUMAN Church, rehabilitating the
ancient symbols and rituals, a Christianity (if you still desire to call
it so) frankly and gladly acknowledging its own sources? This seems a
reasonable and even feasible proposition. If such a church wished to
celebrate a Mass or Communion or Eucharist it would have a great variety
of rites and customs of that kind to select from; those that were not
appropriate for use in our times or were connected with the worship of
strange gods need not be rejected or condemned, but could still be
commented on and explained as approaches to the same idea—the idea
of dedication to the Common Life, and of reinvigoration in the partaking
of it. If the Church wished to celebrate the Crucifixion or betrayal of
its Founder, a hundred instances of such celebrations would be to hand,
and still the thought that has underlain such celebrations since the
beginning of the world could easily be disentangled and presented in
concrete form anew. In the light of such teaching expressions like “I know
that my Redeemer liveth” would be traced to their origin, and men would
understand that notwithstanding the mass of rubbish, cant and humbug which
has collected round them they really do mean something and represent the
age-long instinct of Humanity feeling its way towards a more extended
revelation, a new order of being, a third stage of consciousness and
illumination. In such a Church or religious organization EVERY quality of
human nature would have to be represented, every practice and custom
allowed for and its place accorded—the magical and astronomical
meanings, the rites connected with sun-worship, or with sex, or with the
worship of animals; the consecration of corn and wine and other products
of the ground, initiations, sacrifices, and so forth—all (if indeed
it claimed to be a World-religion) would have to be represented and
recognized. For they all have their long human origin and descent in and
through the pagan creeds, and they all have penetrated into and become
embodied to some degree in Christianity. Christianity therefore, as I say,
must either now come frankly forward and, acknowledging its parentage from
the great Order of the past, seek to rehabilitate THAT and carry mankind
one step forward in the path of evolution—or else it must perish.
There is no other alternative. (1)
(1) Comte in founding his philosophy of Positivism seems to have
had in view some such Holy Human Church, but he succeeded in making it
all so profoundly dull that it never flourished, The seed of Life was
not in it.
Let me give an instance of how a fragment of ancient ritual which has
survived from the far Past and is still celebrated, but with little
intelligence or understanding, in the Catholic Church of to-day, might be
adopted in such a Church as I have spoken of, interpreted, and made
eloquent of meaning to modern humanity. When I was in Ceylon nearly 30
years ago I was fortunate enough to witness a night-festival in a Hindu
Temple—the great festival of Taipusam, which takes place every year
in January. Of course, it was full moon, and great was the blowing up of
trumpets in the huge courtyard of the Temple. The moon shone down above
from among the fronds of tall coco-palms, on a dense crowd of native
worshipers—men and a few women—the men for the most part clad
in little more than a loin-cloth, the women picturesque in their colored
saris and jewelled ear and nose rings. The images of Siva and two other
gods were carried in procession round and round the temple—three or
four times; nautch girls danced before the images, musicians, blowing
horns and huge shells, or piping on flageolets or beating tom-toms,
accompanied them. The crowd carrying torches or high crates with flaming
coco-nuts, walked or rather danced along on each side, elated and excited
with the sense of the present divinity, yet pleasantly free from any
abject awe. The whole thing indeed reminded one of some bas-relief of a
Bacchanalian procession carved on a Greek sarcophagus—and especially
so in its hilarity and suggestion of friendly intimacy with the god. There
were singing of hymns and the floating of the chief actors on a raft round
a sacred lake. And then came the final Act. Siva, or his image, very
weighty and borne on the shoulders of strong men, was carried into the
first chamber or hall of the Temple and placed on an altar with a curtain
hanging in front. The crowd followed with a rush; and then there was more
music, recital of hymns, and reading from sacred books. From where we
stood we could see the rite which was performed behind the curtain. Two
five-branched candlesticks were lighted; and the manner of their lighting
was as follows. Each branch ended in a little cup, and in the cups five
pieces of camphor were placed, all approximately equal in size. After
offerings had been made, of fruit, flowers and sandalwood, the five
camphors in each candlestick were lighted. As the camphor flames burned
out the music became more wild and exciting, and then at the moment of
their extinction the curtains were drawn aside and the congregation
outside suddenly beheld the god revealed and in a blaze of light. This
burning of camphor was, like other things in the service, emblematic. The
five lights represent the five senses. Just as camphor consumes itself and
leaves no residue behind, so should the five senses, being offered to the
god, consume themselves and disappear. When this is done, that happens in
the soul which was now figured in the ritual—the God is revealed in
the inner light. (1)
(1) For a more detailed account of this Temple-festival, see
Adam’s Peak to Elephanta by E. Carpenter, ch. vii.
We are familiar with this parting or rending of the veil. We hear of it in
the Jewish Temple, and in the Greek and Egyptian Mysteries. It had a
mystically religious, and also obviously sexual, signification. It occurs
here and there in the Roman Catholic ritual. In Spain, some ancient
Catholic ceremonials are kept up with a brilliance and splendor hardly
found elsewhere in Europe. In the Cathedral, at Seville the service of the
Passion, carried out on Good Friday with great solemnity and accompanied
with fine music, culminates on the Saturday morning—i.e. in the
interval between the Crucifixion and the Resurrection—in a spectacle
similar to that described in Ceylon. A rich velvet-black curtain hangs
before the High Altar. At the appropriate moment and as the very emotional
strains of voices and instruments reach their climax in the “Gloria in
Excelsis,” the curtain with a sudden burst of sound (thunder and the
ringing of all the bells) is rent asunder, and the crucified Jesus is seen
hanging there revealed in a halo of glory.
There is also held at Seville Cathedral and before the High Altar every
year, the very curious Dance of the Seises (sixes), performed now by 16
instead of (as of old) by 12 boys, quaintly dressed. It seems to be a
survival of some very ancient ritual, probably astronomical, in which the
two sets of six represent the signs of the Zodiac, and is celebrated
during the festivals of Corpus Christi, the Immaculate Conception, and the
Carnival.
Numerous instances might of course be adduced of how a Church aspiring to
be a real Church of Humanity might adopt and re-create the rituals of the
past in the light of a modern inspiration. Indeed the difficulty would be
to limit the process, for EVERY ancient ritual, we can now see, has had a
meaning and a message, and it would be a real joy to disentangle these and
to expose the profound solidarity of humanity and aspiration from the very
dawn of civilization down to the present day. Nor would it be necessary to
imagine any Act of Uniformity or dead level of ceremonial in the matter.
Different groups might concentrate on different phases of religious
thought and practice. The only necessity would be that they should
approach the subject with a real love of Humanity in their hearts and a
real desire to come into touch with the deep inner life and mystic
growing-pains of the souls of men and women in all ages. In this direction
M. Loisy has done noble and excellent work; but the dead weight and
selfish blinkerdom of the Catholic organization has hampered him to that
degree that he has been unable to get justice done to his liberalizing
designs—or, perhaps, even to reveal the full extent of them. And the
same difficulty will remain. On the one hand no spiritual movement which
does not take up the attitude of a World-religion has now in this age, any
chance of success; on the other, all the existing Churches—whether
Roman Catholic, or Greek, or Protestant or Secularist—whether
Christian or Jewish or Persian or Hindu—will in all probability
adopt the same blind and blinkered and selfish attitude as that described
above, and so disqualify themselves for the great role of world-wide
emancipation, which some religion at some time will certainly have to
play. It is the same difficulty which is looming large in modern
World-politics, where the local selfishness and vainglorious “patriotisms”
of the Nations are sadly impeding and obstructing the development of that
sense of Internationalism and Brotherhood which is the clearly indicated
form of the future, and which alone can give each nation deliverance from
fear, and a promise of growth, and the confident assurance of power.
I say that Christianity must either frankly adopt this generous attitude
and confess itself a branch of the great World-religion, anxious only to
do honor to its source—or else it must perish and pass away. There
is no other alternative. The hour of its Exodus has come. It may be, of
course, that neither the Christian Church nor any branch of it, nor any
other religious organization, will step into the gap. It may be—but
I do not think this is likely—that the time of rites and ceremonies
and formal creeds is PAST, and churches of any kind will be no more needed
in the world: not likely, I say, because of the still far backwardness of
the human masses, and their considerable dependence yet on laws and forms
and rituals. Still, if it should prove that that age of dependence IS
really approaching its end, that would surely be a matter for
congratulation. It would mean that mankind was moving into a knowledge of
the REALITY which has underlain these outer shows—that it was coming
into the Third stage of its Consciousness. Having found this there would
be no need for it to dwell any longer in the land of superstitions and
formulae. It would have come to the place of which these latter are only
the outlying indications.
It may, therefore, happen—and this quite independently of the growth
of a World-cult such as I have described, though by no means in antagonism
to it—that a religious philosophy or Theosophy might develop and
spread, similar to the Gnonam of the Hindus or the Gnomsis of the
pre-Christian sects, which would become, first among individuals and
afterwards among large bodies over the world, the religion of—or
perhaps one should say the religious approach to the Third State. Books
like the Upanishads of the Vedic seers, and the Bhagavat Gita, though
garbled and obscured by priestly interferences and mystifications, do
undoubtedly represent and give expression to the highest utterance of
religious experience to be found anywhere in the world. They are indeed
the manuals of human entrance into the cosmic state. But as I say, and as
has happened in the case of other sacred books, a vast deal of rubbish has
accreted round their essential teachings, and has to be cleared away. To
go into a serious explication of the meaning of these books would be far
too large an affair, and would be foreign to the purpose of the present
volume; but I have in the Appendix below inserted two papers, (on “Rest”
and “The Nature of the Self”) containing the substance of lectures given
on the above books. These papers or lectures are couched in the very
simplest language, free from Sanskrit terms and the usual ‘jargon of the
Schools,’ and may, I hope, even on that account be of use in familiarizing
readers who are not specially STUDENTS with the ideas and mental attitudes
of the cosmic state. Non-differentiation (Advaita (1)) is the root
attitude of the mind inculcated.
(1) The word means “not-two-ness.” Here we see a great subtlety
of definition. It is not to be “one” with others that is urged, but to
be “not two.”
We have seen that there has been an age of non-differentiation in the
Past—non-differentiation from other members of the Tribe, from the
Animals, from Nature and the Spirit or Spirits of nature; why should there
not arise a similar sense of non-differentiation in the Future—similar
but more extended more intelligent? Certainly this will arrive, in its own
appointed time. There will be a surpassing of the bounds of separation and
division. There will be a surpassing of all Taboos. We have seen the use
and function of Taboos in the early stages of Evolution and how progress
and growth have been very much a matter of their gradual extinction and
assimilation into the general body of rational thought and feeling.
Unreasoning and idiotic taboos still linger, but they grow weaker. A new
Morality will come which will shake itself free from them. The sense of
kinship with the animals (as in the old rituals) (1) will be restored; the
sense of kinship with all the races of mankind will grow and become
consolidated; the sense of the defilement and impurity of the human body
will (with the adoption of a generally clean and wholesome life) pass
away; and the body itself will come to be regarded more as a collection of
shrines in which the gods may be worshiped and less as a mere organ of
trivial self-gratifications; (2) there will be no form of Nature, or of
human life or of the lesser creatures, which will be barred from the
approach of Man or from the intimate and penetrating invasion of his
spirit; and as in certain ceremonies and after honorable toils and labors
a citizen is sometimes received into the community of his own city, so the
emancipated human being on the completion of his long long pilgrimage on
Earth will be presented with the Freedom of the Universe.
(1) The record of the Roman Catholic Church has been sadly
callous and inhuman in this matter of the animals.
(2) See The Art of Creation, by E. Carpenter.
XVII.
CONCLUSION
In conclusion there does not seem much to say, except to accentuate
certain points which may still appear doubtful or capable of being
understood.
The fact that the main argument of this volume is along the lines of
psychological evolution will no doubt commend it to some, while on the
other hand it will discredit the book to others whose eyes, being fixed on
purely MATERIAL causes, can see no impetus in History except through
these. But it must be remembered that there is not the least reason for
SEPARATING the two factors. The fact that psychologically man has evolved
from simple consciousness to self-consciousness, and is now in process of
evolution towards another and more extended kind of consciousness, does
not in the least bar the simultaneous appearance and influence of material
evolution. It is clear indeed that the two must largely go together,
acting and reacting on each other. Whatever the physical conditions of the
animal brain may be which connect themselves with simple (unreflected and
unreflecting) consciousness, it is evident that these conditions—in
animals and primitive man—lasted for an enormous period, before the
distinct consciousness of the individual and separate SELF arose. This
second order of consciousness seems to have germinated at or about the
same period as the discovery of the use of Tools (tools of stone, copper,
bronze, &c.), the adoption of picture-writing and the use of
reflective words (like “I” and “Thou”); and it led on to the appreciation
of gold and of iron with their ornamental and practical values, the
accumulation of Property, the establishment of slavery of various kinds,
the subjection of Women, the encouragement of luxury and self-indulgence,
the growth of crowded cities and the endless conflicts and wars so
resulting. We can see plainly that the incoming of the self-motive
exercised a direct stimulus on the pursuit of these material objects and
adaptations; and that the material adaptations in their turn did largely
accentuate the self-motive; but to insist that the real explanation of the
whole process is only to be found along one channel—the material OR
the psychical—is clearly quite unnecessary. Those who understand
that all matter is conscious in some degree, and that all consciousness
has a material form of some kind, will be the first to admit this.
The same remarks apply to the Third Stage. We can see that in modern times
the huge and unlimited powers of production by machinery, united with a
growing tendency towards intelligent Birth-control, are preparing the way
for an age of Communism and communal Plenty which will inevitably be
associated (partly as cause and partly as effect) with a new general phase
of consciousness, involving the mitigation of the struggle for existence,
the growth of intuitional and psychical perception, the spread of amity
and solidarity, the disappearance of War, and the realization (in degree)
of the Cosmic life.
Perhaps the greatest difficulty or stumbling-block to the general
acceptance of the belief in a third (or ‘Golden-Age’) phase of human
evolution is the obstinate and obdurate pre-judgment that the passing of
Humanity out of the Second stage can only mean the entire ABANDONMENT OF
SELF-CONSCIOUSNESS; and this people say—and quite rightly—is
both impossible and undesirable. Throughout the preceding chapters I have
striven, wherever feasible, to counter this misunderstanding—but I
have little hope of success. The DETERMINATION of the world to
misunderstand or misinterpret anything a little new or unfamiliar is a
thing which perhaps only an author can duly appreciate. But while it is
clear that self-consciousness originally came into being through a process
of alienation and exile and fear which marked it with the Cain-like brand
of loneliness and apartness, it is equally clear that to think of that
apartness as an absolute and permanent separation is an illusion, since no
being can really continue to live divorced from the source of its life.
For a period in evolution the SELF took on this illusive form in
consciousness, as of an ignis fatuus—the form of a being sundered
from all other beings, atomic, lonely, without refuge, surrounded by
dangers and struggling, for itself alone and for its own salvation in the
midst of a hostile environment. Perhaps some such terrible imagination was
necessary at first, as it were to start Humanity on its new path. But it
had its compensation, for the sufferings and tortures, mental and bodily,
the privations, persecutions, accusations, hatreds, the wars and conflicts—so
endured by millions of individuals and whole races—have at length
stamped upon the human mind a sense of individual responsibility which
otherwise perhaps would never have emerged, and whose mark can now be
effaced; ultimately, too, these things have searched our inner nature to
its very depths and exposed its bed-rock foundation. They have convinced
us that this idea of ultimate separation is an illusion, and that in truth
we are all indefeasible and indestructible parts of one great Unity in
which “we live and move and have our being.” That being so, it is clear
that there remains in the end a self-consciousness which need by no means
be abandoned, which indeed only comes to its true fruition and
understanding when it recognizes its affiliation with the Whole, and
glories in an individuality which is an expression both of itself AND of
the whole. The human child at its mother’s knee probably comes first to
know it HAS a ‘self’ on some fateful day when having wandered afar it goes
lost among alien houses and streets or in the trackless fields. That
appalling experience—the sense of danger, of fear, of loneliness—is
never forgotten; it stamps some new sense of Being upon the childish mind,
but that sense, instead of being destroyed, becomes all the prouder and
more radiant in the hour of return to the mother’s arms. The return, the
salvation, for which humanity looks, is the return of the little
individual self to harmony and union with the great Self of the universe,
but by no means its extinction or abandonment—rather the finding of
its own true nature as never before.
There is another thing which may be said here: namely, that the
disentanglement, as above, of three main stages of psychological evolution
as great formative influences in the history of mankind, does not by any
means preclude the establishment of lesser stages within the boundaries of
these. In all probability subdivisions of all the three will come in time
to be recognized and allowed for. To take the Second stage only, it MAY
appear that Self-consciousness in its first development is characterized
by an accentuation of Timidity; in its second development by a more
deliberate pursuit of sensual Pleasure (lust, food, drink, &c.); in
its third by the pursuit of mental gratifications (vanities, ambitions,
enslavement of others); in its fourth by the pursuit of Property, as a
means of attaining these objects; in its fifth by the access of enmities,
jealousies, wars and so forth, consequent on all these things; and so on.
I have no intention at present of following out this line of thought, but
only wish to suggest its feasibility and the degree to which it may throw
light on the social evolutions of the Past. (1)
(1) For an analysis of the nature of Self-consciousness see vol.
iii, p. 375 sq. of the three ponderous tomes by Wilhelm
Wundt—Grund-zuge der Physiologischen Psychologie—in which amid an
enormous mass of verbiage occasional gleams of useful suggestion are to
be found.
As a kind of rude general philosophy we may say that there are only two
main factors in life, namely, Love and Ignorance. And of these we may also
say that the two are not in the same plane: one is positive and
substantial, the other is negative and merely illusory. It may be thought
at first that Fear and Hatred and Cruelty, and the like, are very positive
things, but in the end we see that they are due merely to ABSENCE of
perception, to dulness of understanding. Or we may put the statement in a
rather less crude form, and say that there are only two factors in life:
(1) the sense of Unity with others (and with Nature)—which covers
Love, Faith, Courage, Truth, and so forth, and (2) Non-perception of the
same—which covers Enmity, Fear, Hatred, Self-pity, Cruelty,
Jealousy, Meanness and an endless similar list. The present world which we
see around us, with its idiotic wars, its senseless jealousies of nations
and classes, its fears and greeds and vanities and its futile endeavors—as
of people struggling in a swamp—to find one’s own salvation by
treading others underfoot, is a negative phenomenon. Ignorance,
non-perception, are at the root of it. But it is the blessed virtue of
Ignorance and of non-perception that they inevitably—if only slowly and
painfully—DESTROY THEMSELVES. All experience serves to dissipate
them. The world, as it is, carries’ the doom of its own transformation in
its bosom; and in proportion as that which is negative disappears the
positive element must establish itself more and more.
So we come back to that with which we began, (1) to Fear bred by
Ignorance. From that source has sprung the long catalogue of follies,
cruelties and sufferings which mark the records of the human race since
the dawn of history; and to the overcoming of this Fear we perforce must
look for our future deliverance, and for the discovery, even in the midst
of this world, of our true Home. The time is coming when the positive
constructive element must dominate. It is inevitable that Man must ever
build a state of society around him after the pattern and image of his own
interior state. The whole futile and idiotic structure of commerce and
industry in which we are now imprisoned springs from that falsehood of
individualistic self-seeking which marks the second stage of human
evolution. That stage is already tottering to its fall, destroyed by the
very flood of egotistic passions and interests, of vanities, greeds, and
cruelties, all warring with each other, which are the sure outcome and
culmination of its operation. With the restoration of the sentiment of the
Common Life, and the gradual growth of a mental attitude corresponding,
there will emerge from the flood something like a solid earth—something
on which it will be possible to build with good hope for the future.
Schemes of reconstruction are well enough in their way, but if there is no
ground of REAL HUMAN SOLIDARITY beneath, of what avail are they?
(1) See Introduction, Ch. I.
An industrial system which is no real industrial order, but only (on the
part of the employers) a devil’s device for securing private profit under
the guise of public utility, and (on the part of the employed) a dismal
and poor-spirited renunciation—for the sake of a bare living—of
all real interest in life and work: such a ‘system’ must infallibly pass
away. It cannot in the nature of things be permanent. The first condition
of social happiness and prosperity must be the sense of the Common Life.
This sense, which instinctively underlay the whole Tribal order of the far
past—which first came to consciousness in the worship of a thousand
pagan divinities, and in the rituals of countless sacrifices, initiations,
redemptions, love-feasts and communions, which inspired the dreams of the
Golden Age, and flashed out for a time in the Communism of the early
Christians and in their adorations of the risen Savior—must in the
end be the creative condition of a new order: it must provide the material
of which the Golden City waits to be built. The long travail of the
World-religion will not have been in vain, which assures this
consummation. What the signs and conditions of any general advance into
this new order of life and consciousness will be, we know not. It may be
that as to individuals the revelation of a new vision often comes quite
suddenly, and GENERALLY perhaps after a period of great suffering, so to
society at large a similar revelation will arrive—like “the
lightning which cometh out of the East and shineth even unto the West”—with
unexpected swiftness. On the other hand it would perhaps be wise not to
count too much on any such sudden transformation. When we look abroad (and
at home) in this year of grace and hoped-for peace, 1919, and see the
spirits of rancour and revenge, the fears, the selfish blindness and the
ignorance, which still hold in their paralyzing grasp huge classes and
coteries in every country in the world, we see that the second stage of
human development is by no means yet at its full term, and that, as in
some vast chrysalis, for the liberation of the creature within still more
and more terrible struggles MAY be necessary. We can only pray that such
may not be the case. Anyhow, if we have followed the argument of this book
we can hardly doubt that the destruction (which is going on everywhere) of
the outer form of the present society marks the first stage of man’s final
liberation; and that, sooner or later, and in its own good time, that
further ‘divine event’ will surely be realized.
Nor need we fear that Humanity, when it has once entered into the great
Deliverance, will be again overpowered by evil. From Knowledge back to
Ignorance there is no complete return. The nations that have come to
enlightenment need entertain no dread of those others (however hostile
they appear) who are still plunging darkly in the troubled waters of
self-greed. The dastardly Fears which inspire all brutishness and cruelty
of warfare—whether of White against White or it may be of White
against Yellow or Black—may be dismissed for good and all by that
blest race which once shall have gained the shore—since from the
very nature of the case those who are on dry land can fear nothing and
need fear nothing from the unfortunates who are yet tossing in the welter
and turmoil of the waves.
Dr. Frazer, in the conclusion of his great work The Golden Bough, (1) bids
farewell to his readers with the following words: “The laws of Nature are
merely hypotheses devised to explain that ever-shifting phantasmagoria of
thought which we dignify with the high-sounding names of the World and the
Universe. In the last analysis magic, religion and science are nothing but
theories (of thought); and as Science has supplanted its predecessors so
it may hereafter itself be superseded by some more perfect hypothesis,
perhaps by some perfectly different way of looking at phenomena—of
registering the shadows on the screen—of which we in this generation
can form no idea.” I imagine Dr. Frazer is right in thinking that “a way
of looking at phenomena” different from the way of Science, may some day
prevail. But I think this change will come, not so much by the growth of
Science itself or the extension of its ‘hypotheses,’ as by a growth and
expansion of the human HEART and a change in its psychology and powers of
perception. Perhaps some of the preceding chapters will help to show how
much the outlook of humanity on the world has been guided through the
centuries by the slow evolution of its inner consciousness. Gradually, out
of an infinite mass of folly and delusion, the human soul has in this way
disentangled itself, and will in the future disentangle itself, to emerge
at length in the light of true FREEDOM. All the taboos, the insane
terrors, the fatuous forbiddals of this and that (with their consequent
heart-searchings and distress) may perhaps have been in their way
necessary, in order to rivet and define the meaning and the understanding
of that word. To-day these taboos and terrors still linger, many of them,
in the form of conventions of morality, uneasy strivings of conscience,
doubts and desperations of religion; but ultimately Man will emerge from
all these things, FREE—familiar, that is, with them all, making use
of all, allowing generously for the values of all, but hampered and bound
by NONE. He will realize the inner meaning of the creeds and rituals of
the ancient religions, and will hail with joy the fulfilment of their far
prophecy down the ages—finding after all the long-expected Saviour
of the world within his own breast, and Paradise in the disclosure there
of the everlasting peace of the soul.
(1) See “Balder,” vol. ii, pp. 306, 307. (“Farewell to Nemi.”)
APPENDIX
THE TEACHING OF THE UPANISHADS
BEING THE SUBSTANCE OF TWO LECTURES TO POPULAR AUDIENCES
I. REST
II. THE NATURE OF THE SELF
I. REST
To some, in the present whirlpool of life and affairs it may seem almost
an absurdity to talk about Rest. For long enough now rest has seemed a
thing far off and unattainable. With the posts knocking at our doors ten
or twelve times a day, with telegrams arriving every hour, and the
telephone bell constantly ringing; with motors rushing wildly about the
streets, and aeroplanes whizzing overhead, with work speeded up in every
direction, and the drive in the workshops becoming more intolerable every
day; with the pace of the walkers and the pace of the talkers from hour to
hour insanely increasing—what room, it may well be asked, is there
for Rest? And now the issues of war, redoubling the urgency of all
questions, are on us.
The problem is obviously a serious one. So urgent is it that I think one
may safely say the amount of insanity due to the pressure of daily life is
increasing; nursing-homes have sprung up for the special purpose of
treating such cases; and doctors are starting special courses of tuition
in the art—now becoming very important—of systematically doing
nothing! And yet it is difficult to see the outcome of it all. The clock
of what is called Progress is not easily turned backward. We should not
very readily agree nowadays to the abolition of telegrams or to a
regulation compelling express trains to stop at every station! We can’t
ALL go to Nursing Homes, or afford to enjoy a winter’s rest-cure in Egypt.
And, if not, is the speeding-up process to go on indefinitely, incapable
of being checked, and destined ultimately to land civilization in the
mad-house?
It is, I say, a serious and an urgent problem. And it is, I think, forcing
a certain answer on us—which I will now endeavor to explain.
If we cannot turn back and reverse this fatal onrush of modern life (and
it is evident that we cannot do so in any very brief time—though of
course ultimately we might succeed) then I think there are clearly only
two alternatives left—either to go forward to general dislocation
and madness, or—to learn to rest even in the very midst of the hurry
and the scurry.
To explain what I mean, let me use an illustration. The typhoons and
cyclones of the China Seas are some of the most formidable storms that
ships can encounter. Their paths in the past have been strewn with wrecks
and disaster. But now with increased knowledge much of their danger has
been averted. It is known that they are CIRCULAR in character, and that
though the wind on their outskirts often reaches a speed of 100 miles an
hour, in the centre of the storm there is a space of complete calm—not
a calm of the SEA certainly, but a complete absence of wind. The skilled
navigator, if he cannot escape the storm, steers right into the heart of
it, and rests there. Even in the midst of the clatter he finds a place of
quiet where he can trim his sails and adjust his future course. He knows
too from his position in what direction at every point around him the wind
is moving and where it will strike him when at last his ship emerges from
the charmed circle.
Is it not possible, we may ask, that in the very midst of the cyclone of
daily life we may find a similar resting-place? If we can, our case is by
no means hopeless. If we cannot, then indeed there is danger.
Looking back in History we seem to see that in old times people took life
much more leisurely than they do now. The elder generations gave more
scope in their customs and their religions for contentment and peace of
mind. We associate a certain quietism and passivity with the thought of
the Eastern peoples. But as civilization traveled Westward external
activity and the pace of life increased—less and less time was left
for meditation and repose—till with the rise of Western Europe and
America, the dominant note of life seems to have simply become one of
feverish and ceaseless activity—of activity merely for the sake of
activity, without any clear idea of its own purpose or object.
Such a prospect does not at first seem very hopeful; but on second
thoughts we see that we are not forced to draw any very pessimistic
conclusion from it. The direction of human evolution need not remain
always the same. The movement, in fact, of civilization from East to West
has now clearly completed itself. The globe has been circled, and we
cannot go any FARTHER to the West without coming round to the East again.
It is a commonplace to say that our psychology, our philosophy and our
religious sense are already taking on an Eastern color; nor is it
difficult to imagine that with the end of the present dispensation a new
era may perfectly naturally arrive in which the St. Vitus’ dance of
money-making and ambition will cease to be the chief end of existence.
In the history of nations as in the history of individuals there are
periods when the formative ideals of life (through some hidden influence)
change; and the mode of life and evolution in consequence changes also. I
remember when I was a boy wishing—like many other boys—to go
to sea. I wanted to join the Navy. It was not, I am sure, that I was so
very anxious to defend my country. No, there was a much simpler and more
prosaic motive than that. The ships of those days with their complex
rigging suggested a perfect paradise of CLIMBING, and I know that it was
the thought of THAT which influenced me. To be able to climb indefinitely
among those ropes and spars! How delightful! Of course I knew perfectly
well that I should not always have free access to the rigging; but then—some
day, no doubt, I should be an Admiral, and who then could prevent me? I
remember seeing myself in my mind’s eye, with cocked hat on my head and
spy-glass under my arm, roaming at my own sweet will up aloft, regardless
of the remonstrances which might reach me from below! Such was my childish
ideal. But a time came—needless to say—when I conceived a
different idea of the object of life.
It is said that John Tyndall, whose lectures on Science were so much
sought after in their time, being on one occasion in New York was accosted
after his discourse by a very successful American business man, who urged
him to devote his scientific knowledge and ability to commercial pursuits,
promising that if he did so, he, Tyndall, would easily make “a big pile.”
Tyndall very calmly replied, “Well, I myself thought of that once, but I
soon abandoned the idea, having come to the conclusion that I had NO TIME
TO WASTE IN MAKING MONEY.” The man of dollars nearly sank into the ground.
Such a conception of life had never entered his head before. But to
Tyndall no doubt it was obvious that if he chained himself to the
commercial ideal all the joy and glory of his days would be gone.
We sometimes hear of the awful doom of some of the Russian convicts in the
quarries and mines of Siberia, who are (or were) chained permanently to
their wheelbarrows. It is difficult to imagine a more dreadful fate: the
despair, the disgust, the deadly loathing of the accursed thing from which
there is no escape day or night—which is the companion not only of
the prisoner’s work but of his hours of rest—with which he has to
sleep, to feed, to take his recreation if he has any, and to fulfil all
the offices of nature. Could anything be more crushing? And yet, and
yet… is it not true that we, most of us, in our various ways are chained
to our wheelbarrows—is it not too often true that to these beggarly
things we have for the most part chained OURSELVES?
Let me be understood. Of course we all have (or ought to have) our work to
do. We have our living to get, our families to support, our trade, our
art, our profession to pursue. In that sense no doubt we are tied; but I
take it that these things are like the wheelbarrow which a man uses while
he is at work. It may irk him at times, but he sticks to it with a good
heart, and with a certain joy because it is the instrument of a noble
purpose. That is all right. But to be chained to it, not to be able to
leave it when the work of the day is done—that is indeed an ignoble
slavery. I would say, then, take care that even with these things, these
necessary arts of life, you preserve your independence, that even if to
some degree they may confine your body they do not enslave your mind.
For it is the freedom of the mind which counts. We are all no doubt caught
in the toils of the earth-life. One man is largely dominated by sensual
indulgence, another by ambition, another by the pursuit of money. Well,
these things are all right in themselves. Without the pleasures of the
senses we should be dull mokes indeed; without ambition much of the zest
and enterprise of life would be gone; gold, in the present order of
affairs, is a very useful servant. These things are right enough—but
to be CHAINED to them, to be unable to think of anything else—what a
fate! The subject reminds one of a not uncommon spectacle. It is a
glorious day; the sun is bright, small white clouds float in the
transparent blue—a day when you linger perforce on the road to enjoy
the scene. But suddenly here comes a man painfully running all hot and
dusty and mopping his head, and with no eye, clearly, for anything around
him. What is the matter? He is absorbed by one idea. He is running to
catch a train! And one cannot help wondering what EXCEEDINGLY important
business it must be for which all this glory and beauty is sacrificed, and
passed by as if it did not exist.
Further we must remember that in our foolishness we very commonly chain
ourselves, not only to things like sense-pleasures and ambitions which are
on the edge, so to speak, of being vices; but also to other things which
are accounted virtues, and which as far as I can see are just as bad, if
we once become enslaved to them. I have known people who were so
exceedingly ‘spiritual’ and ‘good’ that one really felt quite depressed in
their company; I have known others whose sense of duty, dear things, was
so strong that they seemed quite unable to REST, or even to allow their
friends to rest; and I have wondered whether, after all, worriting about
one’s duty might not be as bad—as deteriorating to oneself, as
distressing to one’s friends—as sinning a good solid sin. No, in
this respect virtues MAY be no better than vices; and to be chained to a
wheelbarrow made of alabaster is no way preferable to being chained to one
of wood. To sacrifice the immortal freedom of the mind in order to become
a prey to self-regarding cares and anxieties, self-estimating virtues and
vices, self-chaining duties and indulgences, is a mistake. And I warn you,
it is quite useless. For the destiny of Freedom is ultimately upon every
one, and if refusing it for a time you heap your life persistently upon
one object—however blameless in itself that object may be—Beware!
For one day—and when you least expect it—the gods will send a
thunderbolt upon you. One day the thing for which you have toiled and
spent laborious days and sleepless nights will lie broken before you—your
reputation will be ruined, your ambition will be dashed, your savings of
years will be lost—and for the moment you will be inclined to think
that your life has been in vain. But presently you will wake up and find
that something quite different has happened. You will find that the
thunderbolt which you thought was your ruin has been your salvation—that
it has broken the chain which bound you to your wheelbarrow, and that you
are free! ————
I think you will now see what I mean by Rest. Rest is the loosing of the
chains which bind us to the whirligig of the world, it is the passing into
the centre of the Cyclone; it is the Stilling of Thought. For (with regard
to this last) it is Thought, it is the Attachment of the Mind, which binds
us to outer things. The outer things themselves are all right. It is only
through our thoughts that they make slaves of us. Obtain power over your
thoughts and you are free. You can then use the outer things or dismiss
them at your pleasure.
There is nothing new of course in all this. It has been known for ages;
and is part of the ancient philosophy of the world.
In the Katha Upanishad you will find these words (Max Muller’s
translation): “As rainwater that has fallen on a mountain ridge runs down
on all sides, thus does he who sees a difference between qualities run
after them on all sides.” This is the figure of the man who does NOT rest.
And it is a powerful likeness. The thunder shower descends on the mountain
top; torrents of water pour down the crags in every direction. Imagine the
state of mind of a man—however thirsty he may be—who endeavors
to pursue and intercept all these streams!
But then the Upanishad goes on: “As pure water poured into pure water
remains the same, thus, O Gautama, is the Self of a thinker who knows.”
What a perfect image of rest! Imagine a cistern before you with
transparent glass sides and filled with pure water. And then imagine some
one comes with a phial, also of pure water, and pours the contents gently
into the cistern. What will happen? Almost nothing. The pure water will
glide into the pure water—“remaining the same.” There will be no
dislocation, no discoloration (as might happen if MUDDY water were poured
in); there will be only perfect harmony.
I imagine here that the meaning is something like this. The cistern is the
great Reservoir of the Universe which contains the pure and perfect Spirit
of all life. Each one of us, and every mortal creature, represents a drop
from that reservoir—a drop indeed which is also pure and perfect
(though the phial in which it is contained may not always be so). When we,
each of us, descend into the world and meet the great Ocean of Life which
dwells there behind all mortal forms, it is like the little phial being
poured into the great reservoir. If the tiny canful which is our selves is
pure and unsoiled, then when it meets the world it will blend with the
Spirit which informs the world perfectly harmoniously, without distress or
dislocation. It will pass through and be at one with it. How can one
describe such a state of affairs? You will have the key to every person
that you meet, because indeed you are conscious that the real essence of
that person is the same as your own. You will have the solution of every
event which happens. For every event is (and is felt to be) the touch of
the great Spirit on yours. Can any description of Rest be more perfect
than that? Pure water poured into pure water…. There is no need to
hurry, for everything will come in its good time. There is no need to
leave your place, for all you desire is close at hand.
Here is another verse (from the Vagasaneyi-Samhita Upanishad) embodying
the same idea: “And he who beholds all beings in the Self, and the Self in
all beings, he never turns away from It. When, to a man who understands,
the Self has become all things, what sorrow, what trouble, can there be to
him—having once beheld that Unity?”—What trouble, what sorrow,
indeed, when the universe has become transparent with the presences of all
we love, held firm in the One enfolding Presence?
But it will be said: “Our minds are NOT pure and transparent. More often
they are muddy and soiled—soiled, if not in their real essence, yet
by reason of the mortal phial in which they are contained.” And that alas!
is true. If you pour a phial of muddy water into that reservoir which we
described—what will you see? You will see a queer and ugly cloud
formed. And to how many of us, in our dealings with the world, does life
take on just such a form—of a queer and ugly cloud?
Now not so very long after those Upanishads were written there lived in
China that great Teacher, Lao-tze; and he too had considered these things.
And he wrote—in the Tao-Teh-King—“Who is there who can make
muddy water clear?” The question sounds like a conundrum. For a moment one
hesitates to answer it. Lao-tze, however, has an answer ready. He says:
“But if you LEAVE IT ALONE it will become clear of itself.” That muddy
water of the mind, muddied by all the foolish little thoughts which like a
sediment infest it—but if you leave it alone it will become clear of
itself. Sometimes walking along the common road after a shower you have
seen pools of water lying here and there, dirty and unsightly with the mud
stirred up by the hoofs of men and animals. And then returning some hours
afterwards along the same road—in the evening and after the
cessation of traffic—you have looked again, and lo! each pool has
cleared itself to a perfect calm, and has become a lovely mirror
reflecting the trees and the clouds and the sunset and the stars.
So this mirror of the mind. Leave it alone. Let the ugly sediment of
tiresome thoughts and anxieties, and of fussing over one’s
self-importances and duties, settle down—and presently you will look
on it, and see something there which you never knew or imagined before—something
more beautiful than you ever yet beheld—a reflection of the real and
eternal world such is only given to the mind that rests.
Do not recklessly spill the waters of your mind in this direction and in
that, lest you become like a spring lost and dissipated in the desert.
But draw them together into a little compass, and hold them still, so
still;
And let them become clear, so clear—so limpid, so mirror-like;
At last the mountains and the sky shall glass themselves in peaceful
beauty,
And the antelope shall descend to drink, and the lion to quench his
thirst,
And Love himself shall come and bend over, and catch his own likeness in
you. (1)
(1) Towards Democracy, p. 373.
Yes, there is this priceless thing within us, but hoofing along the roads
in the mud we fail to find it; there is this region of calm, but the
cyclone of the world raging around guards us from entering it. Perhaps it
is best so—best that the access to it should not be made too easy.
One day, some time ago, in the course of conversation with Rabindranath
Tagore in London, I asked him what impressed him most in visiting the
great city. He said, “The restless incessant movement of everybody.” I
said, “Yes, they seem as if they were all rushing about looking for
something.” He replied, “It is because each person does not know of the
great treasure he has within himself.” ————
How then are we to reach this treasure and make it our own? How are we to
attain to this Stilling of the Mind, which is the secret of all power and
possession? The thing is difficult, no doubt; yet as I tried to show at
the outset of this discourse, we Moderns MUST reach it; we have got to
attain to it—for the penalty of failure is and must be widespread
Madness.
The power to still the mind—to be ABLE, mark you, when you want, to
enter into the region of Rest, and to dismiss or command your Thoughts—is
a condition of Health; it is a condition of all Power and Energy. For all
health, whether of mind or body, resides in one’s relation to the central
Life within. If one cannot get into touch with THAT, then the life-forces
cannot flow down into the organism. Most, perhaps all, disease arises from
the disturbance of this connection. All mere hurry, all mere running after
external things (as of the man after the water-streams on the
mountain-top), inevitably breaks it. Let a pond be allowed calmly under
the influence of frost to crystallize, and most beautiful flowers and
spears of ice will be formed, but keep stirring the water all the time
with a stick or a pole and nothing will result but an ugly brash of
half-frozen stuff. The condition of the exercise of power and energy is
that it should proceed from a center of Rest within one. So convinced am I
of this, that whenever I find myself hurrying over my work, I pause and
say, “Now you are not producing anything good!” and I generally find that
that is true. It is curious, but I think very noticeable, that the places
where people hurry most—as for instance the City of London or Wall
Street, New York—are just the places where the work being done is of
LEAST importance (being mostly money-gambling); whereas if you go and look
at a ploughman ploughing—doing perhaps the most important of human
work—you find all his movements most deliberate and leisurely, as if
indeed he had infinite time at command; the truth being that in dealing
(like a ploughman) with the earth and the horses and the weather and the
things of Nature generally you can no more hurry than Nature herself
hurries.
Following this line of thought it might seem that one would arrive at a
hopeless paradox. If it be true that the less one hurries the better the
work resulting, then it might seem that by sitting still and merely
twirling one’s thumbs one would arrive at the very greatest activity and
efficiency! And indeed (if understood aright) there is a truth even in
this, which—like the other points I have mentioned—has been
known and taught long ages ago. Says that humorous old sage, Lao-tze, whom
I have already quoted: “By non-action there is nothing that cannot be
done.” At first this sounds like mere foolery or worse; but afterwards
thinking on it one sees there is a meaning hidden. There is a secret by
which Nature and the powers of the universal life will do all for you. The
Bhagavat Gita also says, “He who discovers inaction in action and action
in inaction is wise among mortals.”
It is worth while dwelling for a moment on these texts. We are all—as
I said earlier on—involved in work belonging to our place and
station; we are tied to some degree in the bonds of action. But that fact
need not imprison our inner minds. While acting even with keenness and
energy along the external and necessary path before us, it is perfectly
possible to hold the mind free and untied—so that the RESULT of our
action (which of course is not ours to command) shall remain indifferent
and incapable of unduly affecting us. Similarly, when it is our part to
remain externally INACTIVE, we may discover that underneath this apparent
inaction we may be taking part in the currents of a deeper life which are
moving on to a definite end, to an end or object which in a sense is ours
and in a sense is NOT ours.
The lighthouse beam flies over land and sea with incredible velocity, and
you think the light itself must be in swiftest movement; but when you
climb up thither you find the lamp absolutely stationary. It is only the
reflection that is moving. The rider on horseback may gallop to and fro
wherever he will, but it is hard to say that HE is acting. The horse
guided by the slightest indication of the man’s will performs an the
action that is needed. If we can get into right touch with the immense,
the incalculable powers of Nature, is there anything which we may not be
able to do? If a man worship the Self only as his true state,” says the
Brihad-aranyaka Upanishad, “his work cannot fail, for whatever he desires,
that he obtains from the Self.” What a wonderful saying, and how
infallibly true! For obviously if you succeed in identifying your true
being with the great Self of the universe, then whatever you desire the
great Self will also desire, and therefore every power of Nature will be
at your service and will conspire to fulfil your need.
There are marvelous things here “well wrapped up”—difficult to
describe, yet not impossible to experience. And they all depend upon that
power of stilling Thought, that ability to pass unharmed and undismayed
through the grinning legions of the lower mind into the very heart of
Paradise.
The question inevitably arises, How can this power be obtained? And there
is only one answer—the same answer which has to be given for the
attainment of ANY power or faculty. There is no royal road. The only way
is (however imperfectly) to DO the thing in question, to practice it. If
you would learn to play cricket, the only way is to play cricket; if you
would be able to speak a language, the only way is to speak it. If you
would learn to swim, the only way is to practice swimming. Or would you
wish to be like the man who when his companions were bathing and bidding
him come and join them, said: “Yes, I am longing to join you, but I am not
going to be such a fool as to go into the water TILL I KNOW HOW TO SWIM!”
There is nothing but practice. If you want to obtain that priceless power
of commanding Thought—of using it or dismissing it (for the two
things go together) at will—there is no way but practice. And the
practice consists in two exercises: (a) that of concentration—in
holding the thought steadily for a time on one subject, or point of a
subject; and (b) that of effacement—in effacing any given thought
from the mind, and determining NOT to entertain it for such and such a
time. Both these exercises are difficult. Failure in practicing them is
certain—and may even extend over years. But the power equally
certainly grows WITH practice. And ultimately there may come a time when
the learner is not only able to efface from his mind any given thought
(however importunate), but may even succeed in effacing, during short
periods, ALL thought of any kind. When this stage is reached, the veil of
illusion which surrounds all mortal things is pierced, and the entrance to
the Paradise of Rest (and of universal power and knowledge) is found.
Of indirect or auxiliary methods of reaching this great conclusion, there
are more than one. I think of life in the open air, if not absolutely
necessary, at least most important. The gods—though sometimes out of
compassion they visit the interiors of houses—are not fond of such
places and the evil effluvium they find there, and avoid them as much as
they can. It is not merely a question of breathing oxygen instead of
carbonic acid. There is a presence and an influence in Nature and the Open
which expands the mind and causes brigand cares and worries to drop off—whereas
in confined places foolish and futile thoughts of all kinds swarm like
microbes and cloud and conceal the soul. Experto Crede. It is only
necessary to try this experiment in order to prove its truth.
Another thing which corresponds in some degree to living physically in the
open air, is the living mentally and emotionally in the atmosphere of
love. A large charity of mind, which refuses absolutely to shut itself in
little secluded places of prejudice, bigotry and contempt for others, and
which attains to a great and universal sympathy, helps, most obviously, to
open the way to that region of calm and freedom of which we have spoken,
while conversely all petty enmity, meanness and spite, conspire to
imprison the soul and make its deliverance more difficult.
It is not necessary to labor these points. As we said, the way to attain
is to sincerely TRY to attain, to consistently PRACTICE attainment.
Whoever does this will find that the way will open out by degrees, as of
one emerging from a vast and gloomy forest, till out of darkness the path
becomes clear. For whomsoever really TRIES there is no failure; for every
effort in that region is success, and every onward push, however small,
and however little result it may show, is really a move forward, and one
step nearer the light.
II. THE NATURE OF THE SELF
The true nature of the Self is a matter by no means easy to compass. We
have all probably at some time or other attempted to fathom the deeps of
personality, and been baffled. Some people say they can quite distinctly
remember a moment in early childhood, about the age of THREE (though the
exact period is of course only approximate) when self-consciousness—the
awareness of being a little separate Self—first dawned in the mind.
It was generally at some moment of childish tension—alone perhaps in
a garden, or lost from the mother’s protecting hand—that this
happened; and it was the beginning of a whole range of new experience.
Before some such period there is in childhood strictly speaking no
distinct self-consciousness. As Tennyson says (In Memoriam xliv):
The baby new to earth and sky,
What time his tender palm is prest
Against the circle of the breast,
Hath never thought that “This is I.”
It has consciousness truly, but no distinctive self-consciousness. It is
this absence or deficiency which explains many things which at first sight
seem obscure in the psychology of children and of animals. The baby (it
has often been noticed) experiences little or no sense of FEAR. It does
not know enough to be afraid; it has never formed any image of itself, as
of a thing which might be injured. It may shrink from actual pain or
discomfort, but it does not LOOK FORWARD—which is of the essence of
fear—to pain in the future. Fear and self-consciousness are closely
interlinked. Similarly with animals, we often wonder how a horse or a cow
can endure to stand out in a field all night, exposed to cold and rain, in
the lethargic patient way that they exhibit. It is not that they do not
FEEL the discomfort, but it is that they do not envisage THEMSELVES as
enduring this pain and suffering for all those coming hours; and as we
know with ourselves that nine-tenths of our miseries really consist in
looking forward to future miseries, so we understand that the absence or
at any rate slight prevalence of self-consciousness in animals enables
them to endure forms of distress which would drive us mad.
In time then the babe arrives at self-consciousness; and, as one might
expect, the growing boy or girl often becomes intensely aware of Self. His
or her self-consciousness is crude, no doubt, but it has very little
misgiving. If the question of the nature of the Self is propounded to the
boy as a problem he has no difficulty in solving it. He says “I know well
enough who I am: I am the boy with red hair what gave Jimmy Brown such a
jolly good licking last Monday week.” He knows well enough—or thinks
he knows—who he is. And at a later age, though his definition may
change and he may describe himself chiefly as a good cricketer or
successful in certain examinations, his method is practically the same. He
fixes his mind on a certain bundle of qualities and capacities which he is
supposed to possess, and calls that bundle Himself. And in a more
elaborate way we most of us, I imagine, do the same.
Presently, however, with more careful thought, we begin to see
difficulties in this view. I see that directly I think of myself as a
certain bundle of qualities—and for that matter it is of no account
whether the qualities are good or bad, or in what sort of charming
confusion they are mixed—I see at once that I am merely looking at a
bundle of qualities: and that the real “I,” the Self, is not that bundle,
but is the being INSPECTING the same—something beyond and behind, as
it were. So I now concentrate my thoughts upon that inner Something, in
order to find out what it really is. I imagine perhaps an inner being, of
‘astral’ or ethereal nature, and possessing a new range of much finer and
more subtle qualities than the body—a being inhabiting the body and
perceiving through its senses, but quite capable of surviving the tenement
in which it dwells and I think of that as the Self. But no sooner have I
taken this step than I perceive that I am committing the same mistake as
before. I am only contemplating a new image or picture, and “I” still
remain beyond and behind that which I contemplate. No sooner do I turn my
attention on the subjective being than it becomes OBJECTIVE, and the real
subject retires into the background. And so on indefinitely. I am baffled;
and unable to say positively what the Self is.
Meanwhile there are people who look upon the foregoing speculations about
an interior Self as merely unpractical. Being perhaps of a more
materialistic type of mind they fix their attention on the body. Frankly
they try to define the Self by the body and all that is connected
therewith—that is by the mental as well as corporeal qualities which
exhibit themselves in that connection; and they say, “At any rate the Self—whatever
it may be—is in some way limited by the body; each person studies
the interest of his body and of the feelings, emotions and mentality
directly associated with it, and you cannot get beyond that; it isn’t in
human nature to do so. The Self is limited by this corporeal phenomenon
and doubtless it perishes when the body perishes.” But here again the
conclusion, though specious at first, soon appears to be quite inadequate.
For though it is possibly true that a man, if left alone in a Robinson
Crusoe life on a desert island, might ultimately subside into a mere
gratification of his corporeal needs and of those mental needs which were
directly concerned with the body, yet we know that such a case would by no
means be representative. On the contrary we know that vast numbers of
people spend their lives in considering other people, and often so far as
to sacrifice their own bodily and mental comfort and well-being. The
mother spends her life thinking almost day and night about her babe and
the other children—spending all her thoughts and efforts on them.
You may call her selfish if you will, but her selfishness clearly extends
beyond her personal body and mind, and extends to the personalities of her
children around her; her “body”—if you insist on your definition—must
be held to include the bodies of all her children. And again, the husband
who is toiling for the support of the family, he is thinking and working
and toiling and suffering for a ‘self’ which includes his wife and
children. Do you mean that the whole family is his “body”? Or a man
belongs to some society, to a church or to a social league of some kind,
and his activities are largely ruled by the interests of this larger
group. Or he sacrifices his life—as many have been doing of late—with
extraordinary bravery and heroism for the sake of the nation to which he
belongs. Must we say then that the whole nation is really a part of the
man’s body? Or again, he gives his life and goes to the stake for his
religion. Whether his religion is right or wrong does not matter, the
point is that there is that in him which can carry him far beyond his
local self and the ordinary instincts of his physical organism, to
dedicate his life and powers to a something of far wider circumference and
scope.
Thus in the FIRST of these two examples of a search for the nature of the
Self we are led INWARDS from point to point, into interior and ever
subtler regions of our being, and still in the end are baffled; while in
the SECOND we are carried outwards into an ever wider and wider
circumference in our quest of the Ego, and still feel that we have failed
to reach its ultimate nature. We are driven in fact by these two arguments
to the conclusion that that which we are seeking is indeed something very
vast—something far extending around, yet also buried deep in the
hidden recesses of our minds. How far, how deep, we do not know. We can
only say that as far as the indications point the true self is profounder
and more far-reaching than anything we have yet fathomed.
In the ordinary commonplace life we shrink to ordinary commonplace selves,
but it is one of the blessings of great experiences, even though they are
tragic or painful, that they throw us out into that enormously greater
self to which we belong. Sometimes, in moments of inspiration, of intense
enthusiasm, of revelation, such as a man feels in the midst of a battle,
in moments of love and dedication to another person, and in moments of
religious ecstasy, an immense world is opened up to the astonished gaze of
the inner man, who sees disclosed a self stretched far beyond anything he
had ever imagined. We have all had experiences more or less of that kind.
I have known quite a few people, and most of you have known some, who at
some time, even if only once in their lives, have experienced such an
extraordinary lifting of the veil, an opening out of the back of their
minds as it were, and have had such a vision of the world, that they have
never afterwards forgotten it. They have seen into the heart of creation,
and have perceived their union with the rest of mankind. They have had
glimpses of a strange immortality belonging to them, a glimpse of their
belonging to a far greater being than they have ever imagined. Just once—and
a man has never forgotten it, and even if it has not recurred it has
colored all the rest of his life.
Now, this subject has been thought about—since the beginning of the
world, I was going to say—but it has been thought about since the
beginnings of history. Some three thousand years ago certain groups of—I
hardly like to call them philosophers—but, let us say, people who
were meditating and thinking upon these problems, were in the habit of
locating themselves in the forests of Northern India; and schools arose
there. In the case of each school some teacher went into the woods and
collected groups of disciples around him, who lived there in his company
and listened to his words. Such schools were formed in very considerable
numbers, and the doctrines of these teachers were gathered together,
generally by their disciples, in notes, which notes were brought together
into little pamphlets or tracts, forming the books which are called the
‘Upanishads’ of the Indian sages. They contain some extraordinary words of
wisdom, some of which I want to bring before you. The conclusions arrived
at were not so much what we should call philosophy in the modern sense.
They were not so much the result of the analysis of the mind and the
following out of concatenations of strict argument; but they were flashes
of intuition and experience, and all through the ‘Upanishads’ you find
these extraordinary flashes embedded in the midst of a great deal of what
we should call a rather rubbishy kind of argument, and a good deal of
merely conventional Brahmanical talk of those days. But the people who
wrote and spoke thus had an intuition into the heart of things which I
make bold to say very few people in modern life have. These ‘Upanisihads,’
however various their subject, practically agree on one point—in the
definition of the “self.” They agree in saying: that the self of each man
is continuous with and in a sense identical with the Self of the universe.
Now that seems an extraordinary conclusion, and one which almost staggers
the modern mind to conceive of. But that is the conclusion, that is the
thread which runs all through the ‘Upanishads’—the identity of the
self of each individual with the self of every other individual throughout
mankind, and even with the selves of the animals and other creatures.
Those who have read the Khandogya Upanishad remember how in that treatise
the father instructs his son Svetakeitu on this very subject—pointing
him out in succession the objects of Nature and on each occasion exhorting
him to realize his identity with the very essence of the object—“Tat
twam asi, THAT thou art.” He calls Svetaketu’s attention to a tree. What
is the ESSENCE of the tree? When they have rejected the external
characteristics—the leaves, the branches, etc.—and agreed that
the SAP is the essence, then the father says, “TAT TWAM ASI—THAT
thou art.” He gives his son a crystal of salt, and asks him what is the
essence of that. The son is puzzled. Clearly neither the form nor the
transparent quality are essential. The father says, “Put the crystal in
water.” Then when it is melted he says, “Where is the crystal?” The son
replies, “I do not know.” “Dip your finger in the bowl,” says the father,
“and taste.” Then Svetaketu dips here and there, and everywhere there is a
salt flavor. They agree that THAT is the essence of salt; and the father
says again, “TAt twam asi.” I am of course neither defending nor
criticizing the scientific attitude here adopted. I am only pointing out
that this psychological identification of the observer with the object
observed runs through the Upanishads, and is I think worthy of the deepest
consideration.
In the ‘Bhagavat Gita,’ which is a later book, the author speaks of “him
whose soul is purified, whose self is the Self of all creatures.” A phrase
like that challenges opposition. It is so bold, so sweeping, and so
immense, that we hesitate to give our adhesion to what it implies. But
what does it mean—“whose soul is purified”? I believe that it means
this, that with most of us our souls are anything but clean or purified,
they are by no means transparent, so that all the time we are continually
deceiving ourselves and making clouds between us and others. We are all
the time grasping things from other people, and, if not in words, are
mentally boasting ourselves against others, trying to think of our own
superiority to the rest of the people around us. Sometimes we try to run
our neighbors down a little, just to show that they are not quite equal to
our level. We try to snatch from others some things which belong to them,
or take credit to ourselves for things to which we are not fairly
entitled. But all the time we are acting so it is perfectly obvious that
we are weaving veils between ourselves and others. You cannot have
dealings with another person in a purely truthful way, and be continually
trying to cheat that person out of money, or out of his good name and
reputation. If you are doing that, however much in the background you may
be doing it, you are not looking the person fairly in the face—there
is a cloud between you all the time. So long as your soul is not purified
from all these really absurd and ridiculous little desires and
superiorities and self-satisfactions, which make up so much of our lives,
just so long as that happens you do not and you cannot see the truth. But
when it happens to a person, as it does happen in times of great and deep
and bitter experience; when it happens that all these trumpery little
objects of life are swept away; then occasionally, with astonishment, the
soul sees that. It is also the soul of the others around. Even if it does
not become aware of an absolute identity, it perceives that there is a
deep relationship and communion between itself and others, and it comes to
understand how it may really be true that to him whose soul is purified
the self is literally the Self of all creatures.
Ordinary men and those who go on more intellectual and less intuitional
lines will say that these ideas are really contrary to human nature and to
nature generally. Yet I think that those people who say this in the name
of Science are extremely unscientific, because a very superficial glance
at nature reveals that the very same thing is taking place throughout
nature. Consider the madrepores, corallines, or sponges. You find, for
instance, that constantly the little self of the coralline or sponge is
functioning at the end of a stem and casting forth its tentacles into the
water to gain food and to breathe the air out of the water. That little
animalcule there, which is living in that way, imagines no doubt that it
is working all for itself, and yet it is united down the stem at whose
extremity it stands, with the life of the whole madrepore or sponge to
which it belongs. There is the common life of the whole and the individual
life of each, and while the little creature at the end of the stem is
thinking (if it is conscious at all) that its whole energies are absorbed
in its own maintenance, it really is feeding the common life through the
stem to which it belongs, and in its turn it is being fed by that common
life.
You have only to look at an ordinary tree to see the same thing going on.
Each little leaf on a tree may very naturally have sufficient
consciousness to believe that it is an entirely separate being maintaining
itself in the sunlight and the air, withering away and dying when the
winter comes on—and there is an end of it. It probably does not
realize that all the time it is being supported by the sap which flows
from the trunk of the tree, and that in its turn it is feeding the tree,
too—that its self is the self of the whole tree. If the leaf could
really understand itself, it would see that its self was deeply,
intimately connected, practically one with the life of the whole tree.
Therefore, I say that this Indian view is not unscientific. On the
contrary, I am sure that it is thoroughly scientific.
Let us take another passage, out of the ‘Svetasvatara Upanishad,’ which,
speaking of the self says: “He is the one God, hidden in all creatures,
all pervading, the self within all, watching over all works, shadowing all
creatures, the witness, the perceiver, the only one free from qualities.”
And now we can return to the point where we left the argument at the
beginning of this discourse. We said, you remember, that the Self is
certainly no mere bundle of qualities—that the very nature of the
mind forbids us thinking that. For however fine and subtle any quality or
group of qualities may be, we are irresistibly compelled by the nature of
the mind itself to look for the Self, not in any quality or qualities, but
in the being that PERCEIVES those qualities. The passage I have just
quoted says that being is “The one God, hidden in all creatures, all
pervading, the self within all… the witness, the perceiver, the only one
free from qualities.” And the more you think about it the clearer I think
you will see that this passage is correct—that there can be only ONE
witness, ONE perceiver, and that is the one God hidden in all creatures,
“Sarva Sakshi,” the Universal Witness.
Have you ever had that curious feeling, not uncommon, especially in
moments of vivid experience and emotion, that there was at the back of
your mind a witness, watching everything that was going on, yet too deep
for your ordinary thought to grasp? Has it not occurred to you—in a
moment say of great danger when the mind was agitated to the last degree
by fears and anxieties—suddenly to become perfectly calm and
collected, to realize that NOTHING can harm you, that you are identified
with some great and universal being lifted far over this mortal world and
unaffected by its storms? Is it not obvious that the real Self MUST be
something of this nature, a being perceiving all, but itself remaining
unperceived? For indeed if it were perceived it would fall under the head
of some definable quality, and so becoming the object of thought would
cease to be the subject, would cease to be the Self.
The witness is and must be “free from qualities.” For since it is capable
of perceiving ALL qualities it must obviously not be itself imprisoned or
tied in any quality—it must either be entirely without quality, or
if it have the potentiality of quality in it, it must have the
potentiality of EVERY quality; but in either case it cannot be in bondage
to any quality, and in either case it would appear that there can be only
ONE such ultimate Witness in the universe. For if there were two or more
such Witnesses, then we should be compelled to suppose them distinguished
from one another by something, and that something could only be a
difference of qualities, which would be contrary to our conclusion that
such a Witness cannot be in bondage to any quality.
There is then I take it—as the text in question says—only one
Witness, one Self, throughout the universe. It is hidden in all living
things, men and animals and plants; it pervades all creation. In every
thing that has consciousness it is the Self; it watches over all
operations, it overshadows all creatures, it moves in the depths of our
hearts, the perceiver, the only being that is cognizant of all and yet
free from all.
Once you really appropriate this truth, and assimilate it in the depths of
your mind, a vast change (you can easily imagine) will take place within
you. The whole world will be transformed, and every thought and act of
which you are capable will take on a different color and complexion.
Indeed the revolution will be so vast that it would be quite impossible
for me within the limits of this discourse to describe it. I will,
however, occupy the rest of my time in dealing with some points and
conclusions, and some mental changes which will flow perfectly naturally
from this axiomatic change taking place at the very root of life.
“Free from qualities.” We generally pride ourselves a little on our
qualities. Some of us think a great deal of our good qualities, and some
of us are rather ashamed of our bad ones! I would say: “Do not trouble
very much about all that. What good qualities you have—well you may
be quite sure they do not really amount to much; and what bad qualities,
you may be sure they are not very important! Do not make too much fuss
about either. Do you see? The thing is that you, you yourself, are not ANY
of your qualities—you are the being that perceives them. The thing
to see to is that they should not confuse you, bamboozle you, and hide you
from the knowledge of yourself—that they should not be erected into
a screen, to hide you from others, or the others from you. If you cease
from running after qualities, then after a little time your soul will
become purified, and you will KNOW that your self is the Self of all
creatures; and when you can feel that you will know that the other things
do not much matter.
Sometimes people are so awfully good that their very goodness hides them
from other people. They really cannot be on a level with others, and they
feel that the others are far below them. Consequently their ‘selves’ are
blinded or hidden by their ‘goodness.’ It is a sad end to come to! And
sometimes it happens that very ‘bad’ people—just because they are so
bad—do not erect any screens or veils between themselves and others.
Indeed they are only too glad if others will recognize them, or if they
may be allowed to recognize others. And so, after all, they come nearer
the truth than the very good people.
“The Self is free from qualities.” That thing which is so deep, which
belongs to all, it either—as I have already said—has ALL
qualities, or it has none. You, to whom I am speaking now, your qualities,
good and bad, are all mine. I am perfectly willing to accept them. They
are all right enough and in place—if one can only find the places
for them. But I know that in most cases they have got so confused and
mixed up that they cause great conflict and pain in the souls that harbor
them. If you attain to knowing yourself to be other than and separate from
the qualities, then you will pass below and beyond them all. You will be
able to accept ALL your qualities and harmonize them, and your soul will
be at peace. You will be free from the domination of qualities then
because you will know that among all the multitudes of them there are none
of any importance!
If you should happen some day to reach that state of mind in connection
with which this revelation comes, then you will find the experience a most
extraordinary one. You will become conscious that there is no barrier in
your path; that the way is open in all directions; that all men and women
belong to you, are part of you. You will feel that there is a great open
immense world around, which you had never suspected before, which belongs
to you, and the riches of which are all yours, waiting for you. It may, of
course, take centuries and thousands of years to realize this thoroughly,
but there it is. You are just at the threshold, peeping in at the door.
What did Shakespeare say? “To thine own self be true, and it must follow
as the night the day, thou can’st not then be false to any man.” What a
profound bit of philosophy in three lines! I doubt if anywhere the basis
of all human life has been expressed more perfectly and tersely.
One of the Upanishads (the Maitrayana-Brahmana) says: “The happiness
belonging to a mind, which through deep inwardness (1) (or understanding)
has been washed clean and has entered into the Self, is a thing beyond the
power of words to describe: it can only be perceived by an inner faculty.”
Observe the conviction, the intensity with which this joy, this happiness
is described, which comes to those whose minds have been washed clean
(from all the silly trumpery sediment of self-thought) and have become
transparent, so that the great universal Being residing there in the
depths can be perceived. What sorrow indeed, what, grief, can come to such
an one who has seen this vision? It is truly a thing beyond the power of
words to describe: it can only be PERCEIVED—and that by an inner
faculty. The external apparatus of thought is of no use. Argument is of no
use. But experience and direct perception are possible; and probably all
the experiences of life and of mankind through the ages are gradually
deepening our powers of perception to that point where the vision will at
last rise upon the inward eye.
(1) The word in the Max Muller translation is “meditation.” But
that is, I think, a somewhat misleading word. It suggests to most people
the turning inward of the THINKING faculty to grope and delve in the
interior of the mind. This is just what should NOT be done. Meditation
in the proper sense should mean the inward deepening of FEELING and
consciousness till the region of the universal self is reached; but
THOUGHT should not interfere there. That should be turned on outward
things to mould them into expression of the inner consciousness.
Another text, from the Brihad-Aranyaka Upanishad (which I have already
quoted in the paper on “Rest”), says: “If a man worship the Self only as
his true state, his work cannot fail, for whatever he desires, that he
obtains from the Self.” Is that not magnificent? If you truly realize your
identity and union with the great Self who inspires and informs the world,
then obviously whatever you desire the great Self win desire, and the
whole world will conspire to bring it to you. “He maketh the winds his
angels, and the flaming fires his ministers.” (I need not say that I am
not asking you to try and identify yourself with the great Self universal
IN ORDER to get riches, “opulence,” and other things of that kind which
you desire; because in that quest you will probably not succeed. The Great
Self is not such a fool as to be taken in in that way. It may be true—and
it is true—that if ye seek FIRST the Kingdom of Heaven all these
things shall be added unto you; but you must seek it first, not second.)
Here is a passage from Towards Democracy: “As space spreads everywhere,
and all things move and change within it, but it moves not nor changes,
“So I am the space within the soul, of which the space without is but the
similitude and mental image;
“Comest thou to inhabit me, thou hast the entrance to all life—death
shall no longer divide thee from whom thou lovest.
“I am the Sun that shines upon all creatures from within—gazest thou
upon me, thou shalt be filled with joy eternal.”
Yes, this great sun is there, always shining, but most of the time it is
hidden from us by the clouds of which I have spoken, and we fail to see
it. We complain of being out in the cold; and in the cold, for the time
being, no doubt we are; but our return to the warmth and the light has now
become possible.
Thus at last the Ego, the mortal immortal self—disclosed at first in
darkness and fear and ignorance in the growing babe—FINDS ITS TRUE
IDENTITY. For a long period it is baffled in trying to understand what it
is. It goes through a vast experience. It is tormented by the sense of
separation and alienation—alienation from other people, and
persecution by all the great powers and forces of the universe; and it is
pursued by a sense of its own doom. Its doom truly is irrevocable. The
hour of fulfilment approaches, the veil lifts, and the soul beholds at
last ITS OWN TRUE BEING.
We are accustomed to think of the external world around us as a nasty
tiresome old thing of which all we can say for certain is that it works by
a “law of cussedness”—so that, whichever way we want to go, that way
seems always barred, and we only bump against blind walls without making
any progress. But that uncomfortable state of affairs arises from
ourselves. Once we have passed a certain barrier, which at present looks
so frowning and impossible, but which fades into nothing immediately we
have passed it—once we have found the open secret of identity—then
the way is indeed open in every direction.
The world in which we live—the world into which we are tumbled as
children at the first onset of self-consciousness—denies this great
fact of unity. It is a world in which the principle of separation rules.
Instead of a common life and union with each other, the contrary principle
(especially in the later civilizations) has been the one recognized—and
to such an extent that always there prevails the obsession of separation,
and the conviction that each person is an isolated unit. The whole of our
modern society has been founded on this delusive idea, WHICH IS FALSE. You
go into the markets, and every man’s hand is against the others—that
is the ruling principle. You go into the Law Courts where justice is, or
should be, administered, and you find that the principle which denies
unity is the one that prevails. The criminal (whose actions have really
been determined by the society around him) is cast out, disacknowledged,
and condemned to further isolation in a prison cell. ‘Property’ again is
the principle which rules and determines our modern civilization—namely
that which is proper to, or can be appropriated by, each person, as
AGAINST the others.
In the moral world the doom of separation comes to us in the shape of the
sense of sin. For sin is separation. Sin is actually (and that is its only
real meaning) the separation from others, and the non-acknowledgment of
unity. And so it has come about that during all this civilization-period
the sense of sin has ruled and ranged to such an extraordinary degree.
Society has been built on a false base, not true to fact or life—and
has had a dim uneasy consciousness of its falseness. Meanwhile at the
heart of it all—and within all the frantic external strife and
warfare—there is all the time this real great life brooding. The
kingdom of Heaven, as we said before, is still within.
The word Democracy indicates something of the kind—the rule of the
Demos, that is of the common life. The coming of that will transform, not
only our Markets and our Law Courts and our sense of Property, and other
institutions, into something really great and glorious instead of the
dismal masses of rubbish which they at present are; but it will transform
our sense of Morality.
Our Morality at present consists in the idea of self-goodness—one of
the most pernicious and disgusting ideas which has ever infested the human
brain. If any one should follow and assimilate what I have just said about
the true nature of the Self he will realize that it will never again be
possible for him to congratulate himself on his own goodness or morality
or superiority; for the moment he does so he will separate himself from
the universal life, and proclaim the sin of his own separation. I agree
that this conclusion is for some people a most sad and disheartening one—but
it cannot be helped! A man may truly be ‘good’ and ‘moral’ in some real
sense; but only on the condition that he is not aware of it. He can only
BE good when not thinking about the matter; to be conscious of one’s own
goodness is already to have fallen!
We began by thinking of the self as just a little local self; then we
extended it to the family, the cause, the nation—ever to a larger
and vaster being. At last there comes a time when we recognize—or
see that we SHALL have to recognize—an inner Equality between
ourselves and all others; not of course an external equality—for
that would be absurd and impossible—but an inner and profound and
universal Equality. And so we come again to the mystic root-conception of
Democracy.
And now it will be said: “But after all this talk you have not defined the
Self, or given us any intellectual outline of what you mean by the word.”
No—and I do not intend to. If I could, by any sort of copybook
definition, describe and show the boundaries of myself, I should obviously
lose all interest in the subject. Nothing more dull could be imagined. I
may be able to define and describe fairly exhaustively this inkpot on the
table; but for you or for me to give the limits and boundaries of
ourselves is, I am glad to say, impossible. That does not, however, mean
that we cannot FEEL and be CONSCIOUS of ourselves, and of our relations to
other selves, and to the great Whole. On the contrary I think it is clear
that the more vividly we feel our organic unity with the whole, the less
shall we be able to separate off the local self and enclose it within any
definition. I take it that we can and do become ever more vividly
conscious of our true Self, but that the mental statement of it always
does and probably always will lie beyond us. All life and all our action
and experience consist in the gradual manifestation of that which is
within us—of our inner being. In that sense—and reading its
handwriting on the outer world—we come to know the soul’s true
nature more and more intimately; we enter into the mind of that great
artist who beholds himself in his own creation.